| 1 | \input texinfo |
| 2 | |
| 3 | @setfilename ../info/gnus |
| 4 | @settitle Gnus Manual |
| 5 | @syncodeindex fn cp |
| 6 | @syncodeindex vr cp |
| 7 | @syncodeindex pg cp |
| 8 | |
| 9 | @copying |
| 10 | Copyright @copyright{} 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, |
| 11 | 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 12 | |
| 13 | @quotation |
| 14 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document |
| 15 | under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or |
| 16 | any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no |
| 17 | Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts being ``A GNU |
| 18 | Manual'', and with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a) below. A copy of the |
| 19 | license is included in the section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation |
| 20 | License'' in the Emacs manual. |
| 21 | |
| 22 | (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy and modify |
| 23 | this GNU Manual, like GNU software. Copies published by the Free |
| 24 | Software Foundation raise funds for GNU development.'' |
| 25 | |
| 26 | This document is part of a collection distributed under the GNU Free |
| 27 | Documentation License. If you want to distribute this document |
| 28 | separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the |
| 29 | license to the document, as described in section 6 of the license. |
| 30 | @end quotation |
| 31 | @end copying |
| 32 | |
| 33 | @iftex |
| 34 | @iflatex |
| 35 | \documentclass[twoside,a4paper,openright,11pt]{book} |
| 36 | \usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} |
| 37 | \usepackage{pagestyle} |
| 38 | \usepackage{epsfig} |
| 39 | \usepackage{pixidx} |
| 40 | \input{gnusconfig.tex} |
| 41 | |
| 42 | \ifx\pdfoutput\undefined |
| 43 | \else |
| 44 | \usepackage[pdftex,bookmarks,colorlinks=true]{hyperref} |
| 45 | \usepackage{thumbpdf} |
| 46 | \pdfcompresslevel=9 |
| 47 | \fi |
| 48 | |
| 49 | \makeindex |
| 50 | \begin{document} |
| 51 | |
| 52 | % Adjust ../Makefile.in if you change the following line: |
| 53 | \newcommand{\gnusversionname}{Gnus v5.11} |
| 54 | \newcommand{\gnuschaptername}{} |
| 55 | \newcommand{\gnussectionname}{} |
| 56 | |
| 57 | \newcommand{\gnusbackslash}{/} |
| 58 | |
| 59 | \newcommand{\gnusref}[1]{``#1'' on page \pageref{#1}} |
| 60 | \ifx\pdfoutput\undefined |
| 61 | \newcommand{\gnusuref}[1]{\gnustt{#1}} |
| 62 | \else |
| 63 | \newcommand{\gnusuref}[1]{\href{#1}{\gnustt{#1}}} |
| 64 | \fi |
| 65 | \newcommand{\gnusxref}[1]{See ``#1'' on page \pageref{#1}} |
| 66 | \newcommand{\gnuspxref}[1]{see ``#1'' on page \pageref{#1}} |
| 67 | |
| 68 | \newcommand{\gnuskindex}[1]{\index{#1}} |
| 69 | \newcommand{\gnusindex}[1]{\index{#1}} |
| 70 | |
| 71 | \newcommand{\gnustt}[1]{{\gnusselectttfont{}#1}} |
| 72 | \newcommand{\gnuscode}[1]{\gnustt{#1}} |
| 73 | \newcommand{\gnusasis}[1]{\gnustt{#1}} |
| 74 | \newcommand{\gnusurl}[1]{\gnustt{#1}} |
| 75 | \newcommand{\gnuscommand}[1]{\gnustt{#1}} |
| 76 | \newcommand{\gnusenv}[1]{\gnustt{#1}} |
| 77 | \newcommand{\gnussamp}[1]{``{\fontencoding{OT1}\gnusselectttfont{}#1}''} |
| 78 | \newcommand{\gnuslisp}[1]{\gnustt{#1}} |
| 79 | \newcommand{\gnuskbd}[1]{`\gnustt{#1}'} |
| 80 | \newcommand{\gnuskey}[1]{`\gnustt{#1}'} |
| 81 | \newcommand{\gnusfile}[1]{`\gnustt{#1}'} |
| 82 | \newcommand{\gnusdfn}[1]{\textit{#1}} |
| 83 | \newcommand{\gnusi}[1]{\textit{#1}} |
| 84 | \newcommand{\gnusr}[1]{\textrm{#1}} |
| 85 | \newcommand{\gnusstrong}[1]{\textbf{#1}} |
| 86 | \newcommand{\gnusemph}[1]{\textit{#1}} |
| 87 | \newcommand{\gnusvar}[1]{{\fontsize{10pt}{10}\selectfont\textsl{\textsf{#1}}}} |
| 88 | \newcommand{\gnussc}[1]{\textsc{#1}} |
| 89 | \newcommand{\gnustitle}[1]{{\huge\textbf{#1}}} |
| 90 | \newcommand{\gnusversion}[1]{{\small\textit{#1}}} |
| 91 | \newcommand{\gnusauthor}[1]{{\large\textbf{#1}}} |
| 92 | \newcommand{\gnusresult}[1]{\gnustt{=> #1}} |
| 93 | \newcommand{\gnusacronym}[1]{\textsc{#1}} |
| 94 | \newcommand{\gnusemail}[1]{\textit{#1}} |
| 95 | |
| 96 | \newcommand{\gnusbullet}{{${\bullet}$}} |
| 97 | \newcommand{\gnusdollar}{\$} |
| 98 | \newcommand{\gnusampersand}{\&} |
| 99 | \newcommand{\gnuspercent}{\%} |
| 100 | \newcommand{\gnushash}{\#} |
| 101 | \newcommand{\gnushat}{\symbol{"5E}} |
| 102 | \newcommand{\gnusunderline}{\symbol{"5F}} |
| 103 | \newcommand{\gnusnot}{$\neg$} |
| 104 | \newcommand{\gnustilde}{\symbol{"7E}} |
| 105 | \newcommand{\gnusless}{{$<$}} |
| 106 | \newcommand{\gnusgreater}{{$>$}} |
| 107 | \newcommand{\gnusbraceleft}{{$>$}} |
| 108 | \newcommand{\gnusbraceright}{{$>$}} |
| 109 | |
| 110 | \newcommand{\gnushead}{\raisebox{-1cm}{\epsfig{figure=ps/gnus-head,height=1cm}}} |
| 111 | \newcommand{\gnusinteresting}{ |
| 112 | \marginpar[\mbox{}\hfill\gnushead]{\gnushead} |
| 113 | } |
| 114 | |
| 115 | \newcommand{\gnuscleardoublepage}{\ifodd\count0\mbox{}\clearpage\thispagestyle{empty}\mbox{}\clearpage\else\clearpage\fi} |
| 116 | |
| 117 | \newcommand{\gnuspagechapter}[1]{ |
| 118 | {\mbox{}} |
| 119 | } |
| 120 | |
| 121 | \newdimen{\gnusdimen} |
| 122 | \gnusdimen 0pt |
| 123 | |
| 124 | \newcommand{\gnuschapter}[2]{ |
| 125 | \gnuscleardoublepage |
| 126 | \ifdim \gnusdimen = 0pt\setcounter{page}{1}\pagestyle{gnus}\pagenumbering{arabic} \gnusdimen 1pt\fi |
| 127 | \chapter{#2} |
| 128 | \renewcommand{\gnussectionname}{} |
| 129 | \renewcommand{\gnuschaptername}{#2} |
| 130 | \thispagestyle{empty} |
| 131 | \hspace*{-2cm} |
| 132 | \begin{picture}(500,500)(0,0) |
| 133 | \put(480,350){\makebox(0,0)[tr]{#1}} |
| 134 | \put(40,300){\makebox(500,50)[bl]{{\Huge\bf{#2}}}} |
| 135 | \end{picture} |
| 136 | \clearpage |
| 137 | } |
| 138 | |
| 139 | \newcommand{\gnusfigure}[3]{ |
| 140 | \begin{figure} |
| 141 | \mbox{}\ifodd\count0\hspace*{-0.8cm}\else\hspace*{-3cm}\fi\begin{picture}(440,#2) |
| 142 | #3 |
| 143 | \end{picture} |
| 144 | \caption{#1} |
| 145 | \end{figure} |
| 146 | } |
| 147 | |
| 148 | \newcommand{\gnusicon}[1]{ |
| 149 | \marginpar[\mbox{}\hfill\raisebox{-1.5cm}{\epsfig{figure=ps/#1-up,height=1.5cm}}]{\raisebox{-1cm}{\epsfig{figure=ps/#1-up,height=1cm}}} |
| 150 | } |
| 151 | |
| 152 | \newcommand{\gnuspicon}[1]{ |
| 153 | \margindex{\epsfig{figure=#1,width=2cm}} |
| 154 | } |
| 155 | |
| 156 | \newcommand{\gnusxface}[2]{ |
| 157 | \margindex{\epsfig{figure=#1,width=1cm}\epsfig{figure=#2,width=1cm}} |
| 158 | } |
| 159 | |
| 160 | \newcommand{\gnussmiley}[2]{ |
| 161 | \margindex{\makebox[2cm]{\hfill\epsfig{figure=#1,width=0.5cm}\hfill\epsfig{figure=#2,width=0.5cm}\hfill}} |
| 162 | } |
| 163 | |
| 164 | \newcommand{\gnusitemx}[1]{\mbox{}\vspace*{-\itemsep}\vspace*{-\parsep}\item#1} |
| 165 | |
| 166 | \newcommand{\gnussection}[1]{ |
| 167 | \renewcommand{\gnussectionname}{#1} |
| 168 | \section{#1} |
| 169 | } |
| 170 | |
| 171 | \newenvironment{codelist}% |
| 172 | {\begin{list}{}{ |
| 173 | } |
| 174 | }{\end{list}} |
| 175 | |
| 176 | \newenvironment{asislist}% |
| 177 | {\begin{list}{}{ |
| 178 | } |
| 179 | }{\end{list}} |
| 180 | |
| 181 | \newenvironment{kbdlist}% |
| 182 | {\begin{list}{}{ |
| 183 | \labelwidth=0cm |
| 184 | } |
| 185 | }{\end{list}} |
| 186 | |
| 187 | \newenvironment{dfnlist}% |
| 188 | {\begin{list}{}{ |
| 189 | } |
| 190 | }{\end{list}} |
| 191 | |
| 192 | \newenvironment{stronglist}% |
| 193 | {\begin{list}{}{ |
| 194 | } |
| 195 | }{\end{list}} |
| 196 | |
| 197 | \newenvironment{samplist}% |
| 198 | {\begin{list}{}{ |
| 199 | } |
| 200 | }{\end{list}} |
| 201 | |
| 202 | \newenvironment{varlist}% |
| 203 | {\begin{list}{}{ |
| 204 | } |
| 205 | }{\end{list}} |
| 206 | |
| 207 | \newenvironment{emphlist}% |
| 208 | {\begin{list}{}{ |
| 209 | } |
| 210 | }{\end{list}} |
| 211 | |
| 212 | \newlength\gnusheadtextwidth |
| 213 | \setlength{\gnusheadtextwidth}{\headtextwidth} |
| 214 | \addtolength{\gnusheadtextwidth}{1cm} |
| 215 | |
| 216 | \newpagestyle{gnuspreamble}% |
| 217 | { |
| 218 | { |
| 219 | \ifodd\count0 |
| 220 | { |
| 221 | \hspace*{-0.23cm}\underline{\makebox[\gnusheadtextwidth]{\mbox{}}\textbf{\hfill\roman{page}}} |
| 222 | } |
| 223 | \else |
| 224 | { |
| 225 | \hspace*{-3.25cm}\underline{\makebox[\gnusheadtextwidth]{\textbf{\roman{page}\hfill\mbox{}}} |
| 226 | } |
| 227 | } |
| 228 | \fi |
| 229 | } |
| 230 | } |
| 231 | { |
| 232 | \ifodd\count0 |
| 233 | \mbox{} \hfill |
| 234 | \raisebox{-0.5cm}{\epsfig{figure=ps/gnus-big-logo,height=1cm}} |
| 235 | \else |
| 236 | \raisebox{-0.5cm}{\epsfig{figure=ps/gnus-big-logo,height=1cm}} |
| 237 | \hfill \mbox{} |
| 238 | \fi |
| 239 | } |
| 240 | |
| 241 | \newpagestyle{gnusindex}% |
| 242 | { |
| 243 | { |
| 244 | \ifodd\count0 |
| 245 | { |
| 246 | \hspace*{-0.23cm}\underline{\makebox[\gnusheadtextwidth]{\textbf{\gnuschaptername\hfill\arabic{page}}}} |
| 247 | } |
| 248 | \else |
| 249 | { |
| 250 | \hspace*{-3.25cm}\underline{\makebox[\gnusheadtextwidth]{\textbf{\arabic{page}\hfill\gnuschaptername}}} |
| 251 | } |
| 252 | \fi |
| 253 | } |
| 254 | } |
| 255 | { |
| 256 | \ifodd\count0 |
| 257 | \mbox{} \hfill |
| 258 | \raisebox{-0.5cm}{\epsfig{figure=ps/gnus-big-logo,height=1cm}} |
| 259 | \else |
| 260 | \raisebox{-0.5cm}{\epsfig{figure=ps/gnus-big-logo,height=1cm}} |
| 261 | \hfill \mbox{} |
| 262 | \fi |
| 263 | } |
| 264 | |
| 265 | \newpagestyle{gnus}% |
| 266 | { |
| 267 | { |
| 268 | \ifodd\count0 |
| 269 | { |
| 270 | \makebox[12cm]{\hspace*{3.1cm}\underline{\makebox[\gnusheadtextwidth]{\textbf{\arabic{chapter}.\arabic{section}} \textbf{\gnussectionname\hfill\arabic{page}}}}} |
| 271 | } |
| 272 | \else |
| 273 | { |
| 274 | \makebox[12cm]{\hspace*{-2.95cm}\underline{\makebox[\gnusheadtextwidth]{\textbf{\arabic{page}\hfill\gnuschaptername}}}} |
| 275 | } |
| 276 | \fi |
| 277 | } |
| 278 | } |
| 279 | { |
| 280 | \ifodd\count0 |
| 281 | \mbox{} \hfill |
| 282 | \raisebox{-0.5cm}{\epsfig{figure=ps/gnus-big-logo,height=1cm}} |
| 283 | \else |
| 284 | \raisebox{-0.5cm}{\epsfig{figure=ps/gnus-big-logo,height=1cm}} |
| 285 | \hfill \mbox{} |
| 286 | \fi |
| 287 | } |
| 288 | |
| 289 | \pagenumbering{roman} |
| 290 | \pagestyle{gnuspreamble} |
| 291 | |
| 292 | @end iflatex |
| 293 | @end iftex |
| 294 | |
| 295 | @iftex |
| 296 | @iflatex |
| 297 | |
| 298 | \begin{titlepage} |
| 299 | { |
| 300 | |
| 301 | %\addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{-5cm} |
| 302 | %\addtolength{\evensidemargin}{-5cm} |
| 303 | \parindent=0cm |
| 304 | \addtolength{\textheight}{2cm} |
| 305 | |
| 306 | \gnustitle{\gnustitlename}\hfill\gnusversion{\gnusversionname}\\ |
| 307 | \rule{15cm}{1mm}\\ |
| 308 | \vfill |
| 309 | \hspace*{0cm}\epsfig{figure=ps/gnus-big-logo,height=15cm} |
| 310 | \vfill |
| 311 | \rule{15cm}{1mm}\\ |
| 312 | \gnusauthor{by Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen} |
| 313 | \newpage |
| 314 | } |
| 315 | |
| 316 | \mbox{} |
| 317 | \vfill |
| 318 | |
| 319 | \thispagestyle{empty} |
| 320 | |
| 321 | @c @insertcopying |
| 322 | \newpage |
| 323 | \end{titlepage} |
| 324 | @end iflatex |
| 325 | @end iftex |
| 326 | |
| 327 | @ifnottex |
| 328 | @insertcopying |
| 329 | @end ifnottex |
| 330 | |
| 331 | @dircategory Emacs |
| 332 | @direntry |
| 333 | * Gnus: (gnus). The newsreader Gnus. |
| 334 | @end direntry |
| 335 | @iftex |
| 336 | @finalout |
| 337 | @end iftex |
| 338 | @setchapternewpage odd |
| 339 | |
| 340 | |
| 341 | |
| 342 | @titlepage |
| 343 | @title Gnus Manual |
| 344 | |
| 345 | @author by Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen |
| 346 | @page |
| 347 | @vskip 0pt plus 1filll |
| 348 | @insertcopying |
| 349 | @end titlepage |
| 350 | |
| 351 | |
| 352 | @node Top |
| 353 | @top The Gnus Newsreader |
| 354 | |
| 355 | @ifinfo |
| 356 | |
| 357 | You can read news (and mail) from within Emacs by using Gnus. The news |
| 358 | can be gotten by any nefarious means you can think of---@acronym{NNTP}, local |
| 359 | spool or your mbox file. All at the same time, if you want to push your |
| 360 | luck. |
| 361 | |
| 362 | @c Adjust ../Makefile.in if you change the following line: |
| 363 | This manual corresponds to Gnus v5.11. |
| 364 | |
| 365 | @end ifinfo |
| 366 | |
| 367 | @iftex |
| 368 | |
| 369 | @iflatex |
| 370 | \tableofcontents |
| 371 | \gnuscleardoublepage |
| 372 | @end iflatex |
| 373 | |
| 374 | Gnus is the advanced, self-documenting, customizable, extensible |
| 375 | unreal-time newsreader for GNU Emacs. |
| 376 | |
| 377 | Oops. That sounds oddly familiar, so let's start over again to avoid |
| 378 | being accused of plagiarism: |
| 379 | |
| 380 | Gnus is a message-reading laboratory. It will let you look at just |
| 381 | about anything as if it were a newsgroup. You can read mail with it, |
| 382 | you can browse directories with it, you can @code{ftp} with it---you |
| 383 | can even read news with it! |
| 384 | |
| 385 | Gnus tries to empower people who read news the same way Emacs empowers |
| 386 | people who edit text. Gnus sets no limits to what the user should be |
| 387 | allowed to do. Users are encouraged to extend Gnus to make it behave |
| 388 | like they want it to behave. A program should not control people; |
| 389 | people should be empowered to do what they want by using (or abusing) |
| 390 | the program. |
| 391 | |
| 392 | @end iftex |
| 393 | |
| 394 | @menu |
| 395 | * Starting Up:: Finding news can be a pain. |
| 396 | * Group Buffer:: Selecting, subscribing and killing groups. |
| 397 | * Summary Buffer:: Reading, saving and posting articles. |
| 398 | * Article Buffer:: Displaying and handling articles. |
| 399 | * Composing Messages:: Information on sending mail and news. |
| 400 | * Select Methods:: Gnus reads all messages from various select methods. |
| 401 | * Scoring:: Assigning values to articles. |
| 402 | * Various:: General purpose settings. |
| 403 | * The End:: Farewell and goodbye. |
| 404 | * Appendices:: Terminology, Emacs intro, @acronym{FAQ}, History, Internals. |
| 405 | * Index:: Variable, function and concept index. |
| 406 | * Key Index:: Key Index. |
| 407 | |
| 408 | Other related manuals |
| 409 | |
| 410 | * Message:(message). Composing messages. |
| 411 | * Emacs-MIME:(emacs-mime). Composing messages; @acronym{MIME}-specific parts. |
| 412 | * Sieve:(sieve). Managing Sieve scripts in Emacs. |
| 413 | * PGG:(pgg). @acronym{PGP/MIME} with Gnus. |
| 414 | |
| 415 | @detailmenu |
| 416 | --- The Detailed Node Listing --- |
| 417 | |
| 418 | Starting Gnus |
| 419 | |
| 420 | * Finding the News:: Choosing a method for getting news. |
| 421 | * The First Time:: What does Gnus do the first time you start it? |
| 422 | * The Server is Down:: How can I read my mail then? |
| 423 | * Slave Gnusae:: You can have more than one Gnus active at a time. |
| 424 | * Fetching a Group:: Starting Gnus just to read a group. |
| 425 | * New Groups:: What is Gnus supposed to do with new groups? |
| 426 | * Changing Servers:: You may want to move from one server to another. |
| 427 | * Startup Files:: Those pesky startup files---@file{.newsrc}. |
| 428 | * Auto Save:: Recovering from a crash. |
| 429 | * The Active File:: Reading the active file over a slow line Takes Time. |
| 430 | * Startup Variables:: Other variables you might change. |
| 431 | |
| 432 | New Groups |
| 433 | |
| 434 | * Checking New Groups:: Determining what groups are new. |
| 435 | * Subscription Methods:: What Gnus should do with new groups. |
| 436 | * Filtering New Groups:: Making Gnus ignore certain new groups. |
| 437 | |
| 438 | Group Buffer |
| 439 | |
| 440 | * Group Buffer Format:: Information listed and how you can change it. |
| 441 | * Group Maneuvering:: Commands for moving in the group buffer. |
| 442 | * Selecting a Group:: Actually reading news. |
| 443 | * Subscription Commands:: Unsubscribing, killing, subscribing. |
| 444 | * Group Data:: Changing the info for a group. |
| 445 | * Group Levels:: Levels? What are those, then? |
| 446 | * Group Score:: A mechanism for finding out what groups you like. |
| 447 | * Marking Groups:: You can mark groups for later processing. |
| 448 | * Foreign Groups:: Creating and editing groups. |
| 449 | * Group Parameters:: Each group may have different parameters set. |
| 450 | * Listing Groups:: Gnus can list various subsets of the groups. |
| 451 | * Sorting Groups:: Re-arrange the group order. |
| 452 | * Group Maintenance:: Maintaining a tidy @file{.newsrc} file. |
| 453 | * Browse Foreign Server:: You can browse a server. See what it has to offer. |
| 454 | * Exiting Gnus:: Stop reading news and get some work done. |
| 455 | * Group Topics:: A folding group mode divided into topics. |
| 456 | * Misc Group Stuff:: Other stuff that you can to do. |
| 457 | |
| 458 | Group Buffer Format |
| 459 | |
| 460 | * Group Line Specification:: Deciding how the group buffer is to look. |
| 461 | * Group Mode Line Specification:: The group buffer mode line. |
| 462 | * Group Highlighting:: Having nice colors in the group buffer. |
| 463 | |
| 464 | Group Topics |
| 465 | |
| 466 | * Topic Commands:: Interactive E-Z commands. |
| 467 | * Topic Variables:: How to customize the topics the Lisp Way. |
| 468 | * Topic Sorting:: Sorting each topic individually. |
| 469 | * Topic Topology:: A map of the world. |
| 470 | * Topic Parameters:: Parameters that apply to all groups in a topic. |
| 471 | |
| 472 | Misc Group Stuff |
| 473 | |
| 474 | * Scanning New Messages:: Asking Gnus to see whether new messages have arrived. |
| 475 | * Group Information:: Information and help on groups and Gnus. |
| 476 | * Group Timestamp:: Making Gnus keep track of when you last read a group. |
| 477 | * File Commands:: Reading and writing the Gnus files. |
| 478 | * Sieve Commands:: Managing Sieve scripts. |
| 479 | |
| 480 | Summary Buffer |
| 481 | |
| 482 | * Summary Buffer Format:: Deciding how the summary buffer is to look. |
| 483 | * Summary Maneuvering:: Moving around the summary buffer. |
| 484 | * Choosing Articles:: Reading articles. |
| 485 | * Paging the Article:: Scrolling the current article. |
| 486 | * Reply Followup and Post:: Posting articles. |
| 487 | * Delayed Articles:: Send articles at a later time. |
| 488 | * Marking Articles:: Marking articles as read, expirable, etc. |
| 489 | * Limiting:: You can limit the summary buffer. |
| 490 | * Threading:: How threads are made. |
| 491 | * Sorting the Summary Buffer:: How articles and threads are sorted. |
| 492 | * Asynchronous Fetching:: Gnus might be able to pre-fetch articles. |
| 493 | * Article Caching:: You may store articles in a cache. |
| 494 | * Persistent Articles:: Making articles expiry-resistant. |
| 495 | * Article Backlog:: Having already read articles hang around. |
| 496 | * Saving Articles:: Ways of customizing article saving. |
| 497 | * Decoding Articles:: Gnus can treat series of (uu)encoded articles. |
| 498 | * Article Treatment:: The article buffer can be mangled at will. |
| 499 | * MIME Commands:: Doing MIMEy things with the articles. |
| 500 | * Charsets:: Character set issues. |
| 501 | * Article Commands:: Doing various things with the article buffer. |
| 502 | * Summary Sorting:: Sorting the summary buffer in various ways. |
| 503 | * Finding the Parent:: No child support? Get the parent. |
| 504 | * Alternative Approaches:: Reading using non-default summaries. |
| 505 | * Tree Display:: A more visual display of threads. |
| 506 | * Mail Group Commands:: Some commands can only be used in mail groups. |
| 507 | * Various Summary Stuff:: What didn't fit anywhere else. |
| 508 | * Exiting the Summary Buffer:: Returning to the Group buffer, |
| 509 | or reselecting the current group. |
| 510 | * Crosspost Handling:: How crossposted articles are dealt with. |
| 511 | * Duplicate Suppression:: An alternative when crosspost handling fails. |
| 512 | * Security:: Decrypt and Verify. |
| 513 | * Mailing List:: Mailing list minor mode. |
| 514 | |
| 515 | Summary Buffer Format |
| 516 | |
| 517 | * Summary Buffer Lines:: You can specify how summary lines should look. |
| 518 | * To From Newsgroups:: How to not display your own name. |
| 519 | * Summary Buffer Mode Line:: You can say how the mode line should look. |
| 520 | * Summary Highlighting:: Making the summary buffer all pretty and nice. |
| 521 | |
| 522 | Choosing Articles |
| 523 | |
| 524 | * Choosing Commands:: Commands for choosing articles. |
| 525 | * Choosing Variables:: Variables that influence these commands. |
| 526 | |
| 527 | Reply, Followup and Post |
| 528 | |
| 529 | * Summary Mail Commands:: Sending mail. |
| 530 | * Summary Post Commands:: Sending news. |
| 531 | * Summary Message Commands:: Other Message-related commands. |
| 532 | * Canceling and Superseding:: |
| 533 | |
| 534 | Marking Articles |
| 535 | |
| 536 | * Unread Articles:: Marks for unread articles. |
| 537 | * Read Articles:: Marks for read articles. |
| 538 | * Other Marks:: Marks that do not affect readedness. |
| 539 | * Setting Marks:: How to set and remove marks. |
| 540 | * Generic Marking Commands:: How to customize the marking. |
| 541 | * Setting Process Marks:: How to mark articles for later processing. |
| 542 | |
| 543 | Threading |
| 544 | |
| 545 | * Customizing Threading:: Variables you can change to affect the threading. |
| 546 | * Thread Commands:: Thread based commands in the summary buffer. |
| 547 | |
| 548 | Customizing Threading |
| 549 | |
| 550 | * Loose Threads:: How Gnus gathers loose threads into bigger threads. |
| 551 | * Filling In Threads:: Making the threads displayed look fuller. |
| 552 | * More Threading:: Even more variables for fiddling with threads. |
| 553 | * Low-Level Threading:: You thought it was over@dots{} but you were wrong! |
| 554 | |
| 555 | Decoding Articles |
| 556 | |
| 557 | * Uuencoded Articles:: Uudecode articles. |
| 558 | * Shell Archives:: Unshar articles. |
| 559 | * PostScript Files:: Split PostScript. |
| 560 | * Other Files:: Plain save and binhex. |
| 561 | * Decoding Variables:: Variables for a happy decoding. |
| 562 | * Viewing Files:: You want to look at the result of the decoding? |
| 563 | |
| 564 | Decoding Variables |
| 565 | |
| 566 | * Rule Variables:: Variables that say how a file is to be viewed. |
| 567 | * Other Decode Variables:: Other decode variables. |
| 568 | * Uuencoding and Posting:: Variables for customizing uuencoding. |
| 569 | |
| 570 | Article Treatment |
| 571 | |
| 572 | * Article Highlighting:: You want to make the article look like fruit salad. |
| 573 | * Article Fontisizing:: Making emphasized text look nice. |
| 574 | * Article Hiding:: You also want to make certain info go away. |
| 575 | * Article Washing:: Lots of way-neat functions to make life better. |
| 576 | * Article Header:: Doing various header transformations. |
| 577 | * Article Buttons:: Click on URLs, Message-IDs, addresses and the like. |
| 578 | * Article Button Levels:: Controlling appearance of buttons. |
| 579 | * Article Date:: Grumble, UT! |
| 580 | * Article Display:: Display various stuff---X-Face, Picons, Smileys |
| 581 | * Article Signature:: What is a signature? |
| 582 | * Article Miscellanea:: Various other stuff. |
| 583 | |
| 584 | Alternative Approaches |
| 585 | |
| 586 | * Pick and Read:: First mark articles and then read them. |
| 587 | * Binary Groups:: Auto-decode all articles. |
| 588 | |
| 589 | Various Summary Stuff |
| 590 | |
| 591 | * Summary Group Information:: Information oriented commands. |
| 592 | * Searching for Articles:: Multiple article commands. |
| 593 | * Summary Generation Commands:: |
| 594 | * Really Various Summary Commands:: Those pesky non-conformant commands. |
| 595 | |
| 596 | Article Buffer |
| 597 | |
| 598 | * Hiding Headers:: Deciding what headers should be displayed. |
| 599 | * Using MIME:: Pushing articles through @acronym{MIME} before reading them. |
| 600 | * Customizing Articles:: Tailoring the look of the articles. |
| 601 | * Article Keymap:: Keystrokes available in the article buffer. |
| 602 | * Misc Article:: Other stuff. |
| 603 | |
| 604 | Composing Messages |
| 605 | |
| 606 | * Mail:: Mailing and replying. |
| 607 | * Posting Server:: What server should you post and mail via? |
| 608 | * POP before SMTP:: You cannot send a mail unless you read a mail. |
| 609 | * Mail and Post:: Mailing and posting at the same time. |
| 610 | * Archived Messages:: Where Gnus stores the messages you've sent. |
| 611 | * Posting Styles:: An easier way to specify who you are. |
| 612 | * Drafts:: Postponing messages and rejected messages. |
| 613 | * Rejected Articles:: What happens if the server doesn't like your article? |
| 614 | * Signing and encrypting:: How to compose secure messages. |
| 615 | |
| 616 | Select Methods |
| 617 | |
| 618 | * Server Buffer:: Making and editing virtual servers. |
| 619 | * Getting News:: Reading USENET news with Gnus. |
| 620 | * Getting Mail:: Reading your personal mail with Gnus. |
| 621 | * Browsing the Web:: Getting messages from a plethora of Web sources. |
| 622 | * IMAP:: Using Gnus as a @acronym{IMAP} client. |
| 623 | * Other Sources:: Reading directories, files, SOUP packets. |
| 624 | * Combined Groups:: Combining groups into one group. |
| 625 | * Gnus Unplugged:: Reading news and mail offline. |
| 626 | |
| 627 | Server Buffer |
| 628 | |
| 629 | * Server Buffer Format:: You can customize the look of this buffer. |
| 630 | * Server Commands:: Commands to manipulate servers. |
| 631 | * Example Methods:: Examples server specifications. |
| 632 | * Creating a Virtual Server:: An example session. |
| 633 | * Server Variables:: Which variables to set. |
| 634 | * Servers and Methods:: You can use server names as select methods. |
| 635 | * Unavailable Servers:: Some servers you try to contact may be down. |
| 636 | |
| 637 | Getting News |
| 638 | |
| 639 | * NNTP:: Reading news from an @acronym{NNTP} server. |
| 640 | * News Spool:: Reading news from the local spool. |
| 641 | |
| 642 | @acronym{NNTP} |
| 643 | |
| 644 | * Direct Functions:: Connecting directly to the server. |
| 645 | * Indirect Functions:: Connecting indirectly to the server. |
| 646 | * Common Variables:: Understood by several connection functions. |
| 647 | |
| 648 | Getting Mail |
| 649 | |
| 650 | * Mail in a Newsreader:: Important introductory notes. |
| 651 | * Getting Started Reading Mail:: A simple cookbook example. |
| 652 | * Splitting Mail:: How to create mail groups. |
| 653 | * Mail Sources:: How to tell Gnus where to get mail from. |
| 654 | * Mail Back End Variables:: Variables for customizing mail handling. |
| 655 | * Fancy Mail Splitting:: Gnus can do hairy splitting of incoming mail. |
| 656 | * Group Mail Splitting:: Use group customize to drive mail splitting. |
| 657 | * Incorporating Old Mail:: What about the old mail you have? |
| 658 | * Expiring Mail:: Getting rid of unwanted mail. |
| 659 | * Washing Mail:: Removing cruft from the mail you get. |
| 660 | * Duplicates:: Dealing with duplicated mail. |
| 661 | * Not Reading Mail:: Using mail back ends for reading other files. |
| 662 | * Choosing a Mail Back End:: Gnus can read a variety of mail formats. |
| 663 | |
| 664 | Mail Sources |
| 665 | |
| 666 | * Mail Source Specifiers:: How to specify what a mail source is. |
| 667 | * Mail Source Customization:: Some variables that influence things. |
| 668 | * Fetching Mail:: Using the mail source specifiers. |
| 669 | |
| 670 | Choosing a Mail Back End |
| 671 | |
| 672 | * Unix Mail Box:: Using the (quite) standard Un*x mbox. |
| 673 | * Rmail Babyl:: Emacs programs use the Rmail Babyl format. |
| 674 | * Mail Spool:: Store your mail in a private spool? |
| 675 | * MH Spool:: An mhspool-like back end. |
| 676 | * Maildir:: Another one-file-per-message format. |
| 677 | * Mail Folders:: Having one file for each group. |
| 678 | * Comparing Mail Back Ends:: An in-depth looks at pros and cons. |
| 679 | |
| 680 | Browsing the Web |
| 681 | |
| 682 | * Archiving Mail:: |
| 683 | * Web Searches:: Creating groups from articles that match a string. |
| 684 | * Slashdot:: Reading the Slashdot comments. |
| 685 | * Ultimate:: The Ultimate Bulletin Board systems. |
| 686 | * Web Archive:: Reading mailing list archived on web. |
| 687 | * RSS:: Reading RDF site summary. |
| 688 | * Customizing W3:: Doing stuff to Emacs/W3 from Gnus. |
| 689 | |
| 690 | @acronym{IMAP} |
| 691 | |
| 692 | * Splitting in IMAP:: Splitting mail with nnimap. |
| 693 | * Expiring in IMAP:: Expiring mail with nnimap. |
| 694 | * Editing IMAP ACLs:: Limiting/enabling other users access to a mailbox. |
| 695 | * Expunging mailboxes:: Equivalent of a ``compress mailbox'' button. |
| 696 | * A note on namespaces:: How to (not) use @acronym{IMAP} namespace in Gnus. |
| 697 | * Debugging IMAP:: What to do when things don't work. |
| 698 | |
| 699 | Other Sources |
| 700 | |
| 701 | * Directory Groups:: You can read a directory as if it was a newsgroup. |
| 702 | * Anything Groups:: Dired? Who needs dired? |
| 703 | * Document Groups:: Single files can be the basis of a group. |
| 704 | * SOUP:: Reading @sc{soup} packets ``offline''. |
| 705 | * Mail-To-News Gateways:: Posting articles via mail-to-news gateways. |
| 706 | |
| 707 | Document Groups |
| 708 | |
| 709 | * Document Server Internals:: How to add your own document types. |
| 710 | |
| 711 | SOUP |
| 712 | |
| 713 | * SOUP Commands:: Commands for creating and sending @sc{soup} packets |
| 714 | * SOUP Groups:: A back end for reading @sc{soup} packets. |
| 715 | * SOUP Replies:: How to enable @code{nnsoup} to take over mail and news. |
| 716 | |
| 717 | Combined Groups |
| 718 | |
| 719 | * Virtual Groups:: Combining articles from many groups. |
| 720 | * Kibozed Groups:: Looking through parts of the newsfeed for articles. |
| 721 | |
| 722 | Gnus Unplugged |
| 723 | |
| 724 | * Agent Basics:: How it all is supposed to work. |
| 725 | * Agent Categories:: How to tell the Gnus Agent what to download. |
| 726 | * Agent Commands:: New commands for all the buffers. |
| 727 | * Agent Visuals:: Ways that the agent may effect your summary buffer. |
| 728 | * Agent as Cache:: The Agent is a big cache too. |
| 729 | * Agent Expiry:: How to make old articles go away. |
| 730 | * Agent Regeneration:: How to recover from lost connections and other accidents. |
| 731 | * Agent and IMAP:: How to use the Agent with @acronym{IMAP}. |
| 732 | * Outgoing Messages:: What happens when you post/mail something? |
| 733 | * Agent Variables:: Customizing is fun. |
| 734 | * Example Setup:: An example @file{~/.gnus.el} file for offline people. |
| 735 | * Batching Agents:: How to fetch news from a @code{cron} job. |
| 736 | * Agent Caveats:: What you think it'll do and what it does. |
| 737 | |
| 738 | Agent Categories |
| 739 | |
| 740 | * Category Syntax:: What a category looks like. |
| 741 | * Category Buffer:: A buffer for maintaining categories. |
| 742 | * Category Variables:: Customize'r'Us. |
| 743 | |
| 744 | Agent Commands |
| 745 | |
| 746 | * Group Agent Commands:: Configure groups and fetch their contents. |
| 747 | * Summary Agent Commands:: Manually select then fetch specific articles. |
| 748 | * Server Agent Commands:: Select the servers that are supported by the agent. |
| 749 | |
| 750 | Scoring |
| 751 | |
| 752 | * Summary Score Commands:: Adding score entries for the current group. |
| 753 | * Group Score Commands:: General score commands. |
| 754 | * Score Variables:: Customize your scoring. (My, what terminology). |
| 755 | * Score File Format:: What a score file may contain. |
| 756 | * Score File Editing:: You can edit score files by hand as well. |
| 757 | * Adaptive Scoring:: Big Sister Gnus knows what you read. |
| 758 | * Home Score File:: How to say where new score entries are to go. |
| 759 | * Followups To Yourself:: Having Gnus notice when people answer you. |
| 760 | * Scoring On Other Headers:: Scoring on non-standard headers. |
| 761 | * Scoring Tips:: How to score effectively. |
| 762 | * Reverse Scoring:: That problem child of old is not problem. |
| 763 | * Global Score Files:: Earth-spanning, ear-splitting score files. |
| 764 | * Kill Files:: They are still here, but they can be ignored. |
| 765 | * Converting Kill Files:: Translating kill files to score files. |
| 766 | * GroupLens:: Getting predictions on what you like to read. |
| 767 | * Advanced Scoring:: Using logical expressions to build score rules. |
| 768 | * Score Decays:: It can be useful to let scores wither away. |
| 769 | |
| 770 | GroupLens |
| 771 | |
| 772 | * Using GroupLens:: How to make Gnus use GroupLens. |
| 773 | * Rating Articles:: Letting GroupLens know how you rate articles. |
| 774 | * Displaying Predictions:: Displaying predictions given by GroupLens. |
| 775 | * GroupLens Variables:: Customizing GroupLens. |
| 776 | |
| 777 | Advanced Scoring |
| 778 | |
| 779 | * Advanced Scoring Syntax:: A definition. |
| 780 | * Advanced Scoring Examples:: What they look like. |
| 781 | * Advanced Scoring Tips:: Getting the most out of it. |
| 782 | |
| 783 | Various |
| 784 | |
| 785 | * Process/Prefix:: A convention used by many treatment commands. |
| 786 | * Interactive:: Making Gnus ask you many questions. |
| 787 | * Symbolic Prefixes:: How to supply some Gnus functions with options. |
| 788 | * Formatting Variables:: You can specify what buffers should look like. |
| 789 | * Window Layout:: Configuring the Gnus buffer windows. |
| 790 | * Faces and Fonts:: How to change how faces look. |
| 791 | * Compilation:: How to speed Gnus up. |
| 792 | * Mode Lines:: Displaying information in the mode lines. |
| 793 | * Highlighting and Menus:: Making buffers look all nice and cozy. |
| 794 | * Buttons:: Get tendinitis in ten easy steps! |
| 795 | * Daemons:: Gnus can do things behind your back. |
| 796 | * NoCeM:: How to avoid spam and other fatty foods. |
| 797 | * Undo:: Some actions can be undone. |
| 798 | * Predicate Specifiers:: Specifying predicates. |
| 799 | * Moderation:: What to do if you're a moderator. |
| 800 | * Image Enhancements:: Modern versions of Emacs/XEmacs can display images. |
| 801 | * Fuzzy Matching:: What's the big fuzz? |
| 802 | * Thwarting Email Spam:: Simple ways to avoid unsolicited commercial email. |
| 803 | * Spam Package:: A package for filtering and processing spam. |
| 804 | * Other modes:: Interaction with other modes. |
| 805 | * Various Various:: Things that are really various. |
| 806 | |
| 807 | Formatting Variables |
| 808 | |
| 809 | * Formatting Basics:: A formatting variable is basically a format string. |
| 810 | * Mode Line Formatting:: Some rules about mode line formatting variables. |
| 811 | * Advanced Formatting:: Modifying output in various ways. |
| 812 | * User-Defined Specs:: Having Gnus call your own functions. |
| 813 | * Formatting Fonts:: Making the formatting look colorful and nice. |
| 814 | * Positioning Point:: Moving point to a position after an operation. |
| 815 | * Tabulation:: Tabulating your output. |
| 816 | * Wide Characters:: Dealing with wide characters. |
| 817 | |
| 818 | Image Enhancements |
| 819 | |
| 820 | * X-Face:: Display a funky, teensy black-and-white image. |
| 821 | * Face:: Display a funkier, teensier colored image. |
| 822 | * Smileys:: Show all those happy faces the way they were |
| 823 | meant to be shown. |
| 824 | * Picons:: How to display pictures of what you're reading. |
| 825 | * XVarious:: Other XEmacsy Gnusey variables. |
| 826 | |
| 827 | Thwarting Email Spam |
| 828 | |
| 829 | * The problem of spam:: Some background, and some solutions |
| 830 | * Anti-Spam Basics:: Simple steps to reduce the amount of spam. |
| 831 | * SpamAssassin:: How to use external anti-spam tools. |
| 832 | * Hashcash:: Reduce spam by burning CPU time. |
| 833 | |
| 834 | Spam Package |
| 835 | |
| 836 | * Spam Package Introduction:: |
| 837 | * Filtering Incoming Mail:: |
| 838 | * Detecting Spam in Groups:: |
| 839 | * Spam and Ham Processors:: |
| 840 | * Spam Package Configuration Examples:: |
| 841 | * Spam Back Ends:: |
| 842 | * Extending the Spam package:: |
| 843 | * Spam Statistics Package:: |
| 844 | |
| 845 | Spam Statistics Package |
| 846 | |
| 847 | * Creating a spam-stat dictionary:: |
| 848 | * Splitting mail using spam-stat:: |
| 849 | * Low-level interface to the spam-stat dictionary:: |
| 850 | |
| 851 | Appendices |
| 852 | |
| 853 | * XEmacs:: Requirements for installing under XEmacs. |
| 854 | * History:: How Gnus got where it is today. |
| 855 | * On Writing Manuals:: Why this is not a beginner's guide. |
| 856 | * Terminology:: We use really difficult, like, words here. |
| 857 | * Customization:: Tailoring Gnus to your needs. |
| 858 | * Troubleshooting:: What you might try if things do not work. |
| 859 | * Gnus Reference Guide:: Rilly, rilly technical stuff. |
| 860 | * Emacs for Heathens:: A short introduction to Emacsian terms. |
| 861 | * Frequently Asked Questions:: The Gnus FAQ |
| 862 | |
| 863 | History |
| 864 | |
| 865 | * Gnus Versions:: What Gnus versions have been released. |
| 866 | * Other Gnus Versions:: Other Gnus versions that also have been released. |
| 867 | * Why?:: What's the point of Gnus? |
| 868 | * Compatibility:: Just how compatible is Gnus with @sc{gnus}? |
| 869 | * Conformity:: Gnus tries to conform to all standards. |
| 870 | * Emacsen:: Gnus can be run on a few modern Emacsen. |
| 871 | * Gnus Development:: How Gnus is developed. |
| 872 | * Contributors:: Oodles of people. |
| 873 | * New Features:: Pointers to some of the new stuff in Gnus. |
| 874 | |
| 875 | New Features |
| 876 | |
| 877 | * ding Gnus:: New things in Gnus 5.0/5.1, the first new Gnus. |
| 878 | * September Gnus:: The Thing Formally Known As Gnus 5.2/5.3. |
| 879 | * Red Gnus:: Third time best---Gnus 5.4/5.5. |
| 880 | * Quassia Gnus:: Two times two is four, or Gnus 5.6/5.7. |
| 881 | * Pterodactyl Gnus:: Pentad also starts with P, AKA Gnus 5.8/5.9. |
| 882 | * Oort Gnus:: It's big. It's far out. Gnus 5.10/5.11. |
| 883 | |
| 884 | Customization |
| 885 | |
| 886 | * Slow/Expensive Connection:: You run a local Emacs and get the news elsewhere. |
| 887 | * Slow Terminal Connection:: You run a remote Emacs. |
| 888 | * Little Disk Space:: You feel that having large setup files is icky. |
| 889 | * Slow Machine:: You feel like buying a faster machine. |
| 890 | |
| 891 | Gnus Reference Guide |
| 892 | |
| 893 | * Gnus Utility Functions:: Common functions and variable to use. |
| 894 | * Back End Interface:: How Gnus communicates with the servers. |
| 895 | * Score File Syntax:: A BNF definition of the score file standard. |
| 896 | * Headers:: How Gnus stores headers internally. |
| 897 | * Ranges:: A handy format for storing mucho numbers. |
| 898 | * Group Info:: The group info format. |
| 899 | * Extended Interactive:: Symbolic prefixes and stuff. |
| 900 | * Emacs/XEmacs Code:: Gnus can be run under all modern Emacsen. |
| 901 | * Various File Formats:: Formats of files that Gnus use. |
| 902 | |
| 903 | Back End Interface |
| 904 | |
| 905 | * Required Back End Functions:: Functions that must be implemented. |
| 906 | * Optional Back End Functions:: Functions that need not be implemented. |
| 907 | * Error Messaging:: How to get messages and report errors. |
| 908 | * Writing New Back Ends:: Extending old back ends. |
| 909 | * Hooking New Back Ends Into Gnus:: What has to be done on the Gnus end. |
| 910 | * Mail-like Back Ends:: Some tips on mail back ends. |
| 911 | |
| 912 | Various File Formats |
| 913 | |
| 914 | * Active File Format:: Information on articles and groups available. |
| 915 | * Newsgroups File Format:: Group descriptions. |
| 916 | |
| 917 | Emacs for Heathens |
| 918 | |
| 919 | * Keystrokes:: Entering text and executing commands. |
| 920 | * Emacs Lisp:: The built-in Emacs programming language. |
| 921 | |
| 922 | @end detailmenu |
| 923 | @end menu |
| 924 | |
| 925 | @node Starting Up |
| 926 | @chapter Starting Gnus |
| 927 | @cindex starting up |
| 928 | |
| 929 | If you are haven't used Emacs much before using Gnus, read @ref{Emacs |
| 930 | for Heathens} first. |
| 931 | |
| 932 | @kindex M-x gnus |
| 933 | @findex gnus |
| 934 | If your system administrator has set things up properly, starting Gnus |
| 935 | and reading news is extremely easy---you just type @kbd{M-x gnus} in |
| 936 | your Emacs. If not, you should customize the variable |
| 937 | @code{gnus-select-method} as described in @ref{Finding the News}. For a |
| 938 | minimal setup for posting should also customize the variables |
| 939 | @code{user-full-name} and @code{user-mail-address}. |
| 940 | |
| 941 | @findex gnus-other-frame |
| 942 | @kindex M-x gnus-other-frame |
| 943 | If you want to start Gnus in a different frame, you can use the command |
| 944 | @kbd{M-x gnus-other-frame} instead. |
| 945 | |
| 946 | If things do not go smoothly at startup, you have to twiddle some |
| 947 | variables in your @file{~/.gnus.el} file. This file is similar to |
| 948 | @file{~/.emacs}, but is read when Gnus starts. |
| 949 | |
| 950 | If you puzzle at any terms used in this manual, please refer to the |
| 951 | terminology section (@pxref{Terminology}). |
| 952 | |
| 953 | @menu |
| 954 | * Finding the News:: Choosing a method for getting news. |
| 955 | * The First Time:: What does Gnus do the first time you start it? |
| 956 | * The Server is Down:: How can I read my mail then? |
| 957 | * Slave Gnusae:: You can have more than one Gnus active at a time. |
| 958 | * New Groups:: What is Gnus supposed to do with new groups? |
| 959 | * Changing Servers:: You may want to move from one server to another. |
| 960 | * Startup Files:: Those pesky startup files---@file{.newsrc}. |
| 961 | * Auto Save:: Recovering from a crash. |
| 962 | * The Active File:: Reading the active file over a slow line Takes Time. |
| 963 | * Startup Variables:: Other variables you might change. |
| 964 | @end menu |
| 965 | |
| 966 | |
| 967 | @node Finding the News |
| 968 | @section Finding the News |
| 969 | @cindex finding news |
| 970 | |
| 971 | @vindex gnus-select-method |
| 972 | @c @head |
| 973 | The @code{gnus-select-method} variable says where Gnus should look for |
| 974 | news. This variable should be a list where the first element says |
| 975 | @dfn{how} and the second element says @dfn{where}. This method is your |
| 976 | native method. All groups not fetched with this method are |
| 977 | foreign groups. |
| 978 | |
| 979 | For instance, if the @samp{news.somewhere.edu} @acronym{NNTP} server is where |
| 980 | you want to get your daily dosage of news from, you'd say: |
| 981 | |
| 982 | @lisp |
| 983 | (setq gnus-select-method '(nntp "news.somewhere.edu")) |
| 984 | @end lisp |
| 985 | |
| 986 | If you want to read directly from the local spool, say: |
| 987 | |
| 988 | @lisp |
| 989 | (setq gnus-select-method '(nnspool "")) |
| 990 | @end lisp |
| 991 | |
| 992 | If you can use a local spool, you probably should, as it will almost |
| 993 | certainly be much faster. But do not use the local spool if your |
| 994 | server is running Leafnode (which is a simple, standalone private news |
| 995 | server); in this case, use @code{(nntp "localhost")}. |
| 996 | |
| 997 | @vindex gnus-nntpserver-file |
| 998 | @cindex NNTPSERVER |
| 999 | @cindex @acronym{NNTP} server |
| 1000 | If this variable is not set, Gnus will take a look at the |
| 1001 | @env{NNTPSERVER} environment variable. If that variable isn't set, |
| 1002 | Gnus will see whether @code{gnus-nntpserver-file} |
| 1003 | (@file{/etc/nntpserver} by default) has any opinions on the matter. |
| 1004 | If that fails as well, Gnus will try to use the machine running Emacs |
| 1005 | as an @acronym{NNTP} server. That's a long shot, though. |
| 1006 | |
| 1007 | @vindex gnus-nntp-server |
| 1008 | If @code{gnus-nntp-server} is set, this variable will override |
| 1009 | @code{gnus-select-method}. You should therefore set |
| 1010 | @code{gnus-nntp-server} to @code{nil}, which is what it is by default. |
| 1011 | |
| 1012 | @vindex gnus-secondary-servers |
| 1013 | @vindex gnus-nntp-server |
| 1014 | You can also make Gnus prompt you interactively for the name of an |
| 1015 | @acronym{NNTP} server. If you give a non-numerical prefix to @code{gnus} |
| 1016 | (i.e., @kbd{C-u M-x gnus}), Gnus will let you choose between the servers |
| 1017 | in the @code{gnus-secondary-servers} list (if any). You can also just |
| 1018 | type in the name of any server you feel like visiting. (Note that this |
| 1019 | will set @code{gnus-nntp-server}, which means that if you then @kbd{M-x |
| 1020 | gnus} later in the same Emacs session, Gnus will contact the same |
| 1021 | server.) |
| 1022 | |
| 1023 | @findex gnus-group-browse-foreign-server |
| 1024 | @kindex B (Group) |
| 1025 | However, if you use one @acronym{NNTP} server regularly and are just |
| 1026 | interested in a couple of groups from a different server, you would be |
| 1027 | better served by using the @kbd{B} command in the group buffer. It will |
| 1028 | let you have a look at what groups are available, and you can subscribe |
| 1029 | to any of the groups you want to. This also makes @file{.newsrc} |
| 1030 | maintenance much tidier. @xref{Foreign Groups}. |
| 1031 | |
| 1032 | @vindex gnus-secondary-select-methods |
| 1033 | @c @head |
| 1034 | A slightly different approach to foreign groups is to set the |
| 1035 | @code{gnus-secondary-select-methods} variable. The select methods |
| 1036 | listed in this variable are in many ways just as native as the |
| 1037 | @code{gnus-select-method} server. They will also be queried for active |
| 1038 | files during startup (if that's required), and new newsgroups that |
| 1039 | appear on these servers will be subscribed (or not) just as native |
| 1040 | groups are. |
| 1041 | |
| 1042 | For instance, if you use the @code{nnmbox} back end to read your mail, |
| 1043 | you would typically set this variable to |
| 1044 | |
| 1045 | @lisp |
| 1046 | (setq gnus-secondary-select-methods '((nnmbox ""))) |
| 1047 | @end lisp |
| 1048 | |
| 1049 | |
| 1050 | @node The First Time |
| 1051 | @section The First Time |
| 1052 | @cindex first time usage |
| 1053 | |
| 1054 | If no startup files exist (@pxref{Startup Files}), Gnus will try to |
| 1055 | determine what groups should be subscribed by default. |
| 1056 | |
| 1057 | @vindex gnus-default-subscribed-newsgroups |
| 1058 | If the variable @code{gnus-default-subscribed-newsgroups} is set, Gnus |
| 1059 | will subscribe you to just those groups in that list, leaving the rest |
| 1060 | killed. Your system administrator should have set this variable to |
| 1061 | something useful. |
| 1062 | |
| 1063 | Since she hasn't, Gnus will just subscribe you to a few arbitrarily |
| 1064 | picked groups (i.e., @samp{*.newusers}). (@dfn{Arbitrary} is defined |
| 1065 | here as @dfn{whatever Lars thinks you should read}.) |
| 1066 | |
| 1067 | You'll also be subscribed to the Gnus documentation group, which should |
| 1068 | help you with most common problems. |
| 1069 | |
| 1070 | If @code{gnus-default-subscribed-newsgroups} is @code{t}, Gnus will just |
| 1071 | use the normal functions for handling new groups, and not do anything |
| 1072 | special. |
| 1073 | |
| 1074 | |
| 1075 | @node The Server is Down |
| 1076 | @section The Server is Down |
| 1077 | @cindex server errors |
| 1078 | |
| 1079 | If the default server is down, Gnus will understandably have some |
| 1080 | problems starting. However, if you have some mail groups in addition to |
| 1081 | the news groups, you may want to start Gnus anyway. |
| 1082 | |
| 1083 | Gnus, being the trusting sort of program, will ask whether to proceed |
| 1084 | without a native select method if that server can't be contacted. This |
| 1085 | will happen whether the server doesn't actually exist (i.e., you have |
| 1086 | given the wrong address) or the server has just momentarily taken ill |
| 1087 | for some reason or other. If you decide to continue and have no foreign |
| 1088 | groups, you'll find it difficult to actually do anything in the group |
| 1089 | buffer. But, hey, that's your problem. Blllrph! |
| 1090 | |
| 1091 | @findex gnus-no-server |
| 1092 | @kindex M-x gnus-no-server |
| 1093 | @c @head |
| 1094 | If you know that the server is definitely down, or you just want to read |
| 1095 | your mail without bothering with the server at all, you can use the |
| 1096 | @code{gnus-no-server} command to start Gnus. That might come in handy |
| 1097 | if you're in a hurry as well. This command will not attempt to contact |
| 1098 | your primary server---instead, it will just activate all groups on level |
| 1099 | 1 and 2. (You should preferably keep no native groups on those two |
| 1100 | levels.) Also @pxref{Group Levels}. |
| 1101 | |
| 1102 | |
| 1103 | @node Slave Gnusae |
| 1104 | @section Slave Gnusae |
| 1105 | @cindex slave |
| 1106 | |
| 1107 | You might want to run more than one Emacs with more than one Gnus at the |
| 1108 | same time. If you are using different @file{.newsrc} files (e.g., if you |
| 1109 | are using the two different Gnusae to read from two different servers), |
| 1110 | that is no problem whatsoever. You just do it. |
| 1111 | |
| 1112 | The problem appears when you want to run two Gnusae that use the same |
| 1113 | @file{.newsrc} file. |
| 1114 | |
| 1115 | To work around that problem some, we here at the Think-Tank at the Gnus |
| 1116 | Towers have come up with a new concept: @dfn{Masters} and |
| 1117 | @dfn{slaves}. (We have applied for a patent on this concept, and have |
| 1118 | taken out a copyright on those words. If you wish to use those words in |
| 1119 | conjunction with each other, you have to send $1 per usage instance to |
| 1120 | me. Usage of the patent (@dfn{Master/Slave Relationships In Computer |
| 1121 | Applications}) will be much more expensive, of course.) |
| 1122 | |
| 1123 | @findex gnus-slave |
| 1124 | Anyway, you start one Gnus up the normal way with @kbd{M-x gnus} (or |
| 1125 | however you do it). Each subsequent slave Gnusae should be started with |
| 1126 | @kbd{M-x gnus-slave}. These slaves won't save normal @file{.newsrc} |
| 1127 | files, but instead save @dfn{slave files} that contain information only |
| 1128 | on what groups have been read in the slave session. When a master Gnus |
| 1129 | starts, it will read (and delete) these slave files, incorporating all |
| 1130 | information from them. (The slave files will be read in the sequence |
| 1131 | they were created, so the latest changes will have precedence.) |
| 1132 | |
| 1133 | Information from the slave files has, of course, precedence over the |
| 1134 | information in the normal (i.e., master) @file{.newsrc} file. |
| 1135 | |
| 1136 | If the @file{.newsrc*} files have not been saved in the master when the |
| 1137 | slave starts, you may be prompted as to whether to read an auto-save |
| 1138 | file. If you answer ``yes'', the unsaved changes to the master will be |
| 1139 | incorporated into the slave. If you answer ``no'', the slave may see some |
| 1140 | messages as unread that have been read in the master. |
| 1141 | |
| 1142 | |
| 1143 | |
| 1144 | @node New Groups |
| 1145 | @section New Groups |
| 1146 | @cindex new groups |
| 1147 | @cindex subscription |
| 1148 | |
| 1149 | @vindex gnus-check-new-newsgroups |
| 1150 | If you are satisfied that you really never want to see any new groups, |
| 1151 | you can set @code{gnus-check-new-newsgroups} to @code{nil}. This will |
| 1152 | also save you some time at startup. Even if this variable is |
| 1153 | @code{nil}, you can always subscribe to the new groups just by pressing |
| 1154 | @kbd{U} in the group buffer (@pxref{Group Maintenance}). This variable |
| 1155 | is @code{ask-server} by default. If you set this variable to |
| 1156 | @code{always}, then Gnus will query the back ends for new groups even |
| 1157 | when you do the @kbd{g} command (@pxref{Scanning New Messages}). |
| 1158 | |
| 1159 | @menu |
| 1160 | * Checking New Groups:: Determining what groups are new. |
| 1161 | * Subscription Methods:: What Gnus should do with new groups. |
| 1162 | * Filtering New Groups:: Making Gnus ignore certain new groups. |
| 1163 | @end menu |
| 1164 | |
| 1165 | |
| 1166 | @node Checking New Groups |
| 1167 | @subsection Checking New Groups |
| 1168 | |
| 1169 | Gnus normally determines whether a group is new or not by comparing the |
| 1170 | list of groups from the active file(s) with the lists of subscribed and |
| 1171 | dead groups. This isn't a particularly fast method. If |
| 1172 | @code{gnus-check-new-newsgroups} is @code{ask-server}, Gnus will ask the |
| 1173 | server for new groups since the last time. This is both faster and |
| 1174 | cheaper. This also means that you can get rid of the list of killed |
| 1175 | groups altogether, so you may set @code{gnus-save-killed-list} to |
| 1176 | @code{nil}, which will save time both at startup, at exit, and all over. |
| 1177 | Saves disk space, too. Why isn't this the default, then? |
| 1178 | Unfortunately, not all servers support this command. |
| 1179 | |
| 1180 | I bet I know what you're thinking now: How do I find out whether my |
| 1181 | server supports @code{ask-server}? No? Good, because I don't have a |
| 1182 | fail-safe answer. I would suggest just setting this variable to |
| 1183 | @code{ask-server} and see whether any new groups appear within the next |
| 1184 | few days. If any do, then it works. If none do, then it doesn't |
| 1185 | work. I could write a function to make Gnus guess whether the server |
| 1186 | supports @code{ask-server}, but it would just be a guess. So I won't. |
| 1187 | You could @code{telnet} to the server and say @code{HELP} and see |
| 1188 | whether it lists @samp{NEWGROUPS} among the commands it understands. If |
| 1189 | it does, then it might work. (But there are servers that lists |
| 1190 | @samp{NEWGROUPS} without supporting the function properly.) |
| 1191 | |
| 1192 | This variable can also be a list of select methods. If so, Gnus will |
| 1193 | issue an @code{ask-server} command to each of the select methods, and |
| 1194 | subscribe them (or not) using the normal methods. This might be handy |
| 1195 | if you are monitoring a few servers for new groups. A side effect is |
| 1196 | that startup will take much longer, so you can meditate while waiting. |
| 1197 | Use the mantra ``dingnusdingnusdingnus'' to achieve permanent bliss. |
| 1198 | |
| 1199 | |
| 1200 | @node Subscription Methods |
| 1201 | @subsection Subscription Methods |
| 1202 | |
| 1203 | @vindex gnus-subscribe-newsgroup-method |
| 1204 | What Gnus does when it encounters a new group is determined by the |
| 1205 | @code{gnus-subscribe-newsgroup-method} variable. |
| 1206 | |
| 1207 | This variable should contain a function. This function will be called |
| 1208 | with the name of the new group as the only parameter. |
| 1209 | |
| 1210 | Some handy pre-fab functions are: |
| 1211 | |
| 1212 | @table @code |
| 1213 | |
| 1214 | @item gnus-subscribe-zombies |
| 1215 | @vindex gnus-subscribe-zombies |
| 1216 | Make all new groups zombies. This is the default. You can browse the |
| 1217 | zombies later (with @kbd{A z}) and either kill them all off properly |
| 1218 | (with @kbd{S z}), or subscribe to them (with @kbd{u}). |
| 1219 | |
| 1220 | @item gnus-subscribe-randomly |
| 1221 | @vindex gnus-subscribe-randomly |
| 1222 | Subscribe all new groups in arbitrary order. This really means that all |
| 1223 | new groups will be added at ``the top'' of the group buffer. |
| 1224 | |
| 1225 | @item gnus-subscribe-alphabetically |
| 1226 | @vindex gnus-subscribe-alphabetically |
| 1227 | Subscribe all new groups in alphabetical order. |
| 1228 | |
| 1229 | @item gnus-subscribe-hierarchically |
| 1230 | @vindex gnus-subscribe-hierarchically |
| 1231 | Subscribe all new groups hierarchically. The difference between this |
| 1232 | function and @code{gnus-subscribe-alphabetically} is slight. |
| 1233 | @code{gnus-subscribe-alphabetically} will subscribe new groups in a strictly |
| 1234 | alphabetical fashion, while this function will enter groups into its |
| 1235 | hierarchy. So if you want to have the @samp{rec} hierarchy before the |
| 1236 | @samp{comp} hierarchy, this function will not mess that configuration |
| 1237 | up. Or something like that. |
| 1238 | |
| 1239 | @item gnus-subscribe-interactively |
| 1240 | @vindex gnus-subscribe-interactively |
| 1241 | Subscribe new groups interactively. This means that Gnus will ask |
| 1242 | you about @strong{all} new groups. The groups you choose to subscribe |
| 1243 | to will be subscribed hierarchically. |
| 1244 | |
| 1245 | @item gnus-subscribe-killed |
| 1246 | @vindex gnus-subscribe-killed |
| 1247 | Kill all new groups. |
| 1248 | |
| 1249 | @item gnus-subscribe-topics |
| 1250 | @vindex gnus-subscribe-topics |
| 1251 | Put the groups into the topic that has a matching @code{subscribe} topic |
| 1252 | parameter (@pxref{Topic Parameters}). For instance, a @code{subscribe} |
| 1253 | topic parameter that looks like |
| 1254 | |
| 1255 | @example |
| 1256 | "nnslashdot" |
| 1257 | @end example |
| 1258 | |
| 1259 | will mean that all groups that match that regex will be subscribed under |
| 1260 | that topic. |
| 1261 | |
| 1262 | If no topics match the groups, the groups will be subscribed in the |
| 1263 | top-level topic. |
| 1264 | |
| 1265 | @end table |
| 1266 | |
| 1267 | @vindex gnus-subscribe-hierarchical-interactive |
| 1268 | A closely related variable is |
| 1269 | @code{gnus-subscribe-hierarchical-interactive}. (That's quite a |
| 1270 | mouthful.) If this variable is non-@code{nil}, Gnus will ask you in a |
| 1271 | hierarchical fashion whether to subscribe to new groups or not. Gnus |
| 1272 | will ask you for each sub-hierarchy whether you want to descend the |
| 1273 | hierarchy or not. |
| 1274 | |
| 1275 | One common mistake is to set the variable a few paragraphs above |
| 1276 | (@code{gnus-subscribe-newsgroup-method}) to |
| 1277 | @code{gnus-subscribe-hierarchical-interactive}. This is an error. This |
| 1278 | will not work. This is ga-ga. So don't do it. |
| 1279 | |
| 1280 | |
| 1281 | @node Filtering New Groups |
| 1282 | @subsection Filtering New Groups |
| 1283 | |
| 1284 | A nice and portable way to control which new newsgroups should be |
| 1285 | subscribed (or ignored) is to put an @dfn{options} line at the start of |
| 1286 | the @file{.newsrc} file. Here's an example: |
| 1287 | |
| 1288 | @example |
| 1289 | options -n !alt.all !rec.all sci.all |
| 1290 | @end example |
| 1291 | |
| 1292 | @vindex gnus-subscribe-options-newsgroup-method |
| 1293 | This line obviously belongs to a serious-minded intellectual scientific |
| 1294 | person (or she may just be plain old boring), because it says that all |
| 1295 | groups that have names beginning with @samp{alt} and @samp{rec} should |
| 1296 | be ignored, and all groups with names beginning with @samp{sci} should |
| 1297 | be subscribed. Gnus will not use the normal subscription method for |
| 1298 | subscribing these groups. |
| 1299 | @code{gnus-subscribe-options-newsgroup-method} is used instead. This |
| 1300 | variable defaults to @code{gnus-subscribe-alphabetically}. |
| 1301 | |
| 1302 | @vindex gnus-options-not-subscribe |
| 1303 | @vindex gnus-options-subscribe |
| 1304 | If you don't want to mess with your @file{.newsrc} file, you can just |
| 1305 | set the two variables @code{gnus-options-subscribe} and |
| 1306 | @code{gnus-options-not-subscribe}. These two variables do exactly the |
| 1307 | same as the @file{.newsrc} @samp{options -n} trick. Both are regexps, |
| 1308 | and if the new group matches the former, it will be unconditionally |
| 1309 | subscribed, and if it matches the latter, it will be ignored. |
| 1310 | |
| 1311 | @vindex gnus-auto-subscribed-groups |
| 1312 | Yet another variable that meddles here is |
| 1313 | @code{gnus-auto-subscribed-groups}. It works exactly like |
| 1314 | @code{gnus-options-subscribe}, and is therefore really superfluous, |
| 1315 | but I thought it would be nice to have two of these. This variable is |
| 1316 | more meant for setting some ground rules, while the other variable is |
| 1317 | used more for user fiddling. By default this variable makes all new |
| 1318 | groups that come from mail back ends (@code{nnml}, @code{nnbabyl}, |
| 1319 | @code{nnfolder}, @code{nnmbox}, @code{nnmh}, and @code{nnmaildir}) |
| 1320 | subscribed. If you don't like that, just set this variable to |
| 1321 | @code{nil}. |
| 1322 | |
| 1323 | New groups that match this regexp are subscribed using |
| 1324 | @code{gnus-subscribe-options-newsgroup-method}. |
| 1325 | |
| 1326 | |
| 1327 | @node Changing Servers |
| 1328 | @section Changing Servers |
| 1329 | @cindex changing servers |
| 1330 | |
| 1331 | Sometimes it is necessary to move from one @acronym{NNTP} server to another. |
| 1332 | This happens very rarely, but perhaps you change jobs, or one server is |
| 1333 | very flaky and you want to use another. |
| 1334 | |
| 1335 | Changing the server is pretty easy, right? You just change |
| 1336 | @code{gnus-select-method} to point to the new server? |
| 1337 | |
| 1338 | @emph{Wrong!} |
| 1339 | |
| 1340 | Article numbers are not (in any way) kept synchronized between different |
| 1341 | @acronym{NNTP} servers, and the only way Gnus keeps track of what articles |
| 1342 | you have read is by keeping track of article numbers. So when you |
| 1343 | change @code{gnus-select-method}, your @file{.newsrc} file becomes |
| 1344 | worthless. |
| 1345 | |
| 1346 | Gnus provides a few functions to attempt to translate a @file{.newsrc} |
| 1347 | file from one server to another. They all have one thing in |
| 1348 | common---they take a looong time to run. You don't want to use these |
| 1349 | functions more than absolutely necessary. |
| 1350 | |
| 1351 | @kindex M-x gnus-change-server |
| 1352 | @findex gnus-change-server |
| 1353 | If you have access to both servers, Gnus can request the headers for all |
| 1354 | the articles you have read and compare @code{Message-ID}s and map the |
| 1355 | article numbers of the read articles and article marks. The @kbd{M-x |
| 1356 | gnus-change-server} command will do this for all your native groups. It |
| 1357 | will prompt for the method you want to move to. |
| 1358 | |
| 1359 | @kindex M-x gnus-group-move-group-to-server |
| 1360 | @findex gnus-group-move-group-to-server |
| 1361 | You can also move individual groups with the @kbd{M-x |
| 1362 | gnus-group-move-group-to-server} command. This is useful if you want to |
| 1363 | move a (foreign) group from one server to another. |
| 1364 | |
| 1365 | @kindex M-x gnus-group-clear-data-on-native-groups |
| 1366 | @findex gnus-group-clear-data-on-native-groups |
| 1367 | If you don't have access to both the old and new server, all your marks |
| 1368 | and read ranges have become worthless. You can use the @kbd{M-x |
| 1369 | gnus-group-clear-data-on-native-groups} command to clear out all data |
| 1370 | that you have on your native groups. Use with caution. |
| 1371 | |
| 1372 | @kindex M-x gnus-group-clear-data |
| 1373 | @findex gnus-group-clear-data |
| 1374 | Clear the data from the current group only---nix out marks and the |
| 1375 | list of read articles (@code{gnus-group-clear-data}). |
| 1376 | |
| 1377 | After changing servers, you @strong{must} move the cache hierarchy away, |
| 1378 | since the cached articles will have wrong article numbers, which will |
| 1379 | affect which articles Gnus thinks are read. |
| 1380 | @code{gnus-group-clear-data-on-native-groups} will ask you if you want |
| 1381 | to have it done automatically; for @code{gnus-group-clear-data}, you |
| 1382 | can use @kbd{M-x gnus-cache-move-cache} (but beware, it will move the |
| 1383 | cache for all groups). |
| 1384 | |
| 1385 | |
| 1386 | @node Startup Files |
| 1387 | @section Startup Files |
| 1388 | @cindex startup files |
| 1389 | @cindex .newsrc |
| 1390 | @cindex .newsrc.el |
| 1391 | @cindex .newsrc.eld |
| 1392 | |
| 1393 | Most common Unix news readers use a shared startup file called |
| 1394 | @file{.newsrc}. This file contains all the information about what |
| 1395 | groups are subscribed, and which articles in these groups have been |
| 1396 | read. |
| 1397 | |
| 1398 | Things got a bit more complicated with @sc{gnus}. In addition to |
| 1399 | keeping the @file{.newsrc} file updated, it also used a file called |
| 1400 | @file{.newsrc.el} for storing all the information that didn't fit into |
| 1401 | the @file{.newsrc} file. (Actually, it also duplicated everything in |
| 1402 | the @file{.newsrc} file.) @sc{gnus} would read whichever one of these |
| 1403 | files was the most recently saved, which enabled people to swap between |
| 1404 | @sc{gnus} and other newsreaders. |
| 1405 | |
| 1406 | That was kinda silly, so Gnus went one better: In addition to the |
| 1407 | @file{.newsrc} and @file{.newsrc.el} files, Gnus also has a file called |
| 1408 | @file{.newsrc.eld}. It will read whichever of these files that are most |
| 1409 | recent, but it will never write a @file{.newsrc.el} file. You should |
| 1410 | never delete the @file{.newsrc.eld} file---it contains much information |
| 1411 | not stored in the @file{.newsrc} file. |
| 1412 | |
| 1413 | @vindex gnus-save-newsrc-file |
| 1414 | @vindex gnus-read-newsrc-file |
| 1415 | You can turn off writing the @file{.newsrc} file by setting |
| 1416 | @code{gnus-save-newsrc-file} to @code{nil}, which means you can delete |
| 1417 | the file and save some space, as well as exiting from Gnus faster. |
| 1418 | However, this will make it impossible to use other newsreaders than |
| 1419 | Gnus. But hey, who would want to, right? Similarly, setting |
| 1420 | @code{gnus-read-newsrc-file} to @code{nil} makes Gnus ignore the |
| 1421 | @file{.newsrc} file and any @file{.newsrc-SERVER} files, which can be |
| 1422 | convenient if you use a different news reader occasionally, and you |
| 1423 | want to read a different subset of the available groups with that |
| 1424 | news reader. |
| 1425 | |
| 1426 | @vindex gnus-save-killed-list |
| 1427 | If @code{gnus-save-killed-list} (default @code{t}) is @code{nil}, Gnus |
| 1428 | will not save the list of killed groups to the startup file. This will |
| 1429 | save both time (when starting and quitting) and space (on disk). It |
| 1430 | will also mean that Gnus has no record of what groups are new or old, |
| 1431 | so the automatic new groups subscription methods become meaningless. |
| 1432 | You should always set @code{gnus-check-new-newsgroups} to @code{nil} or |
| 1433 | @code{ask-server} if you set this variable to @code{nil} (@pxref{New |
| 1434 | Groups}). This variable can also be a regular expression. If that's |
| 1435 | the case, remove all groups that do not match this regexp before |
| 1436 | saving. This can be useful in certain obscure situations that involve |
| 1437 | several servers where not all servers support @code{ask-server}. |
| 1438 | |
| 1439 | @vindex gnus-startup-file |
| 1440 | @vindex gnus-backup-startup-file |
| 1441 | @vindex version-control |
| 1442 | The @code{gnus-startup-file} variable says where the startup files are. |
| 1443 | The default value is @file{~/.newsrc}, with the Gnus (El Dingo) startup |
| 1444 | file being whatever that one is, with a @samp{.eld} appended. |
| 1445 | If you want version control for this file, set |
| 1446 | @code{gnus-backup-startup-file}. It respects the same values as the |
| 1447 | @code{version-control} variable. |
| 1448 | |
| 1449 | @vindex gnus-save-newsrc-hook |
| 1450 | @vindex gnus-save-quick-newsrc-hook |
| 1451 | @vindex gnus-save-standard-newsrc-hook |
| 1452 | @code{gnus-save-newsrc-hook} is called before saving any of the newsrc |
| 1453 | files, while @code{gnus-save-quick-newsrc-hook} is called just before |
| 1454 | saving the @file{.newsrc.eld} file, and |
| 1455 | @code{gnus-save-standard-newsrc-hook} is called just before saving the |
| 1456 | @file{.newsrc} file. The latter two are commonly used to turn version |
| 1457 | control on or off. Version control is on by default when saving the |
| 1458 | startup files. If you want to turn backup creation off, say something like: |
| 1459 | |
| 1460 | @lisp |
| 1461 | (defun turn-off-backup () |
| 1462 | (set (make-local-variable 'backup-inhibited) t)) |
| 1463 | |
| 1464 | (add-hook 'gnus-save-quick-newsrc-hook 'turn-off-backup) |
| 1465 | (add-hook 'gnus-save-standard-newsrc-hook 'turn-off-backup) |
| 1466 | @end lisp |
| 1467 | |
| 1468 | @vindex gnus-init-file |
| 1469 | @vindex gnus-site-init-file |
| 1470 | When Gnus starts, it will read the @code{gnus-site-init-file} |
| 1471 | (@file{.../site-lisp/gnus-init} by default) and @code{gnus-init-file} |
| 1472 | (@file{~/.gnus} by default) files. These are normal Emacs Lisp files |
| 1473 | and can be used to avoid cluttering your @file{~/.emacs} and |
| 1474 | @file{site-init} files with Gnus stuff. Gnus will also check for files |
| 1475 | with the same names as these, but with @file{.elc} and @file{.el} |
| 1476 | suffixes. In other words, if you have set @code{gnus-init-file} to |
| 1477 | @file{~/.gnus}, it will look for @file{~/.gnus.elc}, @file{~/.gnus.el}, |
| 1478 | and finally @file{~/.gnus} (in this order). If Emacs was invoked with |
| 1479 | the @option{-q} or @option{--no-init-file} options (@pxref{Initial |
| 1480 | Options, ,Initial Options, emacs, The Emacs Manual}), Gnus doesn't read |
| 1481 | @code{gnus-init-file}. |
| 1482 | |
| 1483 | |
| 1484 | @node Auto Save |
| 1485 | @section Auto Save |
| 1486 | @cindex dribble file |
| 1487 | @cindex auto-save |
| 1488 | |
| 1489 | Whenever you do something that changes the Gnus data (reading articles, |
| 1490 | catching up, killing/subscribing groups), the change is added to a |
| 1491 | special @dfn{dribble buffer}. This buffer is auto-saved the normal |
| 1492 | Emacs way. If your Emacs should crash before you have saved the |
| 1493 | @file{.newsrc} files, all changes you have made can be recovered from |
| 1494 | this file. |
| 1495 | |
| 1496 | If Gnus detects this file at startup, it will ask the user whether to |
| 1497 | read it. The auto save file is deleted whenever the real startup file is |
| 1498 | saved. |
| 1499 | |
| 1500 | @vindex gnus-use-dribble-file |
| 1501 | If @code{gnus-use-dribble-file} is @code{nil}, Gnus won't create and |
| 1502 | maintain a dribble buffer. The default is @code{t}. |
| 1503 | |
| 1504 | @vindex gnus-dribble-directory |
| 1505 | Gnus will put the dribble file(s) in @code{gnus-dribble-directory}. If |
| 1506 | this variable is @code{nil}, which it is by default, Gnus will dribble |
| 1507 | into the directory where the @file{.newsrc} file is located. (This is |
| 1508 | normally the user's home directory.) The dribble file will get the same |
| 1509 | file permissions as the @file{.newsrc} file. |
| 1510 | |
| 1511 | @vindex gnus-always-read-dribble-file |
| 1512 | If @code{gnus-always-read-dribble-file} is non-@code{nil}, Gnus will |
| 1513 | read the dribble file on startup without querying the user. |
| 1514 | |
| 1515 | |
| 1516 | @node The Active File |
| 1517 | @section The Active File |
| 1518 | @cindex active file |
| 1519 | @cindex ignored groups |
| 1520 | |
| 1521 | When Gnus starts, or indeed whenever it tries to determine whether new |
| 1522 | articles have arrived, it reads the active file. This is a very large |
| 1523 | file that lists all the active groups and articles on the server. |
| 1524 | |
| 1525 | @vindex gnus-ignored-newsgroups |
| 1526 | Before examining the active file, Gnus deletes all lines that match the |
| 1527 | regexp @code{gnus-ignored-newsgroups}. This is done primarily to reject |
| 1528 | any groups with bogus names, but you can use this variable to make Gnus |
| 1529 | ignore hierarchies you aren't ever interested in. However, this is not |
| 1530 | recommended. In fact, it's highly discouraged. Instead, @pxref{New |
| 1531 | Groups} for an overview of other variables that can be used instead. |
| 1532 | |
| 1533 | @c This variable is |
| 1534 | @c @code{nil} by default, and will slow down active file handling somewhat |
| 1535 | @c if you set it to anything else. |
| 1536 | |
| 1537 | @vindex gnus-read-active-file |
| 1538 | @c @head |
| 1539 | The active file can be rather Huge, so if you have a slow network, you |
| 1540 | can set @code{gnus-read-active-file} to @code{nil} to prevent Gnus from |
| 1541 | reading the active file. This variable is @code{some} by default. |
| 1542 | |
| 1543 | Gnus will try to make do by getting information just on the groups that |
| 1544 | you actually subscribe to. |
| 1545 | |
| 1546 | Note that if you subscribe to lots and lots of groups, setting this |
| 1547 | variable to @code{nil} will probably make Gnus slower, not faster. At |
| 1548 | present, having this variable @code{nil} will slow Gnus down |
| 1549 | considerably, unless you read news over a 2400 baud modem. |
| 1550 | |
| 1551 | This variable can also have the value @code{some}. Gnus will then |
| 1552 | attempt to read active info only on the subscribed groups. On some |
| 1553 | servers this is quite fast (on sparkling, brand new INN servers that |
| 1554 | support the @code{LIST ACTIVE group} command), on others this isn't fast |
| 1555 | at all. In any case, @code{some} should be faster than @code{nil}, and |
| 1556 | is certainly faster than @code{t} over slow lines. |
| 1557 | |
| 1558 | Some news servers (old versions of Leafnode and old versions of INN, for |
| 1559 | instance) do not support the @code{LIST ACTIVE group}. For these |
| 1560 | servers, @code{nil} is probably the most efficient value for this |
| 1561 | variable. |
| 1562 | |
| 1563 | If this variable is @code{nil}, Gnus will ask for group info in total |
| 1564 | lock-step, which isn't very fast. If it is @code{some} and you use an |
| 1565 | @acronym{NNTP} server, Gnus will pump out commands as fast as it can, and |
| 1566 | read all the replies in one swoop. This will normally result in better |
| 1567 | performance, but if the server does not support the aforementioned |
| 1568 | @code{LIST ACTIVE group} command, this isn't very nice to the server. |
| 1569 | |
| 1570 | If you think that starting up Gnus takes too long, try all the three |
| 1571 | different values for this variable and see what works best for you. |
| 1572 | |
| 1573 | In any case, if you use @code{some} or @code{nil}, you should definitely |
| 1574 | kill all groups that you aren't interested in to speed things up. |
| 1575 | |
| 1576 | Note that this variable also affects active file retrieval from |
| 1577 | secondary select methods. |
| 1578 | |
| 1579 | |
| 1580 | @node Startup Variables |
| 1581 | @section Startup Variables |
| 1582 | |
| 1583 | @table @code |
| 1584 | |
| 1585 | @item gnus-load-hook |
| 1586 | @vindex gnus-load-hook |
| 1587 | A hook run while Gnus is being loaded. Note that this hook will |
| 1588 | normally be run just once in each Emacs session, no matter how many |
| 1589 | times you start Gnus. |
| 1590 | |
| 1591 | @item gnus-before-startup-hook |
| 1592 | @vindex gnus-before-startup-hook |
| 1593 | A hook run after starting up Gnus successfully. |
| 1594 | |
| 1595 | @item gnus-startup-hook |
| 1596 | @vindex gnus-startup-hook |
| 1597 | A hook run as the very last thing after starting up Gnus |
| 1598 | |
| 1599 | @item gnus-started-hook |
| 1600 | @vindex gnus-started-hook |
| 1601 | A hook that is run as the very last thing after starting up Gnus |
| 1602 | successfully. |
| 1603 | |
| 1604 | @item gnus-setup-news-hook |
| 1605 | @vindex gnus-setup-news-hook |
| 1606 | A hook that is run after reading the @file{.newsrc} file(s), but before |
| 1607 | generating the group buffer. |
| 1608 | |
| 1609 | @item gnus-check-bogus-newsgroups |
| 1610 | @vindex gnus-check-bogus-newsgroups |
| 1611 | If non-@code{nil}, Gnus will check for and delete all bogus groups at |
| 1612 | startup. A @dfn{bogus group} is a group that you have in your |
| 1613 | @file{.newsrc} file, but doesn't exist on the news server. Checking for |
| 1614 | bogus groups can take quite a while, so to save time and resources it's |
| 1615 | best to leave this option off, and do the checking for bogus groups once |
| 1616 | in a while from the group buffer instead (@pxref{Group Maintenance}). |
| 1617 | |
| 1618 | @item gnus-inhibit-startup-message |
| 1619 | @vindex gnus-inhibit-startup-message |
| 1620 | If non-@code{nil}, the startup message won't be displayed. That way, |
| 1621 | your boss might not notice as easily that you are reading news instead |
| 1622 | of doing your job. Note that this variable is used before |
| 1623 | @file{~/.gnus.el} is loaded, so it should be set in @file{.emacs} instead. |
| 1624 | |
| 1625 | @item gnus-no-groups-message |
| 1626 | @vindex gnus-no-groups-message |
| 1627 | Message displayed by Gnus when no groups are available. |
| 1628 | |
| 1629 | @item gnus-play-startup-jingle |
| 1630 | @vindex gnus-play-startup-jingle |
| 1631 | If non-@code{nil}, play the Gnus jingle at startup. |
| 1632 | |
| 1633 | @item gnus-startup-jingle |
| 1634 | @vindex gnus-startup-jingle |
| 1635 | Jingle to be played if the above variable is non-@code{nil}. The |
| 1636 | default is @samp{Tuxedomoon.Jingle4.au}. |
| 1637 | |
| 1638 | @end table |
| 1639 | |
| 1640 | |
| 1641 | @node Group Buffer |
| 1642 | @chapter Group Buffer |
| 1643 | @cindex group buffer |
| 1644 | |
| 1645 | @c Alex Schroeder suggests to rearrange this as follows: |
| 1646 | @c |
| 1647 | @c <kensanata> ok, just save it for reference. I'll go to bed in a minute. |
| 1648 | @c 1. Selecting a Group, 2. (new) Finding a Group, 3. Group Levels, |
| 1649 | @c 4. Subscription Commands, 5. Group Maneuvering, 6. Group Data, |
| 1650 | @c 7. Group Score, 8. Group Buffer Format |
| 1651 | @c <kensanata> Group Levels should have more information on levels 5 to 9. I |
| 1652 | @c suggest to split the 4th paragraph ("Gnus considers groups...") as follows: |
| 1653 | @c <kensanata> First, "Gnus considers groups... (default 9)." |
| 1654 | @c <kensanata> New, a table summarizing what levels 1 to 9 mean. |
| 1655 | @c <kensanata> Third, "Gnus treats subscribed ... reasons of efficiency" |
| 1656 | @c <kensanata> Then expand the next paragraph or add some more to it. |
| 1657 | @c This short one sentence explains levels 1 and 2, therefore I understand |
| 1658 | @c that I should keep important news at 3 and boring news at 4. |
| 1659 | @c Say so! Then go on to explain why I should bother with levels 6 to 9. |
| 1660 | @c Maybe keep those that you don't want to read temporarily at 6, |
| 1661 | @c those that you never want to read at 8, those that offend your |
| 1662 | @c human rights at 9... |
| 1663 | |
| 1664 | |
| 1665 | The @dfn{group buffer} lists all (or parts) of the available groups. It |
| 1666 | is the first buffer shown when Gnus starts, and will never be killed as |
| 1667 | long as Gnus is active. |
| 1668 | |
| 1669 | @iftex |
| 1670 | @iflatex |
| 1671 | \gnusfigure{The Group Buffer}{320}{ |
| 1672 | \put(75,50){\epsfig{figure=ps/group,height=9cm}} |
| 1673 | \put(120,37){\makebox(0,0)[t]{Buffer name}} |
| 1674 | \put(120,38){\vector(1,2){10}} |
| 1675 | \put(40,60){\makebox(0,0)[r]{Mode line}} |
| 1676 | \put(40,58){\vector(1,0){30}} |
| 1677 | \put(200,28){\makebox(0,0)[t]{Native select method}} |
| 1678 | \put(200,26){\vector(-1,2){15}} |
| 1679 | } |
| 1680 | @end iflatex |
| 1681 | @end iftex |
| 1682 | |
| 1683 | @menu |
| 1684 | * Group Buffer Format:: Information listed and how you can change it. |
| 1685 | * Group Maneuvering:: Commands for moving in the group buffer. |
| 1686 | * Selecting a Group:: Actually reading news. |
| 1687 | * Subscription Commands:: Unsubscribing, killing, subscribing. |
| 1688 | * Group Data:: Changing the info for a group. |
| 1689 | * Group Levels:: Levels? What are those, then? |
| 1690 | * Group Score:: A mechanism for finding out what groups you like. |
| 1691 | * Marking Groups:: You can mark groups for later processing. |
| 1692 | * Foreign Groups:: Creating and editing groups. |
| 1693 | * Group Parameters:: Each group may have different parameters set. |
| 1694 | * Listing Groups:: Gnus can list various subsets of the groups. |
| 1695 | * Sorting Groups:: Re-arrange the group order. |
| 1696 | * Group Maintenance:: Maintaining a tidy @file{.newsrc} file. |
| 1697 | * Browse Foreign Server:: You can browse a server. See what it has to offer. |
| 1698 | * Exiting Gnus:: Stop reading news and get some work done. |
| 1699 | * Group Topics:: A folding group mode divided into topics. |
| 1700 | * Misc Group Stuff:: Other stuff that you can to do. |
| 1701 | @end menu |
| 1702 | |
| 1703 | |
| 1704 | @node Group Buffer Format |
| 1705 | @section Group Buffer Format |
| 1706 | |
| 1707 | @menu |
| 1708 | * Group Line Specification:: Deciding how the group buffer is to look. |
| 1709 | * Group Mode Line Specification:: The group buffer mode line. |
| 1710 | * Group Highlighting:: Having nice colors in the group buffer. |
| 1711 | @end menu |
| 1712 | |
| 1713 | You can customize the Group Mode tool bar, see @kbd{M-x |
| 1714 | customize-apropos RET gnus-group-tool-bar}. This feature is only |
| 1715 | available in Emacs. |
| 1716 | |
| 1717 | The tool bar icons are now (de)activated correctly depending on the |
| 1718 | cursor position. Therefore, moving around in the Group Buffer is |
| 1719 | slower. You can disable this via the variable |
| 1720 | @code{gnus-group-update-tool-bar}. Its default value depends on your |
| 1721 | Emacs version. |
| 1722 | |
| 1723 | @node Group Line Specification |
| 1724 | @subsection Group Line Specification |
| 1725 | @cindex group buffer format |
| 1726 | |
| 1727 | The default format of the group buffer is nice and dull, but you can |
| 1728 | make it as exciting and ugly as you feel like. |
| 1729 | |
| 1730 | Here's a couple of example group lines: |
| 1731 | |
| 1732 | @example |
| 1733 | 25: news.announce.newusers |
| 1734 | * 0: alt.fan.andrea-dworkin |
| 1735 | @end example |
| 1736 | |
| 1737 | Quite simple, huh? |
| 1738 | |
| 1739 | You can see that there are 25 unread articles in |
| 1740 | @samp{news.announce.newusers}. There are no unread articles, but some |
| 1741 | ticked articles, in @samp{alt.fan.andrea-dworkin} (see that little |
| 1742 | asterisk at the beginning of the line?). |
| 1743 | |
| 1744 | @vindex gnus-group-line-format |
| 1745 | You can change that format to whatever you want by fiddling with the |
| 1746 | @code{gnus-group-line-format} variable. This variable works along the |
| 1747 | lines of a @code{format} specification, which is pretty much the same as |
| 1748 | a @code{printf} specifications, for those of you who use (feh!) C. |
| 1749 | @xref{Formatting Variables}. |
| 1750 | |
| 1751 | @samp{%M%S%5y:%B%(%g%)\n} is the value that produced those lines above. |
| 1752 | |
| 1753 | There should always be a colon on the line; the cursor always moves to |
| 1754 | the colon after performing an operation. @xref{Positioning |
| 1755 | Point}. Nothing else is required---not even the group name. All |
| 1756 | displayed text is just window dressing, and is never examined by Gnus. |
| 1757 | Gnus stores all real information it needs using text properties. |
| 1758 | |
| 1759 | (Note that if you make a really strange, wonderful, spreadsheet-like |
| 1760 | layout, everybody will believe you are hard at work with the accounting |
| 1761 | instead of wasting time reading news.) |
| 1762 | |
| 1763 | Here's a list of all available format characters: |
| 1764 | |
| 1765 | @table @samp |
| 1766 | |
| 1767 | @item M |
| 1768 | An asterisk if the group only has marked articles. |
| 1769 | |
| 1770 | @item S |
| 1771 | Whether the group is subscribed. |
| 1772 | |
| 1773 | @item L |
| 1774 | Level of subscribedness. |
| 1775 | |
| 1776 | @item N |
| 1777 | Number of unread articles. |
| 1778 | |
| 1779 | @item I |
| 1780 | Number of dormant articles. |
| 1781 | |
| 1782 | @item T |
| 1783 | Number of ticked articles. |
| 1784 | |
| 1785 | @item R |
| 1786 | Number of read articles. |
| 1787 | |
| 1788 | @item U |
| 1789 | Number of unseen articles. |
| 1790 | |
| 1791 | @item t |
| 1792 | Estimated total number of articles. (This is really @var{max-number} |
| 1793 | minus @var{min-number} plus 1.) |
| 1794 | |
| 1795 | Gnus uses this estimation because the @acronym{NNTP} protocol provides |
| 1796 | efficient access to @var{max-number} and @var{min-number} but getting |
| 1797 | the true unread message count is not possible efficiently. For |
| 1798 | hysterical raisins, even the mail back ends, where the true number of |
| 1799 | unread messages might be available efficiently, use the same limited |
| 1800 | interface. To remove this restriction from Gnus means that the back |
| 1801 | end interface has to be changed, which is not an easy job. If you |
| 1802 | want to work on this, please contact the Gnus mailing list. |
| 1803 | |
| 1804 | @item y |
| 1805 | Number of unread, unticked, non-dormant articles. |
| 1806 | |
| 1807 | @item i |
| 1808 | Number of ticked and dormant articles. |
| 1809 | |
| 1810 | @item g |
| 1811 | Full group name. |
| 1812 | |
| 1813 | @item G |
| 1814 | Group name. |
| 1815 | |
| 1816 | @item C |
| 1817 | Group comment (@pxref{Group Parameters}) or group name if there is no |
| 1818 | comment element in the group parameters. |
| 1819 | |
| 1820 | @item D |
| 1821 | Newsgroup description. You need to read the group descriptions |
| 1822 | before these will appear, and to do that, you either have to set |
| 1823 | @code{gnus-read-active-file} or use the group buffer @kbd{M-d} |
| 1824 | command. |
| 1825 | |
| 1826 | @item o |
| 1827 | @samp{m} if moderated. |
| 1828 | |
| 1829 | @item O |
| 1830 | @samp{(m)} if moderated. |
| 1831 | |
| 1832 | @item s |
| 1833 | Select method. |
| 1834 | |
| 1835 | @item B |
| 1836 | If the summary buffer for the group is open or not. |
| 1837 | |
| 1838 | @item n |
| 1839 | Select from where. |
| 1840 | |
| 1841 | @item z |
| 1842 | A string that looks like @samp{<%s:%n>} if a foreign select method is |
| 1843 | used. |
| 1844 | |
| 1845 | @item P |
| 1846 | Indentation based on the level of the topic (@pxref{Group Topics}). |
| 1847 | |
| 1848 | @item c |
| 1849 | @vindex gnus-group-uncollapsed-levels |
| 1850 | Short (collapsed) group name. The @code{gnus-group-uncollapsed-levels} |
| 1851 | variable says how many levels to leave at the end of the group name. |
| 1852 | The default is 1---this will mean that group names like |
| 1853 | @samp{gnu.emacs.gnus} will be shortened to @samp{g.e.gnus}. |
| 1854 | |
| 1855 | @item m |
| 1856 | @vindex gnus-new-mail-mark |
| 1857 | @cindex % |
| 1858 | @samp{%} (@code{gnus-new-mail-mark}) if there has arrived new mail to |
| 1859 | the group lately. |
| 1860 | |
| 1861 | @item p |
| 1862 | @samp{#} (@code{gnus-process-mark}) if the group is process marked. |
| 1863 | |
| 1864 | @item d |
| 1865 | A string that says when you last read the group (@pxref{Group |
| 1866 | Timestamp}). |
| 1867 | |
| 1868 | @item u |
| 1869 | User defined specifier. The next character in the format string should |
| 1870 | be a letter. Gnus will call the function |
| 1871 | @code{gnus-user-format-function-}@samp{X}, where @samp{X} is the letter |
| 1872 | following @samp{%u}. The function will be passed a single dummy |
| 1873 | parameter as argument. The function should return a string, which will |
| 1874 | be inserted into the buffer just like information from any other |
| 1875 | specifier. |
| 1876 | @end table |
| 1877 | |
| 1878 | @cindex * |
| 1879 | All the ``number-of'' specs will be filled with an asterisk (@samp{*}) |
| 1880 | if no info is available---for instance, if it is a non-activated foreign |
| 1881 | group, or a bogus native group. |
| 1882 | |
| 1883 | |
| 1884 | @node Group Mode Line Specification |
| 1885 | @subsection Group Mode Line Specification |
| 1886 | @cindex group mode line |
| 1887 | |
| 1888 | @vindex gnus-group-mode-line-format |
| 1889 | The mode line can be changed by setting |
| 1890 | @code{gnus-group-mode-line-format} (@pxref{Mode Line Formatting}). It |
| 1891 | doesn't understand that many format specifiers: |
| 1892 | |
| 1893 | @table @samp |
| 1894 | @item S |
| 1895 | The native news server. |
| 1896 | @item M |
| 1897 | The native select method. |
| 1898 | @end table |
| 1899 | |
| 1900 | |
| 1901 | @node Group Highlighting |
| 1902 | @subsection Group Highlighting |
| 1903 | @cindex highlighting |
| 1904 | @cindex group highlighting |
| 1905 | |
| 1906 | @vindex gnus-group-highlight |
| 1907 | Highlighting in the group buffer is controlled by the |
| 1908 | @code{gnus-group-highlight} variable. This is an alist with elements |
| 1909 | that look like @code{(@var{form} . @var{face})}. If @var{form} evaluates to |
| 1910 | something non-@code{nil}, the @var{face} will be used on the line. |
| 1911 | |
| 1912 | Here's an example value for this variable that might look nice if the |
| 1913 | background is dark: |
| 1914 | |
| 1915 | @lisp |
| 1916 | (cond (window-system |
| 1917 | (setq custom-background-mode 'light) |
| 1918 | (defface my-group-face-1 |
| 1919 | '((t (:foreground "Red" :bold t))) "First group face") |
| 1920 | (defface my-group-face-2 |
| 1921 | '((t (:foreground "DarkSeaGreen4" :bold t))) |
| 1922 | "Second group face") |
| 1923 | (defface my-group-face-3 |
| 1924 | '((t (:foreground "Green4" :bold t))) "Third group face") |
| 1925 | (defface my-group-face-4 |
| 1926 | '((t (:foreground "SteelBlue" :bold t))) "Fourth group face") |
| 1927 | (defface my-group-face-5 |
| 1928 | '((t (:foreground "Blue" :bold t))) "Fifth group face"))) |
| 1929 | |
| 1930 | (setq gnus-group-highlight |
| 1931 | '(((> unread 200) . my-group-face-1) |
| 1932 | ((and (< level 3) (zerop unread)) . my-group-face-2) |
| 1933 | ((< level 3) . my-group-face-3) |
| 1934 | ((zerop unread) . my-group-face-4) |
| 1935 | (t . my-group-face-5))) |
| 1936 | @end lisp |
| 1937 | |
| 1938 | Also @pxref{Faces and Fonts}. |
| 1939 | |
| 1940 | Variables that are dynamically bound when the forms are evaluated |
| 1941 | include: |
| 1942 | |
| 1943 | @table @code |
| 1944 | @item group |
| 1945 | The group name. |
| 1946 | @item unread |
| 1947 | The number of unread articles in the group. |
| 1948 | @item method |
| 1949 | The select method. |
| 1950 | @item mailp |
| 1951 | Whether the group is a mail group. |
| 1952 | @item level |
| 1953 | The level of the group. |
| 1954 | @item score |
| 1955 | The score of the group. |
| 1956 | @item ticked |
| 1957 | The number of ticked articles in the group. |
| 1958 | @item total |
| 1959 | The total number of articles in the group. Or rather, |
| 1960 | @var{max-number} minus @var{min-number} plus one. |
| 1961 | @item topic |
| 1962 | When using the topic minor mode, this variable is bound to the current |
| 1963 | topic being inserted. |
| 1964 | @end table |
| 1965 | |
| 1966 | When the forms are @code{eval}ed, point is at the beginning of the line |
| 1967 | of the group in question, so you can use many of the normal Gnus |
| 1968 | functions for snarfing info on the group. |
| 1969 | |
| 1970 | @vindex gnus-group-update-hook |
| 1971 | @findex gnus-group-highlight-line |
| 1972 | @code{gnus-group-update-hook} is called when a group line is changed. |
| 1973 | It will not be called when @code{gnus-visual} is @code{nil}. This hook |
| 1974 | calls @code{gnus-group-highlight-line} by default. |
| 1975 | |
| 1976 | |
| 1977 | @node Group Maneuvering |
| 1978 | @section Group Maneuvering |
| 1979 | @cindex group movement |
| 1980 | |
| 1981 | All movement commands understand the numeric prefix and will behave as |
| 1982 | expected, hopefully. |
| 1983 | |
| 1984 | @table @kbd |
| 1985 | |
| 1986 | @item n |
| 1987 | @kindex n (Group) |
| 1988 | @findex gnus-group-next-unread-group |
| 1989 | Go to the next group that has unread articles |
| 1990 | (@code{gnus-group-next-unread-group}). |
| 1991 | |
| 1992 | @item p |
| 1993 | @itemx DEL |
| 1994 | @kindex DEL (Group) |
| 1995 | @kindex p (Group) |
| 1996 | @findex gnus-group-prev-unread-group |
| 1997 | Go to the previous group that has unread articles |
| 1998 | (@code{gnus-group-prev-unread-group}). |
| 1999 | |
| 2000 | @item N |
| 2001 | @kindex N (Group) |
| 2002 | @findex gnus-group-next-group |
| 2003 | Go to the next group (@code{gnus-group-next-group}). |
| 2004 | |
| 2005 | @item P |
| 2006 | @kindex P (Group) |
| 2007 | @findex gnus-group-prev-group |
| 2008 | Go to the previous group (@code{gnus-group-prev-group}). |
| 2009 | |
| 2010 | @item M-n |
| 2011 | @kindex M-n (Group) |
| 2012 | @findex gnus-group-next-unread-group-same-level |
| 2013 | Go to the next unread group on the same (or lower) level |
| 2014 | (@code{gnus-group-next-unread-group-same-level}). |
| 2015 | |
| 2016 | @item M-p |
| 2017 | @kindex M-p (Group) |
| 2018 | @findex gnus-group-prev-unread-group-same-level |
| 2019 | Go to the previous unread group on the same (or lower) level |
| 2020 | (@code{gnus-group-prev-unread-group-same-level}). |
| 2021 | @end table |
| 2022 | |
| 2023 | Three commands for jumping to groups: |
| 2024 | |
| 2025 | @table @kbd |
| 2026 | |
| 2027 | @item j |
| 2028 | @kindex j (Group) |
| 2029 | @findex gnus-group-jump-to-group |
| 2030 | Jump to a group (and make it visible if it isn't already) |
| 2031 | (@code{gnus-group-jump-to-group}). Killed groups can be jumped to, just |
| 2032 | like living groups. |
| 2033 | |
| 2034 | @item , |
| 2035 | @kindex , (Group) |
| 2036 | @findex gnus-group-best-unread-group |
| 2037 | Jump to the unread group with the lowest level |
| 2038 | (@code{gnus-group-best-unread-group}). |
| 2039 | |
| 2040 | @item . |
| 2041 | @kindex . (Group) |
| 2042 | @findex gnus-group-first-unread-group |
| 2043 | Jump to the first group with unread articles |
| 2044 | (@code{gnus-group-first-unread-group}). |
| 2045 | @end table |
| 2046 | |
| 2047 | @vindex gnus-group-goto-unread |
| 2048 | If @code{gnus-group-goto-unread} is @code{nil}, all the movement |
| 2049 | commands will move to the next group, not the next unread group. Even |
| 2050 | the commands that say they move to the next unread group. The default |
| 2051 | is @code{t}. |
| 2052 | |
| 2053 | |
| 2054 | @node Selecting a Group |
| 2055 | @section Selecting a Group |
| 2056 | @cindex group selection |
| 2057 | |
| 2058 | @table @kbd |
| 2059 | |
| 2060 | @item SPACE |
| 2061 | @kindex SPACE (Group) |
| 2062 | @findex gnus-group-read-group |
| 2063 | Select the current group, switch to the summary buffer and display the |
| 2064 | first unread article (@code{gnus-group-read-group}). If there are no |
| 2065 | unread articles in the group, or if you give a non-numerical prefix to |
| 2066 | this command, Gnus will offer to fetch all the old articles in this |
| 2067 | group from the server. If you give a numerical prefix @var{n}, @var{n} |
| 2068 | determines the number of articles Gnus will fetch. If @var{n} is |
| 2069 | positive, Gnus fetches the @var{n} newest articles, if @var{n} is |
| 2070 | negative, Gnus fetches the @code{abs(@var{n})} oldest articles. |
| 2071 | |
| 2072 | Thus, @kbd{SPC} enters the group normally, @kbd{C-u SPC} offers old |
| 2073 | articles, @kbd{C-u 4 2 SPC} fetches the 42 newest articles, and @kbd{C-u |
| 2074 | - 4 2 SPC} fetches the 42 oldest ones. |
| 2075 | |
| 2076 | When you are in the group (in the Summary buffer), you can type |
| 2077 | @kbd{M-g} to fetch new articles, or @kbd{C-u M-g} to also show the old |
| 2078 | ones. |
| 2079 | |
| 2080 | @item RET |
| 2081 | @kindex RET (Group) |
| 2082 | @findex gnus-group-select-group |
| 2083 | Select the current group and switch to the summary buffer |
| 2084 | (@code{gnus-group-select-group}). Takes the same arguments as |
| 2085 | @code{gnus-group-read-group}---the only difference is that this command |
| 2086 | does not display the first unread article automatically upon group |
| 2087 | entry. |
| 2088 | |
| 2089 | @item M-RET |
| 2090 | @kindex M-RET (Group) |
| 2091 | @findex gnus-group-quick-select-group |
| 2092 | This does the same as the command above, but tries to do it with the |
| 2093 | minimum amount of fuzz (@code{gnus-group-quick-select-group}). No |
| 2094 | scoring/killing will be performed, there will be no highlights and no |
| 2095 | expunging. This might be useful if you're in a real hurry and have to |
| 2096 | enter some humongous group. If you give a 0 prefix to this command |
| 2097 | (i.e., @kbd{0 M-RET}), Gnus won't even generate the summary buffer, |
| 2098 | which is useful if you want to toggle threading before generating the |
| 2099 | summary buffer (@pxref{Summary Generation Commands}). |
| 2100 | |
| 2101 | @item M-SPACE |
| 2102 | @kindex M-SPACE (Group) |
| 2103 | @findex gnus-group-visible-select-group |
| 2104 | This is yet one more command that does the same as the @kbd{RET} |
| 2105 | command, but this one does it without expunging and hiding dormants |
| 2106 | (@code{gnus-group-visible-select-group}). |
| 2107 | |
| 2108 | @item C-M-RET |
| 2109 | @kindex C-M-RET (Group) |
| 2110 | @findex gnus-group-select-group-ephemerally |
| 2111 | Finally, this command selects the current group ephemerally without |
| 2112 | doing any processing of its contents |
| 2113 | (@code{gnus-group-select-group-ephemerally}). Even threading has been |
| 2114 | turned off. Everything you do in the group after selecting it in this |
| 2115 | manner will have no permanent effects. |
| 2116 | |
| 2117 | @end table |
| 2118 | |
| 2119 | @vindex gnus-large-newsgroup |
| 2120 | The @code{gnus-large-newsgroup} variable says what Gnus should |
| 2121 | consider to be a big group. If it is @code{nil}, no groups are |
| 2122 | considered big. The default value is 200. If the group has more |
| 2123 | (unread and/or ticked) articles than this, Gnus will query the user |
| 2124 | before entering the group. The user can then specify how many |
| 2125 | articles should be fetched from the server. If the user specifies a |
| 2126 | negative number (@var{-n}), the @var{n} oldest articles will be |
| 2127 | fetched. If it is positive, the @var{n} articles that have arrived |
| 2128 | most recently will be fetched. |
| 2129 | |
| 2130 | @vindex gnus-large-ephemeral-newsgroup |
| 2131 | @code{gnus-large-ephemeral-newsgroup} is the same as |
| 2132 | @code{gnus-large-newsgroup}, but is only used for ephemeral |
| 2133 | newsgroups. |
| 2134 | |
| 2135 | @vindex gnus-select-group-hook |
| 2136 | @vindex gnus-auto-select-first |
| 2137 | @vindex gnus-auto-select-subject |
| 2138 | If @code{gnus-auto-select-first} is non-@code{nil}, select an article |
| 2139 | automatically when entering a group with the @kbd{SPACE} command. |
| 2140 | Which article this is is controlled by the |
| 2141 | @code{gnus-auto-select-subject} variable. Valid values for this |
| 2142 | variable are: |
| 2143 | |
| 2144 | @table @code |
| 2145 | |
| 2146 | @item unread |
| 2147 | Place point on the subject line of the first unread article. |
| 2148 | |
| 2149 | @item first |
| 2150 | Place point on the subject line of the first article. |
| 2151 | |
| 2152 | @item unseen |
| 2153 | Place point on the subject line of the first unseen article. |
| 2154 | |
| 2155 | @item unseen-or-unread |
| 2156 | Place point on the subject line of the first unseen article, and if |
| 2157 | there is no such article, place point on the subject line of the first |
| 2158 | unread article. |
| 2159 | |
| 2160 | @item best |
| 2161 | Place point on the subject line of the highest-scored unread article. |
| 2162 | |
| 2163 | @end table |
| 2164 | |
| 2165 | This variable can also be a function. In that case, that function |
| 2166 | will be called to place point on a subject line. |
| 2167 | |
| 2168 | If you want to prevent automatic selection in some group (say, in a |
| 2169 | binary group with Huge articles) you can set the |
| 2170 | @code{gnus-auto-select-first} variable to @code{nil} in |
| 2171 | @code{gnus-select-group-hook}, which is called when a group is |
| 2172 | selected. |
| 2173 | |
| 2174 | |
| 2175 | @node Subscription Commands |
| 2176 | @section Subscription Commands |
| 2177 | @cindex subscription |
| 2178 | |
| 2179 | @table @kbd |
| 2180 | |
| 2181 | @item S t |
| 2182 | @itemx u |
| 2183 | @kindex S t (Group) |
| 2184 | @kindex u (Group) |
| 2185 | @findex gnus-group-unsubscribe-current-group |
| 2186 | @c @icon{gnus-group-unsubscribe} |
| 2187 | Toggle subscription to the current group |
| 2188 | (@code{gnus-group-unsubscribe-current-group}). |
| 2189 | |
| 2190 | @item S s |
| 2191 | @itemx U |
| 2192 | @kindex S s (Group) |
| 2193 | @kindex U (Group) |
| 2194 | @findex gnus-group-unsubscribe-group |
| 2195 | Prompt for a group to subscribe, and then subscribe it. If it was |
| 2196 | subscribed already, unsubscribe it instead |
| 2197 | (@code{gnus-group-unsubscribe-group}). |
| 2198 | |
| 2199 | @item S k |
| 2200 | @itemx C-k |
| 2201 | @kindex S k (Group) |
| 2202 | @kindex C-k (Group) |
| 2203 | @findex gnus-group-kill-group |
| 2204 | @c @icon{gnus-group-kill-group} |
| 2205 | Kill the current group (@code{gnus-group-kill-group}). |
| 2206 | |
| 2207 | @item S y |
| 2208 | @itemx C-y |
| 2209 | @kindex S y (Group) |
| 2210 | @kindex C-y (Group) |
| 2211 | @findex gnus-group-yank-group |
| 2212 | Yank the last killed group (@code{gnus-group-yank-group}). |
| 2213 | |
| 2214 | @item C-x C-t |
| 2215 | @kindex C-x C-t (Group) |
| 2216 | @findex gnus-group-transpose-groups |
| 2217 | Transpose two groups (@code{gnus-group-transpose-groups}). This isn't |
| 2218 | really a subscription command, but you can use it instead of a |
| 2219 | kill-and-yank sequence sometimes. |
| 2220 | |
| 2221 | @item S w |
| 2222 | @itemx C-w |
| 2223 | @kindex S w (Group) |
| 2224 | @kindex C-w (Group) |
| 2225 | @findex gnus-group-kill-region |
| 2226 | Kill all groups in the region (@code{gnus-group-kill-region}). |
| 2227 | |
| 2228 | @item S z |
| 2229 | @kindex S z (Group) |
| 2230 | @findex gnus-group-kill-all-zombies |
| 2231 | Kill all zombie groups (@code{gnus-group-kill-all-zombies}). |
| 2232 | |
| 2233 | @item S C-k |
| 2234 | @kindex S C-k (Group) |
| 2235 | @findex gnus-group-kill-level |
| 2236 | Kill all groups on a certain level (@code{gnus-group-kill-level}). |
| 2237 | These groups can't be yanked back after killing, so this command should |
| 2238 | be used with some caution. The only time where this command comes in |
| 2239 | really handy is when you have a @file{.newsrc} with lots of unsubscribed |
| 2240 | groups that you want to get rid off. @kbd{S C-k} on level 7 will |
| 2241 | kill off all unsubscribed groups that do not have message numbers in the |
| 2242 | @file{.newsrc} file. |
| 2243 | |
| 2244 | @end table |
| 2245 | |
| 2246 | Also @pxref{Group Levels}. |
| 2247 | |
| 2248 | |
| 2249 | @node Group Data |
| 2250 | @section Group Data |
| 2251 | |
| 2252 | @table @kbd |
| 2253 | |
| 2254 | @item c |
| 2255 | @kindex c (Group) |
| 2256 | @findex gnus-group-catchup-current |
| 2257 | @vindex gnus-group-catchup-group-hook |
| 2258 | @c @icon{gnus-group-catchup-current} |
| 2259 | Mark all unticked articles in this group as read |
| 2260 | (@code{gnus-group-catchup-current}). |
| 2261 | @code{gnus-group-catchup-group-hook} is called when catching up a group from |
| 2262 | the group buffer. |
| 2263 | |
| 2264 | @item C |
| 2265 | @kindex C (Group) |
| 2266 | @findex gnus-group-catchup-current-all |
| 2267 | Mark all articles in this group, even the ticked ones, as read |
| 2268 | (@code{gnus-group-catchup-current-all}). |
| 2269 | |
| 2270 | @item M-c |
| 2271 | @kindex M-c (Group) |
| 2272 | @findex gnus-group-clear-data |
| 2273 | Clear the data from the current group---nix out marks and the list of |
| 2274 | read articles (@code{gnus-group-clear-data}). |
| 2275 | |
| 2276 | @item M-x gnus-group-clear-data-on-native-groups |
| 2277 | @kindex M-x gnus-group-clear-data-on-native-groups |
| 2278 | @findex gnus-group-clear-data-on-native-groups |
| 2279 | If you have switched from one @acronym{NNTP} server to another, all your marks |
| 2280 | and read ranges have become worthless. You can use this command to |
| 2281 | clear out all data that you have on your native groups. Use with |
| 2282 | caution. |
| 2283 | |
| 2284 | @end table |
| 2285 | |
| 2286 | |
| 2287 | @node Group Levels |
| 2288 | @section Group Levels |
| 2289 | @cindex group level |
| 2290 | @cindex level |
| 2291 | |
| 2292 | All groups have a level of @dfn{subscribedness}. For instance, if a |
| 2293 | group is on level 2, it is more subscribed than a group on level 5. You |
| 2294 | can ask Gnus to just list groups on a given level or lower |
| 2295 | (@pxref{Listing Groups}), or to just check for new articles in groups on |
| 2296 | a given level or lower (@pxref{Scanning New Messages}). |
| 2297 | |
| 2298 | Remember: The higher the level of the group, the less important it is. |
| 2299 | |
| 2300 | @table @kbd |
| 2301 | |
| 2302 | @item S l |
| 2303 | @kindex S l (Group) |
| 2304 | @findex gnus-group-set-current-level |
| 2305 | Set the level of the current group. If a numeric prefix is given, the |
| 2306 | next @var{n} groups will have their levels set. The user will be |
| 2307 | prompted for a level. |
| 2308 | @end table |
| 2309 | |
| 2310 | @vindex gnus-level-killed |
| 2311 | @vindex gnus-level-zombie |
| 2312 | @vindex gnus-level-unsubscribed |
| 2313 | @vindex gnus-level-subscribed |
| 2314 | Gnus considers groups from levels 1 to |
| 2315 | @code{gnus-level-subscribed} (inclusive) (default 5) to be subscribed, |
| 2316 | @code{gnus-level-subscribed} (exclusive) and |
| 2317 | @code{gnus-level-unsubscribed} (inclusive) (default 7) to be |
| 2318 | unsubscribed, @code{gnus-level-zombie} to be zombies (walking dead) |
| 2319 | (default 8) and @code{gnus-level-killed} to be killed (completely dead) |
| 2320 | (default 9). Gnus treats subscribed and unsubscribed groups exactly the |
| 2321 | same, but zombie and killed groups have no information on what articles |
| 2322 | you have read, etc, stored. This distinction between dead and living |
| 2323 | groups isn't done because it is nice or clever, it is done purely for |
| 2324 | reasons of efficiency. |
| 2325 | |
| 2326 | It is recommended that you keep all your mail groups (if any) on quite |
| 2327 | low levels (e.g. 1 or 2). |
| 2328 | |
| 2329 | Maybe the following description of the default behavior of Gnus helps to |
| 2330 | understand what these levels are all about. By default, Gnus shows you |
| 2331 | subscribed nonempty groups, but by hitting @kbd{L} you can have it show |
| 2332 | empty subscribed groups and unsubscribed groups, too. Type @kbd{l} to |
| 2333 | go back to showing nonempty subscribed groups again. Thus, unsubscribed |
| 2334 | groups are hidden, in a way. |
| 2335 | |
| 2336 | Zombie and killed groups are similar to unsubscribed groups in that they |
| 2337 | are hidden by default. But they are different from subscribed and |
| 2338 | unsubscribed groups in that Gnus doesn't ask the news server for |
| 2339 | information (number of messages, number of unread messages) on zombie |
| 2340 | and killed groups. Normally, you use @kbd{C-k} to kill the groups you |
| 2341 | aren't interested in. If most groups are killed, Gnus is faster. |
| 2342 | |
| 2343 | Why does Gnus distinguish between zombie and killed groups? Well, when |
| 2344 | a new group arrives on the server, Gnus by default makes it a zombie |
| 2345 | group. This means that you are normally not bothered with new groups, |
| 2346 | but you can type @kbd{A z} to get a list of all new groups. Subscribe |
| 2347 | the ones you like and kill the ones you don't want. (@kbd{A k} shows a |
| 2348 | list of killed groups.) |
| 2349 | |
| 2350 | If you want to play with the level variables, you should show some care. |
| 2351 | Set them once, and don't touch them ever again. Better yet, don't touch |
| 2352 | them at all unless you know exactly what you're doing. |
| 2353 | |
| 2354 | @vindex gnus-level-default-unsubscribed |
| 2355 | @vindex gnus-level-default-subscribed |
| 2356 | Two closely related variables are @code{gnus-level-default-subscribed} |
| 2357 | (default 3) and @code{gnus-level-default-unsubscribed} (default 6), |
| 2358 | which are the levels that new groups will be put on if they are |
| 2359 | (un)subscribed. These two variables should, of course, be inside the |
| 2360 | relevant valid ranges. |
| 2361 | |
| 2362 | @vindex gnus-keep-same-level |
| 2363 | If @code{gnus-keep-same-level} is non-@code{nil}, some movement commands |
| 2364 | will only move to groups of the same level (or lower). In |
| 2365 | particular, going from the last article in one group to the next group |
| 2366 | will go to the next group of the same level (or lower). This might be |
| 2367 | handy if you want to read the most important groups before you read the |
| 2368 | rest. |
| 2369 | |
| 2370 | If this variable is @code{best}, Gnus will make the next newsgroup the |
| 2371 | one with the best level. |
| 2372 | |
| 2373 | @vindex gnus-group-default-list-level |
| 2374 | All groups with a level less than or equal to |
| 2375 | @code{gnus-group-default-list-level} will be listed in the group buffer |
| 2376 | by default. |
| 2377 | |
| 2378 | @vindex gnus-group-list-inactive-groups |
| 2379 | If @code{gnus-group-list-inactive-groups} is non-@code{nil}, non-active |
| 2380 | groups will be listed along with the unread groups. This variable is |
| 2381 | @code{t} by default. If it is @code{nil}, inactive groups won't be |
| 2382 | listed. |
| 2383 | |
| 2384 | @vindex gnus-group-use-permanent-levels |
| 2385 | If @code{gnus-group-use-permanent-levels} is non-@code{nil}, once you |
| 2386 | give a level prefix to @kbd{g} or @kbd{l}, all subsequent commands will |
| 2387 | use this level as the ``work'' level. |
| 2388 | |
| 2389 | @vindex gnus-activate-level |
| 2390 | Gnus will normally just activate (i. e., query the server about) groups |
| 2391 | on level @code{gnus-activate-level} or less. If you don't want to |
| 2392 | activate unsubscribed groups, for instance, you might set this variable |
| 2393 | to 5. The default is 6. |
| 2394 | |
| 2395 | |
| 2396 | @node Group Score |
| 2397 | @section Group Score |
| 2398 | @cindex group score |
| 2399 | @cindex group rank |
| 2400 | @cindex rank |
| 2401 | |
| 2402 | You would normally keep important groups on high levels, but that scheme |
| 2403 | is somewhat restrictive. Don't you wish you could have Gnus sort the |
| 2404 | group buffer according to how often you read groups, perhaps? Within |
| 2405 | reason? |
| 2406 | |
| 2407 | This is what @dfn{group score} is for. You can have Gnus assign a score |
| 2408 | to each group through the mechanism described below. You can then sort |
| 2409 | the group buffer based on this score. Alternatively, you can sort on |
| 2410 | score and then level. (Taken together, the level and the score is |
| 2411 | called the @dfn{rank} of the group. A group that is on level 4 and has |
| 2412 | a score of 1 has a higher rank than a group on level 5 that has a score |
| 2413 | of 300. (The level is the most significant part and the score is the |
| 2414 | least significant part.)) |
| 2415 | |
| 2416 | @findex gnus-summary-bubble-group |
| 2417 | If you want groups you read often to get higher scores than groups you |
| 2418 | read seldom you can add the @code{gnus-summary-bubble-group} function to |
| 2419 | the @code{gnus-summary-exit-hook} hook. This will result (after |
| 2420 | sorting) in a bubbling sort of action. If you want to see that in |
| 2421 | action after each summary exit, you can add |
| 2422 | @code{gnus-group-sort-groups-by-rank} or |
| 2423 | @code{gnus-group-sort-groups-by-score} to the same hook, but that will |
| 2424 | slow things down somewhat. |
| 2425 | |
| 2426 | |
| 2427 | @node Marking Groups |
| 2428 | @section Marking Groups |
| 2429 | @cindex marking groups |
| 2430 | |
| 2431 | If you want to perform some command on several groups, and they appear |
| 2432 | subsequently in the group buffer, you would normally just give a |
| 2433 | numerical prefix to the command. Most group commands will then do your |
| 2434 | bidding on those groups. |
| 2435 | |
| 2436 | However, if the groups are not in sequential order, you can still |
| 2437 | perform a command on several groups. You simply mark the groups first |
| 2438 | with the process mark and then execute the command. |
| 2439 | |
| 2440 | @table @kbd |
| 2441 | |
| 2442 | @item # |
| 2443 | @kindex # (Group) |
| 2444 | @itemx M m |
| 2445 | @kindex M m (Group) |
| 2446 | @findex gnus-group-mark-group |
| 2447 | Set the mark on the current group (@code{gnus-group-mark-group}). |
| 2448 | |
| 2449 | @item M-# |
| 2450 | @kindex M-# (Group) |
| 2451 | @itemx M u |
| 2452 | @kindex M u (Group) |
| 2453 | @findex gnus-group-unmark-group |
| 2454 | Remove the mark from the current group |
| 2455 | (@code{gnus-group-unmark-group}). |
| 2456 | |
| 2457 | @item M U |
| 2458 | @kindex M U (Group) |
| 2459 | @findex gnus-group-unmark-all-groups |
| 2460 | Remove the mark from all groups (@code{gnus-group-unmark-all-groups}). |
| 2461 | |
| 2462 | @item M w |
| 2463 | @kindex M w (Group) |
| 2464 | @findex gnus-group-mark-region |
| 2465 | Mark all groups between point and mark (@code{gnus-group-mark-region}). |
| 2466 | |
| 2467 | @item M b |
| 2468 | @kindex M b (Group) |
| 2469 | @findex gnus-group-mark-buffer |
| 2470 | Mark all groups in the buffer (@code{gnus-group-mark-buffer}). |
| 2471 | |
| 2472 | @item M r |
| 2473 | @kindex M r (Group) |
| 2474 | @findex gnus-group-mark-regexp |
| 2475 | Mark all groups that match some regular expression |
| 2476 | (@code{gnus-group-mark-regexp}). |
| 2477 | @end table |
| 2478 | |
| 2479 | Also @pxref{Process/Prefix}. |
| 2480 | |
| 2481 | @findex gnus-group-universal-argument |
| 2482 | If you want to execute some command on all groups that have been marked |
| 2483 | with the process mark, you can use the @kbd{M-&} |
| 2484 | (@code{gnus-group-universal-argument}) command. It will prompt you for |
| 2485 | the command to be executed. |
| 2486 | |
| 2487 | |
| 2488 | @node Foreign Groups |
| 2489 | @section Foreign Groups |
| 2490 | @cindex foreign groups |
| 2491 | |
| 2492 | Below are some group mode commands for making and editing general foreign |
| 2493 | groups, as well as commands to ease the creation of a few |
| 2494 | special-purpose groups. All these commands insert the newly created |
| 2495 | groups under point---@code{gnus-subscribe-newsgroup-method} is not |
| 2496 | consulted. |
| 2497 | |
| 2498 | Changes from the group editing commands are stored in |
| 2499 | @file{~/.newsrc.eld} (@code{gnus-startup-file}). An alternative is the |
| 2500 | variable @code{gnus-parameters}, @xref{Group Parameters}. |
| 2501 | |
| 2502 | @table @kbd |
| 2503 | |
| 2504 | @item G m |
| 2505 | @kindex G m (Group) |
| 2506 | @findex gnus-group-make-group |
| 2507 | @cindex making groups |
| 2508 | Make a new group (@code{gnus-group-make-group}). Gnus will prompt you |
| 2509 | for a name, a method and possibly an @dfn{address}. For an easier way |
| 2510 | to subscribe to @acronym{NNTP} groups (@pxref{Browse Foreign Server}). |
| 2511 | |
| 2512 | @item G M |
| 2513 | @kindex G M (Group) |
| 2514 | @findex gnus-group-read-ephemeral-group |
| 2515 | Make an ephemeral group (@code{gnus-group-read-ephemeral-group}). Gnus |
| 2516 | will prompt you for a name, a method and an @dfn{address}. |
| 2517 | |
| 2518 | @item G r |
| 2519 | @kindex G r (Group) |
| 2520 | @findex gnus-group-rename-group |
| 2521 | @cindex renaming groups |
| 2522 | Rename the current group to something else |
| 2523 | (@code{gnus-group-rename-group}). This is valid only on some |
| 2524 | groups---mail groups mostly. This command might very well be quite slow |
| 2525 | on some back ends. |
| 2526 | |
| 2527 | @item G c |
| 2528 | @kindex G c (Group) |
| 2529 | @cindex customizing |
| 2530 | @findex gnus-group-customize |
| 2531 | Customize the group parameters (@code{gnus-group-customize}). |
| 2532 | |
| 2533 | @item G e |
| 2534 | @kindex G e (Group) |
| 2535 | @findex gnus-group-edit-group-method |
| 2536 | @cindex renaming groups |
| 2537 | Enter a buffer where you can edit the select method of the current |
| 2538 | group (@code{gnus-group-edit-group-method}). |
| 2539 | |
| 2540 | @item G p |
| 2541 | @kindex G p (Group) |
| 2542 | @findex gnus-group-edit-group-parameters |
| 2543 | Enter a buffer where you can edit the group parameters |
| 2544 | (@code{gnus-group-edit-group-parameters}). |
| 2545 | |
| 2546 | @item G E |
| 2547 | @kindex G E (Group) |
| 2548 | @findex gnus-group-edit-group |
| 2549 | Enter a buffer where you can edit the group info |
| 2550 | (@code{gnus-group-edit-group}). |
| 2551 | |
| 2552 | @item G d |
| 2553 | @kindex G d (Group) |
| 2554 | @findex gnus-group-make-directory-group |
| 2555 | @cindex nndir |
| 2556 | Make a directory group (@pxref{Directory Groups}). You will be prompted |
| 2557 | for a directory name (@code{gnus-group-make-directory-group}). |
| 2558 | |
| 2559 | @item G h |
| 2560 | @kindex G h (Group) |
| 2561 | @cindex help group |
| 2562 | @findex gnus-group-make-help-group |
| 2563 | Make the Gnus help group (@code{gnus-group-make-help-group}). |
| 2564 | |
| 2565 | @item G a |
| 2566 | @kindex G a (Group) |
| 2567 | @cindex (ding) archive |
| 2568 | @cindex archive group |
| 2569 | @findex gnus-group-make-archive-group |
| 2570 | @vindex gnus-group-archive-directory |
| 2571 | @vindex gnus-group-recent-archive-directory |
| 2572 | Make a Gnus archive group (@code{gnus-group-make-archive-group}). By |
| 2573 | default a group pointing to the most recent articles will be created |
| 2574 | (@code{gnus-group-recent-archive-directory}), but given a prefix, a full |
| 2575 | group will be created from @code{gnus-group-archive-directory}. |
| 2576 | |
| 2577 | @item G k |
| 2578 | @kindex G k (Group) |
| 2579 | @findex gnus-group-make-kiboze-group |
| 2580 | @cindex nnkiboze |
| 2581 | Make a kiboze group. You will be prompted for a name, for a regexp to |
| 2582 | match groups to be ``included'' in the kiboze group, and a series of |
| 2583 | strings to match on headers (@code{gnus-group-make-kiboze-group}). |
| 2584 | @xref{Kibozed Groups}. |
| 2585 | |
| 2586 | @item G D |
| 2587 | @kindex G D (Group) |
| 2588 | @findex gnus-group-enter-directory |
| 2589 | @cindex nneething |
| 2590 | Read an arbitrary directory as if it were a newsgroup with the |
| 2591 | @code{nneething} back end (@code{gnus-group-enter-directory}). |
| 2592 | @xref{Anything Groups}. |
| 2593 | |
| 2594 | @item G f |
| 2595 | @kindex G f (Group) |
| 2596 | @findex gnus-group-make-doc-group |
| 2597 | @cindex ClariNet Briefs |
| 2598 | @cindex nndoc |
| 2599 | Make a group based on some file or other |
| 2600 | (@code{gnus-group-make-doc-group}). If you give a prefix to this |
| 2601 | command, you will be prompted for a file name and a file type. |
| 2602 | Currently supported types are @code{mbox}, @code{babyl}, |
| 2603 | @code{digest}, @code{news}, @code{rnews}, @code{mmdf}, @code{forward}, |
| 2604 | @code{rfc934}, @code{rfc822-forward}, @code{mime-parts}, |
| 2605 | @code{standard-digest}, @code{slack-digest}, @code{clari-briefs}, |
| 2606 | @code{nsmail}, @code{outlook}, @code{oe-dbx}, and @code{mailman}. If |
| 2607 | you run this command without a prefix, Gnus will guess at the file |
| 2608 | type. @xref{Document Groups}. |
| 2609 | |
| 2610 | @item G u |
| 2611 | @kindex G u (Group) |
| 2612 | @vindex gnus-useful-groups |
| 2613 | @findex gnus-group-make-useful-group |
| 2614 | Create one of the groups mentioned in @code{gnus-useful-groups} |
| 2615 | (@code{gnus-group-make-useful-group}). |
| 2616 | |
| 2617 | @item G w |
| 2618 | @kindex G w (Group) |
| 2619 | @findex gnus-group-make-web-group |
| 2620 | @cindex Google |
| 2621 | @cindex nnweb |
| 2622 | @cindex gmane |
| 2623 | Make an ephemeral group based on a web search |
| 2624 | (@code{gnus-group-make-web-group}). If you give a prefix to this |
| 2625 | command, make a solid group instead. You will be prompted for the |
| 2626 | search engine type and the search string. Valid search engine types |
| 2627 | include @code{google}, @code{dejanews}, and @code{gmane}. |
| 2628 | @xref{Web Searches}. |
| 2629 | |
| 2630 | If you use the @code{google} search engine, you can limit the search |
| 2631 | to a particular group by using a match string like |
| 2632 | @samp{shaving group:alt.sysadmin.recovery}. |
| 2633 | |
| 2634 | @item G R |
| 2635 | @kindex G R (Group) |
| 2636 | @findex gnus-group-make-rss-group |
| 2637 | Make a group based on an @acronym{RSS} feed |
| 2638 | (@code{gnus-group-make-rss-group}). You will be prompted for an URL. |
| 2639 | @xref{RSS}. |
| 2640 | |
| 2641 | @item G DEL |
| 2642 | @kindex G DEL (Group) |
| 2643 | @findex gnus-group-delete-group |
| 2644 | This function will delete the current group |
| 2645 | (@code{gnus-group-delete-group}). If given a prefix, this function will |
| 2646 | actually delete all the articles in the group, and forcibly remove the |
| 2647 | group itself from the face of the Earth. Use a prefix only if you are |
| 2648 | absolutely sure of what you are doing. This command can't be used on |
| 2649 | read-only groups (like @code{nntp} groups), though. |
| 2650 | |
| 2651 | @item G V |
| 2652 | @kindex G V (Group) |
| 2653 | @findex gnus-group-make-empty-virtual |
| 2654 | Make a new, fresh, empty @code{nnvirtual} group |
| 2655 | (@code{gnus-group-make-empty-virtual}). @xref{Virtual Groups}. |
| 2656 | |
| 2657 | @item G v |
| 2658 | @kindex G v (Group) |
| 2659 | @findex gnus-group-add-to-virtual |
| 2660 | Add the current group to an @code{nnvirtual} group |
| 2661 | (@code{gnus-group-add-to-virtual}). Uses the process/prefix convention. |
| 2662 | @end table |
| 2663 | |
| 2664 | @xref{Select Methods}, for more information on the various select |
| 2665 | methods. |
| 2666 | |
| 2667 | @vindex gnus-activate-foreign-newsgroups |
| 2668 | If @code{gnus-activate-foreign-newsgroups} is a positive number, |
| 2669 | Gnus will check all foreign groups with this level or lower at startup. |
| 2670 | This might take quite a while, especially if you subscribe to lots of |
| 2671 | groups from different @acronym{NNTP} servers. Also @pxref{Group Levels}; |
| 2672 | @code{gnus-activate-level} also affects activation of foreign |
| 2673 | newsgroups. |
| 2674 | |
| 2675 | |
| 2676 | @node Group Parameters |
| 2677 | @section Group Parameters |
| 2678 | @cindex group parameters |
| 2679 | |
| 2680 | The group parameters store information local to a particular group. |
| 2681 | Here's an example group parameter list: |
| 2682 | |
| 2683 | @example |
| 2684 | ((to-address . "ding@@gnus.org") |
| 2685 | (auto-expire . t)) |
| 2686 | @end example |
| 2687 | |
| 2688 | We see that each element consists of a ``dotted pair''---the thing before |
| 2689 | the dot is the key, while the thing after the dot is the value. All the |
| 2690 | parameters have this form @emph{except} local variable specs, which are |
| 2691 | not dotted pairs, but proper lists. |
| 2692 | |
| 2693 | Some parameters have correspondent customizable variables, each of which |
| 2694 | is an alist of regexps and values. |
| 2695 | |
| 2696 | The following group parameters can be used: |
| 2697 | |
| 2698 | @table @code |
| 2699 | @item to-address |
| 2700 | @cindex to-address |
| 2701 | Address used by when doing followups and new posts. |
| 2702 | |
| 2703 | @example |
| 2704 | (to-address . "some@@where.com") |
| 2705 | @end example |
| 2706 | |
| 2707 | This is primarily useful in mail groups that represent closed mailing |
| 2708 | lists---mailing lists where it's expected that everybody that writes to |
| 2709 | the mailing list is subscribed to it. Since using this parameter |
| 2710 | ensures that the mail only goes to the mailing list itself, it means |
| 2711 | that members won't receive two copies of your followups. |
| 2712 | |
| 2713 | Using @code{to-address} will actually work whether the group is foreign |
| 2714 | or not. Let's say there's a group on the server that is called |
| 2715 | @samp{fa.4ad-l}. This is a real newsgroup, but the server has gotten |
| 2716 | the articles from a mail-to-news gateway. Posting directly to this |
| 2717 | group is therefore impossible---you have to send mail to the mailing |
| 2718 | list address instead. |
| 2719 | |
| 2720 | See also @code{gnus-parameter-to-address-alist}. |
| 2721 | |
| 2722 | @item to-list |
| 2723 | @cindex to-list |
| 2724 | Address used when doing @kbd{a} in that group. |
| 2725 | |
| 2726 | @example |
| 2727 | (to-list . "some@@where.com") |
| 2728 | @end example |
| 2729 | |
| 2730 | It is totally ignored |
| 2731 | when doing a followup---except that if it is present in a news group, |
| 2732 | you'll get mail group semantics when doing @kbd{f}. |
| 2733 | |
| 2734 | If you do an @kbd{a} command in a mail group and you have neither a |
| 2735 | @code{to-list} group parameter nor a @code{to-address} group parameter, |
| 2736 | then a @code{to-list} group parameter will be added automatically upon |
| 2737 | sending the message if @code{gnus-add-to-list} is set to @code{t}. |
| 2738 | @vindex gnus-add-to-list |
| 2739 | |
| 2740 | @findex gnus-mailing-list-mode |
| 2741 | @cindex mail list groups |
| 2742 | If this variable is set, @code{gnus-mailing-list-mode} is turned on when |
| 2743 | entering summary buffer. |
| 2744 | |
| 2745 | See also @code{gnus-parameter-to-list-alist}. |
| 2746 | |
| 2747 | @anchor{subscribed} |
| 2748 | @item subscribed |
| 2749 | @cindex subscribed |
| 2750 | @cindex Mail-Followup-To |
| 2751 | @findex gnus-find-subscribed-addresses |
| 2752 | If this parameter is set to @code{t}, Gnus will consider the |
| 2753 | to-address and to-list parameters for this group as addresses of |
| 2754 | mailing lists you are subscribed to. Giving Gnus this information is |
| 2755 | (only) a first step in getting it to generate correct Mail-Followup-To |
| 2756 | headers for your posts to these lists. The second step is to put the |
| 2757 | following in your @file{.gnus.el} |
| 2758 | |
| 2759 | @lisp |
| 2760 | (setq message-subscribed-address-functions |
| 2761 | '(gnus-find-subscribed-addresses)) |
| 2762 | @end lisp |
| 2763 | |
| 2764 | @xref{Mailing Lists, ,Mailing Lists, message, The Message Manual}, for |
| 2765 | a complete treatment of available MFT support. |
| 2766 | |
| 2767 | @item visible |
| 2768 | @cindex visible |
| 2769 | If the group parameter list has the element @code{(visible . t)}, |
| 2770 | that group will always be visible in the Group buffer, regardless |
| 2771 | of whether it has any unread articles. |
| 2772 | |
| 2773 | This parameter cannot be set via @code{gnus-parameters}. See |
| 2774 | @code{gnus-permanently-visible-groups} as an alternative. |
| 2775 | |
| 2776 | @item broken-reply-to |
| 2777 | @cindex broken-reply-to |
| 2778 | Elements like @code{(broken-reply-to . t)} signals that @code{Reply-To} |
| 2779 | headers in this group are to be ignored, and for the header to be hidden |
| 2780 | if @code{reply-to} is part of @code{gnus-boring-article-headers}. This |
| 2781 | can be useful if you're reading a mailing list group where the listserv |
| 2782 | has inserted @code{Reply-To} headers that point back to the listserv |
| 2783 | itself. That is broken behavior. So there! |
| 2784 | |
| 2785 | @item to-group |
| 2786 | @cindex to-group |
| 2787 | Elements like @code{(to-group . "some.group.name")} means that all |
| 2788 | posts in that group will be sent to @code{some.group.name}. |
| 2789 | |
| 2790 | @item newsgroup |
| 2791 | @cindex newsgroup |
| 2792 | If you have @code{(newsgroup . t)} in the group parameter list, Gnus |
| 2793 | will treat all responses as if they were responses to news articles. |
| 2794 | This can be useful if you have a mail group that's really a mirror of a |
| 2795 | news group. |
| 2796 | |
| 2797 | @item gcc-self |
| 2798 | @cindex gcc-self |
| 2799 | If @code{(gcc-self . t)} is present in the group parameter list, newly |
| 2800 | composed messages will be @code{Gcc}'d to the current group. If |
| 2801 | @code{(gcc-self . none)} is present, no @code{Gcc:} header will be |
| 2802 | generated, if @code{(gcc-self . "string")} is present, this string will |
| 2803 | be inserted literally as a @code{gcc} header. This parameter takes |
| 2804 | precedence over any default @code{Gcc} rules as described later |
| 2805 | (@pxref{Archived Messages}). |
| 2806 | |
| 2807 | @strong{Caveat}: Adding @code{(gcc-self . t)} to the parameter list of |
| 2808 | @code{nntp} groups (or the like) isn't valid. An @code{nntp} server |
| 2809 | doesn't accept articles. |
| 2810 | |
| 2811 | @item auto-expire |
| 2812 | @cindex auto-expire |
| 2813 | @cindex expiring mail |
| 2814 | If the group parameter has an element that looks like @code{(auto-expire |
| 2815 | . t)}, all articles read will be marked as expirable. For an |
| 2816 | alternative approach, @pxref{Expiring Mail}. |
| 2817 | |
| 2818 | See also @code{gnus-auto-expirable-newsgroups}. |
| 2819 | |
| 2820 | @item total-expire |
| 2821 | @cindex total-expire |
| 2822 | @cindex expiring mail |
| 2823 | If the group parameter has an element that looks like |
| 2824 | @code{(total-expire . t)}, all read articles will be put through the |
| 2825 | expiry process, even if they are not marked as expirable. Use with |
| 2826 | caution. Unread, ticked and dormant articles are not eligible for |
| 2827 | expiry. |
| 2828 | |
| 2829 | See also @code{gnus-total-expirable-newsgroups}. |
| 2830 | |
| 2831 | @item expiry-wait |
| 2832 | @cindex expiry-wait |
| 2833 | @vindex nnmail-expiry-wait-function |
| 2834 | If the group parameter has an element that looks like |
| 2835 | @code{(expiry-wait . 10)}, this value will override any |
| 2836 | @code{nnmail-expiry-wait} and @code{nnmail-expiry-wait-function} |
| 2837 | (@pxref{Expiring Mail}) when expiring expirable messages. The value |
| 2838 | can either be a number of days (not necessarily an integer) or the |
| 2839 | symbols @code{never} or @code{immediate}. |
| 2840 | |
| 2841 | @item expiry-target |
| 2842 | @cindex expiry-target |
| 2843 | Where expired messages end up. This parameter overrides |
| 2844 | @code{nnmail-expiry-target}. |
| 2845 | |
| 2846 | @item score-file |
| 2847 | @cindex score file group parameter |
| 2848 | Elements that look like @code{(score-file . "file")} will make |
| 2849 | @file{file} into the current score file for the group in question. All |
| 2850 | interactive score entries will be put into this file. |
| 2851 | |
| 2852 | @item adapt-file |
| 2853 | @cindex adapt file group parameter |
| 2854 | Elements that look like @code{(adapt-file . "file")} will make |
| 2855 | @file{file} into the current adaptive file for the group in question. |
| 2856 | All adaptive score entries will be put into this file. |
| 2857 | |
| 2858 | @item admin-address |
| 2859 | @cindex admin-address |
| 2860 | When unsubscribing from a mailing list you should never send the |
| 2861 | unsubscription notice to the mailing list itself. Instead, you'd send |
| 2862 | messages to the administrative address. This parameter allows you to |
| 2863 | put the admin address somewhere convenient. |
| 2864 | |
| 2865 | @item display |
| 2866 | @cindex display |
| 2867 | Elements that look like @code{(display . MODE)} say which articles to |
| 2868 | display on entering the group. Valid values are: |
| 2869 | |
| 2870 | @table @code |
| 2871 | @item all |
| 2872 | Display all articles, both read and unread. |
| 2873 | |
| 2874 | @item an integer |
| 2875 | Display the last @var{integer} articles in the group. This is the same as |
| 2876 | entering the group with @kbd{C-u @var{integer}}. |
| 2877 | |
| 2878 | @item default |
| 2879 | Display the default visible articles, which normally includes unread and |
| 2880 | ticked articles. |
| 2881 | |
| 2882 | @item an array |
| 2883 | Display articles that satisfy a predicate. |
| 2884 | |
| 2885 | Here are some examples: |
| 2886 | |
| 2887 | @table @code |
| 2888 | @item [unread] |
| 2889 | Display only unread articles. |
| 2890 | |
| 2891 | @item [not expire] |
| 2892 | Display everything except expirable articles. |
| 2893 | |
| 2894 | @item [and (not reply) (not expire)] |
| 2895 | Display everything except expirable and articles you've already |
| 2896 | responded to. |
| 2897 | @end table |
| 2898 | |
| 2899 | The available operators are @code{not}, @code{and} and @code{or}. |
| 2900 | Predicates include @code{tick}, @code{unsend}, @code{undownload}, |
| 2901 | @code{unread}, @code{dormant}, @code{expire}, @code{reply}, |
| 2902 | @code{killed}, @code{bookmark}, @code{score}, @code{save}, |
| 2903 | @code{cache}, @code{forward}, @code{unseen} and @code{recent}. |
| 2904 | |
| 2905 | @end table |
| 2906 | |
| 2907 | The @code{display} parameter works by limiting the summary buffer to |
| 2908 | the subset specified. You can pop the limit by using the @kbd{/ w} |
| 2909 | command (@pxref{Limiting}). |
| 2910 | |
| 2911 | @item comment |
| 2912 | @cindex comment |
| 2913 | Elements that look like @code{(comment . "This is a comment")} are |
| 2914 | arbitrary comments on the group. You can display comments in the |
| 2915 | group line (@pxref{Group Line Specification}). |
| 2916 | |
| 2917 | @item charset |
| 2918 | @cindex charset |
| 2919 | Elements that look like @code{(charset . iso-8859-1)} will make |
| 2920 | @code{iso-8859-1} the default charset; that is, the charset that will be |
| 2921 | used for all articles that do not specify a charset. |
| 2922 | |
| 2923 | See also @code{gnus-group-charset-alist}. |
| 2924 | |
| 2925 | @item ignored-charsets |
| 2926 | @cindex ignored-charset |
| 2927 | Elements that look like @code{(ignored-charsets x-unknown iso-8859-1)} |
| 2928 | will make @code{iso-8859-1} and @code{x-unknown} ignored; that is, the |
| 2929 | default charset will be used for decoding articles. |
| 2930 | |
| 2931 | See also @code{gnus-group-ignored-charsets-alist}. |
| 2932 | |
| 2933 | @item posting-style |
| 2934 | @cindex posting-style |
| 2935 | You can store additional posting style information for this group |
| 2936 | here (@pxref{Posting Styles}). The format is that of an entry in the |
| 2937 | @code{gnus-posting-styles} alist, except that there's no regexp matching |
| 2938 | the group name (of course). Style elements in this group parameter will |
| 2939 | take precedence over the ones found in @code{gnus-posting-styles}. |
| 2940 | |
| 2941 | For instance, if you want a funky name and signature in this group only, |
| 2942 | instead of hacking @code{gnus-posting-styles}, you could put something |
| 2943 | like this in the group parameters: |
| 2944 | |
| 2945 | @example |
| 2946 | (posting-style |
| 2947 | (name "Funky Name") |
| 2948 | ("X-My-Header" "Funky Value") |
| 2949 | (signature "Funky Signature")) |
| 2950 | @end example |
| 2951 | |
| 2952 | @item post-method |
| 2953 | @cindex post-method |
| 2954 | If it is set, the value is used as the method for posting message |
| 2955 | instead of @code{gnus-post-method}. |
| 2956 | |
| 2957 | @item banner |
| 2958 | @cindex banner |
| 2959 | An item like @code{(banner . @var{regexp})} causes any part of an article |
| 2960 | that matches the regular expression @var{regexp} to be stripped. Instead of |
| 2961 | @var{regexp}, you can also use the symbol @code{signature} which strips the |
| 2962 | last signature or any of the elements of the alist |
| 2963 | @code{gnus-article-banner-alist}. |
| 2964 | |
| 2965 | @item sieve |
| 2966 | @cindex sieve |
| 2967 | This parameter contains a Sieve test that should match incoming mail |
| 2968 | that should be placed in this group. From this group parameter, a |
| 2969 | Sieve @samp{IF} control structure is generated, having the test as the |
| 2970 | condition and @samp{fileinto "group.name";} as the body. |
| 2971 | |
| 2972 | For example, if the @samp{INBOX.list.sieve} group has the @code{(sieve |
| 2973 | address "sender" "sieve-admin@@extundo.com")} group parameter, when |
| 2974 | translating the group parameter into a Sieve script (@pxref{Sieve |
| 2975 | Commands}) the following Sieve code is generated: |
| 2976 | |
| 2977 | @example |
| 2978 | if address \"sender\" \"sieve-admin@@extundo.com\" @{ |
| 2979 | fileinto \"INBOX.list.sieve\"; |
| 2980 | @} |
| 2981 | @end example |
| 2982 | |
| 2983 | The Sieve language is described in RFC 3028. @xref{Top, Emacs Sieve, |
| 2984 | Top, sieve, Emacs Sieve}. |
| 2985 | |
| 2986 | @item (agent parameters) |
| 2987 | If the agent has been enabled, you can set any of the its parameters |
| 2988 | to control the behavior of the agent in individual groups. See Agent |
| 2989 | Parameters in @ref{Category Syntax}. Most users will choose to set |
| 2990 | agent parameters in either an agent category or group topic to |
| 2991 | minimize the configuration effort. |
| 2992 | |
| 2993 | @item (@var{variable} @var{form}) |
| 2994 | You can use the group parameters to set variables local to the group you |
| 2995 | are entering. If you want to turn threading off in @samp{news.answers}, |
| 2996 | you could put @code{(gnus-show-threads nil)} in the group parameters of |
| 2997 | that group. @code{gnus-show-threads} will be made into a local variable |
| 2998 | in the summary buffer you enter, and the form @code{nil} will be |
| 2999 | @code{eval}ed there. |
| 3000 | |
| 3001 | Note that this feature sets the variable locally to the summary buffer. |
| 3002 | But some variables are evaluated in the article buffer, or in the |
| 3003 | message buffer (of a reply or followup or otherwise newly created |
| 3004 | message). As a workaround, it might help to add the variable in |
| 3005 | question to @code{gnus-newsgroup-variables}. @xref{Various Summary |
| 3006 | Stuff}. So if you want to set @code{message-from-style} via the group |
| 3007 | parameters, then you may need the following statement elsewhere in your |
| 3008 | @file{~/.gnus} file: |
| 3009 | |
| 3010 | @lisp |
| 3011 | (add-to-list 'gnus-newsgroup-variables 'message-from-style) |
| 3012 | @end lisp |
| 3013 | |
| 3014 | @vindex gnus-list-identifiers |
| 3015 | A use for this feature is to remove a mailing list identifier tag in |
| 3016 | the subject fields of articles. E.g. if the news group |
| 3017 | |
| 3018 | @example |
| 3019 | nntp+news.gnus.org:gmane.text.docbook.apps |
| 3020 | @end example |
| 3021 | |
| 3022 | has the tag @samp{DOC-BOOK-APPS:} in the subject of all articles, this |
| 3023 | tag can be removed from the article subjects in the summary buffer for |
| 3024 | the group by putting @code{(gnus-list-identifiers "DOCBOOK-APPS:")} |
| 3025 | into the group parameters for the group. |
| 3026 | |
| 3027 | This can also be used as a group-specific hook function. If you want to |
| 3028 | hear a beep when you enter a group, you could put something like |
| 3029 | @code{(dummy-variable (ding))} in the parameters of that group. |
| 3030 | @code{dummy-variable} will be set to the (meaningless) result of the |
| 3031 | @code{(ding)} form. |
| 3032 | |
| 3033 | Alternatively, since the VARIABLE becomes local to the group, this |
| 3034 | pattern can be used to temporarily change a hook. For example, if the |
| 3035 | following is added to a group parameter |
| 3036 | |
| 3037 | @lisp |
| 3038 | (gnus-summary-prepared-hook |
| 3039 | '(lambda nil (local-set-key "d" (local-key-binding "n")))) |
| 3040 | @end lisp |
| 3041 | |
| 3042 | when the group is entered, the 'd' key will not mark the article as |
| 3043 | expired. |
| 3044 | |
| 3045 | @end table |
| 3046 | |
| 3047 | Use the @kbd{G p} or the @kbd{G c} command to edit group parameters of a |
| 3048 | group. (@kbd{G p} presents you with a Lisp-based interface, @kbd{G c} |
| 3049 | presents you with a Customize-like interface. The latter helps avoid |
| 3050 | silly Lisp errors.) You might also be interested in reading about topic |
| 3051 | parameters (@pxref{Topic Parameters}). |
| 3052 | |
| 3053 | @vindex gnus-parameters |
| 3054 | Group parameters can be set via the @code{gnus-parameters} variable too. |
| 3055 | But some variables, such as @code{visible}, have no effect (For this |
| 3056 | case see @code{gnus-permanently-visible-groups} as an alternative.). |
| 3057 | For example: |
| 3058 | |
| 3059 | @lisp |
| 3060 | (setq gnus-parameters |
| 3061 | '(("mail\\..*" |
| 3062 | (gnus-show-threads nil) |
| 3063 | (gnus-use-scoring nil) |
| 3064 | (gnus-summary-line-format |
| 3065 | "%U%R%z%I%(%[%d:%ub%-23,23f%]%) %s\n") |
| 3066 | (gcc-self . t) |
| 3067 | (display . all)) |
| 3068 | |
| 3069 | ("^nnimap:\\(foo.bar\\)$" |
| 3070 | (to-group . "\\1")) |
| 3071 | |
| 3072 | ("mail\\.me" |
| 3073 | (gnus-use-scoring t)) |
| 3074 | |
| 3075 | ("list\\..*" |
| 3076 | (total-expire . t) |
| 3077 | (broken-reply-to . t)))) |
| 3078 | @end lisp |
| 3079 | |
| 3080 | String value of parameters will be subjected to regexp substitution, as |
| 3081 | the @code{to-group} example shows. |
| 3082 | |
| 3083 | @vindex gnus-parameters-case-fold-search |
| 3084 | By default, whether comparing the group name and one of those regexps |
| 3085 | specified in @code{gnus-parameters} is done in a case-sensitive manner |
| 3086 | or a case-insensitive manner depends on the value of |
| 3087 | @code{case-fold-search} at the time when the comparison is done. The |
| 3088 | value of @code{case-fold-search} is typically @code{t}; it means, for |
| 3089 | example, the element @code{("INBOX\\.FOO" (total-expire . t))} might be |
| 3090 | applied to both the @samp{INBOX.FOO} group and the @samp{INBOX.foo} |
| 3091 | group. If you want to make those regexps always case-sensitive, set the |
| 3092 | value of the @code{gnus-parameters-case-fold-search} variable to |
| 3093 | @code{nil}. Otherwise, set it to @code{t} if you want to compare them |
| 3094 | always in a case-insensitive manner. |
| 3095 | |
| 3096 | |
| 3097 | @node Listing Groups |
| 3098 | @section Listing Groups |
| 3099 | @cindex group listing |
| 3100 | |
| 3101 | These commands all list various slices of the groups available. |
| 3102 | |
| 3103 | @table @kbd |
| 3104 | |
| 3105 | @item l |
| 3106 | @itemx A s |
| 3107 | @kindex A s (Group) |
| 3108 | @kindex l (Group) |
| 3109 | @findex gnus-group-list-groups |
| 3110 | List all groups that have unread articles |
| 3111 | (@code{gnus-group-list-groups}). If the numeric prefix is used, this |
| 3112 | command will list only groups of level ARG and lower. By default, it |
| 3113 | only lists groups of level five (i.e., |
| 3114 | @code{gnus-group-default-list-level}) or lower (i.e., just subscribed |
| 3115 | groups). |
| 3116 | |
| 3117 | @item L |
| 3118 | @itemx A u |
| 3119 | @kindex A u (Group) |
| 3120 | @kindex L (Group) |
| 3121 | @findex gnus-group-list-all-groups |
| 3122 | List all groups, whether they have unread articles or not |
| 3123 | (@code{gnus-group-list-all-groups}). If the numeric prefix is used, |
| 3124 | this command will list only groups of level ARG and lower. By default, |
| 3125 | it lists groups of level seven or lower (i.e., just subscribed and |
| 3126 | unsubscribed groups). |
| 3127 | |
| 3128 | @item A l |
| 3129 | @kindex A l (Group) |
| 3130 | @findex gnus-group-list-level |
| 3131 | List all unread groups on a specific level |
| 3132 | (@code{gnus-group-list-level}). If given a prefix, also list the groups |
| 3133 | with no unread articles. |
| 3134 | |
| 3135 | @item A k |
| 3136 | @kindex A k (Group) |
| 3137 | @findex gnus-group-list-killed |
| 3138 | List all killed groups (@code{gnus-group-list-killed}). If given a |
| 3139 | prefix argument, really list all groups that are available, but aren't |
| 3140 | currently (un)subscribed. This could entail reading the active file |
| 3141 | from the server. |
| 3142 | |
| 3143 | @item A z |
| 3144 | @kindex A z (Group) |
| 3145 | @findex gnus-group-list-zombies |
| 3146 | List all zombie groups (@code{gnus-group-list-zombies}). |
| 3147 | |
| 3148 | @item A m |
| 3149 | @kindex A m (Group) |
| 3150 | @findex gnus-group-list-matching |
| 3151 | List all unread, subscribed groups with names that match a regexp |
| 3152 | (@code{gnus-group-list-matching}). |
| 3153 | |
| 3154 | @item A M |
| 3155 | @kindex A M (Group) |
| 3156 | @findex gnus-group-list-all-matching |
| 3157 | List groups that match a regexp (@code{gnus-group-list-all-matching}). |
| 3158 | |
| 3159 | @item A A |
| 3160 | @kindex A A (Group) |
| 3161 | @findex gnus-group-list-active |
| 3162 | List absolutely all groups in the active file(s) of the |
| 3163 | server(s) you are connected to (@code{gnus-group-list-active}). This |
| 3164 | might very well take quite a while. It might actually be a better idea |
| 3165 | to do a @kbd{A M} to list all matching, and just give @samp{.} as the |
| 3166 | thing to match on. Also note that this command may list groups that |
| 3167 | don't exist (yet)---these will be listed as if they were killed groups. |
| 3168 | Take the output with some grains of salt. |
| 3169 | |
| 3170 | @item A a |
| 3171 | @kindex A a (Group) |
| 3172 | @findex gnus-group-apropos |
| 3173 | List all groups that have names that match a regexp |
| 3174 | (@code{gnus-group-apropos}). |
| 3175 | |
| 3176 | @item A d |
| 3177 | @kindex A d (Group) |
| 3178 | @findex gnus-group-description-apropos |
| 3179 | List all groups that have names or descriptions that match a regexp |
| 3180 | (@code{gnus-group-description-apropos}). |
| 3181 | |
| 3182 | @item A c |
| 3183 | @kindex A c (Group) |
| 3184 | @findex gnus-group-list-cached |
| 3185 | List all groups with cached articles (@code{gnus-group-list-cached}). |
| 3186 | |
| 3187 | @item A ? |
| 3188 | @kindex A ? (Group) |
| 3189 | @findex gnus-group-list-dormant |
| 3190 | List all groups with dormant articles (@code{gnus-group-list-dormant}). |
| 3191 | |
| 3192 | @item A / |
| 3193 | @kindex A / (Group) |
| 3194 | @findex gnus-group-list-limit |
| 3195 | List groups limited within the current selection |
| 3196 | (@code{gnus-group-list-limit}). |
| 3197 | |
| 3198 | @item A f |
| 3199 | @kindex A f (Group) |
| 3200 | @findex gnus-group-list-flush |
| 3201 | Flush groups from the current selection (@code{gnus-group-list-flush}). |
| 3202 | |
| 3203 | @item A p |
| 3204 | @kindex A p (Group) |
| 3205 | @findex gnus-group-list-plus |
| 3206 | List groups plus the current selection (@code{gnus-group-list-plus}). |
| 3207 | |
| 3208 | @end table |
| 3209 | |
| 3210 | @vindex gnus-permanently-visible-groups |
| 3211 | @cindex visible group parameter |
| 3212 | Groups that match the @code{gnus-permanently-visible-groups} regexp will |
| 3213 | always be shown, whether they have unread articles or not. You can also |
| 3214 | add the @code{visible} element to the group parameters in question to |
| 3215 | get the same effect. |
| 3216 | |
| 3217 | @vindex gnus-list-groups-with-ticked-articles |
| 3218 | Groups that have just ticked articles in it are normally listed in the |
| 3219 | group buffer. If @code{gnus-list-groups-with-ticked-articles} is |
| 3220 | @code{nil}, these groups will be treated just like totally empty |
| 3221 | groups. It is @code{t} by default. |
| 3222 | |
| 3223 | |
| 3224 | @node Sorting Groups |
| 3225 | @section Sorting Groups |
| 3226 | @cindex sorting groups |
| 3227 | |
| 3228 | @kindex C-c C-s (Group) |
| 3229 | @findex gnus-group-sort-groups |
| 3230 | @vindex gnus-group-sort-function |
| 3231 | The @kbd{C-c C-s} (@code{gnus-group-sort-groups}) command sorts the |
| 3232 | group buffer according to the function(s) given by the |
| 3233 | @code{gnus-group-sort-function} variable. Available sorting functions |
| 3234 | include: |
| 3235 | |
| 3236 | @table @code |
| 3237 | |
| 3238 | @item gnus-group-sort-by-alphabet |
| 3239 | @findex gnus-group-sort-by-alphabet |
| 3240 | Sort the group names alphabetically. This is the default. |
| 3241 | |
| 3242 | @item gnus-group-sort-by-real-name |
| 3243 | @findex gnus-group-sort-by-real-name |
| 3244 | Sort the group alphabetically on the real (unprefixed) group names. |
| 3245 | |
| 3246 | @item gnus-group-sort-by-level |
| 3247 | @findex gnus-group-sort-by-level |
| 3248 | Sort by group level. |
| 3249 | |
| 3250 | @item gnus-group-sort-by-score |
| 3251 | @findex gnus-group-sort-by-score |
| 3252 | Sort by group score. @xref{Group Score}. |
| 3253 | |
| 3254 | @item gnus-group-sort-by-rank |
| 3255 | @findex gnus-group-sort-by-rank |
| 3256 | Sort by group score and then the group level. The level and the score |
| 3257 | are, when taken together, the group's @dfn{rank}. @xref{Group Score}. |
| 3258 | |
| 3259 | @item gnus-group-sort-by-unread |
| 3260 | @findex gnus-group-sort-by-unread |
| 3261 | Sort by number of unread articles. |
| 3262 | |
| 3263 | @item gnus-group-sort-by-method |
| 3264 | @findex gnus-group-sort-by-method |
| 3265 | Sort alphabetically on the select method. |
| 3266 | |
| 3267 | @item gnus-group-sort-by-server |
| 3268 | @findex gnus-group-sort-by-server |
| 3269 | Sort alphabetically on the Gnus server name. |
| 3270 | |
| 3271 | |
| 3272 | @end table |
| 3273 | |
| 3274 | @code{gnus-group-sort-function} can also be a list of sorting |
| 3275 | functions. In that case, the most significant sort key function must be |
| 3276 | the last one. |
| 3277 | |
| 3278 | |
| 3279 | There are also a number of commands for sorting directly according to |
| 3280 | some sorting criteria: |
| 3281 | |
| 3282 | @table @kbd |
| 3283 | @item G S a |
| 3284 | @kindex G S a (Group) |
| 3285 | @findex gnus-group-sort-groups-by-alphabet |
| 3286 | Sort the group buffer alphabetically by group name |
| 3287 | (@code{gnus-group-sort-groups-by-alphabet}). |
| 3288 | |
| 3289 | @item G S u |
| 3290 | @kindex G S u (Group) |
| 3291 | @findex gnus-group-sort-groups-by-unread |
| 3292 | Sort the group buffer by the number of unread articles |
| 3293 | (@code{gnus-group-sort-groups-by-unread}). |
| 3294 | |
| 3295 | @item G S l |
| 3296 | @kindex G S l (Group) |
| 3297 | @findex gnus-group-sort-groups-by-level |
| 3298 | Sort the group buffer by group level |
| 3299 | (@code{gnus-group-sort-groups-by-level}). |
| 3300 | |
| 3301 | @item G S v |
| 3302 | @kindex G S v (Group) |
| 3303 | @findex gnus-group-sort-groups-by-score |
| 3304 | Sort the group buffer by group score |
| 3305 | (@code{gnus-group-sort-groups-by-score}). @xref{Group Score}. |
| 3306 | |
| 3307 | @item G S r |
| 3308 | @kindex G S r (Group) |
| 3309 | @findex gnus-group-sort-groups-by-rank |
| 3310 | Sort the group buffer by group rank |
| 3311 | (@code{gnus-group-sort-groups-by-rank}). @xref{Group Score}. |
| 3312 | |
| 3313 | @item G S m |
| 3314 | @kindex G S m (Group) |
| 3315 | @findex gnus-group-sort-groups-by-method |
| 3316 | Sort the group buffer alphabetically by back end name@* |
| 3317 | (@code{gnus-group-sort-groups-by-method}). |
| 3318 | |
| 3319 | @item G S n |
| 3320 | @kindex G S n (Group) |
| 3321 | @findex gnus-group-sort-groups-by-real-name |
| 3322 | Sort the group buffer alphabetically by real (unprefixed) group name |
| 3323 | (@code{gnus-group-sort-groups-by-real-name}). |
| 3324 | |
| 3325 | @end table |
| 3326 | |
| 3327 | All the commands below obey the process/prefix convention |
| 3328 | (@pxref{Process/Prefix}). |
| 3329 | |
| 3330 | When given a symbolic prefix (@pxref{Symbolic Prefixes}), all these |
| 3331 | commands will sort in reverse order. |
| 3332 | |
| 3333 | You can also sort a subset of the groups: |
| 3334 | |
| 3335 | @table @kbd |
| 3336 | @item G P a |
| 3337 | @kindex G P a (Group) |
| 3338 | @findex gnus-group-sort-selected-groups-by-alphabet |
| 3339 | Sort the groups alphabetically by group name |
| 3340 | (@code{gnus-group-sort-selected-groups-by-alphabet}). |
| 3341 | |
| 3342 | @item G P u |
| 3343 | @kindex G P u (Group) |
| 3344 | @findex gnus-group-sort-selected-groups-by-unread |
| 3345 | Sort the groups by the number of unread articles |
| 3346 | (@code{gnus-group-sort-selected-groups-by-unread}). |
| 3347 | |
| 3348 | @item G P l |
| 3349 | @kindex G P l (Group) |
| 3350 | @findex gnus-group-sort-selected-groups-by-level |
| 3351 | Sort the groups by group level |
| 3352 | (@code{gnus-group-sort-selected-groups-by-level}). |
| 3353 | |
| 3354 | @item G P v |
| 3355 | @kindex G P v (Group) |
| 3356 | @findex gnus-group-sort-selected-groups-by-score |
| 3357 | Sort the groups by group score |
| 3358 | (@code{gnus-group-sort-selected-groups-by-score}). @xref{Group Score}. |
| 3359 | |
| 3360 | @item G P r |
| 3361 | @kindex G P r (Group) |
| 3362 | @findex gnus-group-sort-selected-groups-by-rank |
| 3363 | Sort the groups by group rank |
| 3364 | (@code{gnus-group-sort-selected-groups-by-rank}). @xref{Group Score}. |
| 3365 | |
| 3366 | @item G P m |
| 3367 | @kindex G P m (Group) |
| 3368 | @findex gnus-group-sort-selected-groups-by-method |
| 3369 | Sort the groups alphabetically by back end name@* |
| 3370 | (@code{gnus-group-sort-selected-groups-by-method}). |
| 3371 | |
| 3372 | @item G P n |
| 3373 | @kindex G P n (Group) |
| 3374 | @findex gnus-group-sort-selected-groups-by-real-name |
| 3375 | Sort the groups alphabetically by real (unprefixed) group name |
| 3376 | (@code{gnus-group-sort-selected-groups-by-real-name}). |
| 3377 | |
| 3378 | @item G P s |
| 3379 | @kindex G P s (Group) |
| 3380 | @findex gnus-group-sort-selected-groups |
| 3381 | Sort the groups according to @code{gnus-group-sort-function}. |
| 3382 | |
| 3383 | @end table |
| 3384 | |
| 3385 | And finally, note that you can use @kbd{C-k} and @kbd{C-y} to manually |
| 3386 | move groups around. |
| 3387 | |
| 3388 | |
| 3389 | @node Group Maintenance |
| 3390 | @section Group Maintenance |
| 3391 | @cindex bogus groups |
| 3392 | |
| 3393 | @table @kbd |
| 3394 | @item b |
| 3395 | @kindex b (Group) |
| 3396 | @findex gnus-group-check-bogus-groups |
| 3397 | Find bogus groups and delete them |
| 3398 | (@code{gnus-group-check-bogus-groups}). |
| 3399 | |
| 3400 | @item F |
| 3401 | @kindex F (Group) |
| 3402 | @findex gnus-group-find-new-groups |
| 3403 | Find new groups and process them (@code{gnus-group-find-new-groups}). |
| 3404 | With 1 @kbd{C-u}, use the @code{ask-server} method to query the server |
| 3405 | for new groups. With 2 @kbd{C-u}'s, use most complete method possible |
| 3406 | to query the server for new groups, and subscribe the new groups as |
| 3407 | zombies. |
| 3408 | |
| 3409 | @item C-c C-x |
| 3410 | @kindex C-c C-x (Group) |
| 3411 | @findex gnus-group-expire-articles |
| 3412 | @cindex expiring mail |
| 3413 | Run all expirable articles in the current group through the expiry |
| 3414 | process (if any) (@code{gnus-group-expire-articles}). That is, delete |
| 3415 | all expirable articles in the group that have been around for a while. |
| 3416 | (@pxref{Expiring Mail}). |
| 3417 | |
| 3418 | @item C-c C-M-x |
| 3419 | @kindex C-c C-M-x (Group) |
| 3420 | @findex gnus-group-expire-all-groups |
| 3421 | @cindex expiring mail |
| 3422 | Run all expirable articles in all groups through the expiry process |
| 3423 | (@code{gnus-group-expire-all-groups}). |
| 3424 | |
| 3425 | @end table |
| 3426 | |
| 3427 | |
| 3428 | @node Browse Foreign Server |
| 3429 | @section Browse Foreign Server |
| 3430 | @cindex foreign servers |
| 3431 | @cindex browsing servers |
| 3432 | |
| 3433 | @table @kbd |
| 3434 | @item B |
| 3435 | @kindex B (Group) |
| 3436 | @findex gnus-group-browse-foreign-server |
| 3437 | You will be queried for a select method and a server name. Gnus will |
| 3438 | then attempt to contact this server and let you browse the groups there |
| 3439 | (@code{gnus-group-browse-foreign-server}). |
| 3440 | @end table |
| 3441 | |
| 3442 | @findex gnus-browse-mode |
| 3443 | A new buffer with a list of available groups will appear. This buffer |
| 3444 | will use the @code{gnus-browse-mode}. This buffer looks a bit (well, |
| 3445 | a lot) like a normal group buffer. |
| 3446 | |
| 3447 | Here's a list of keystrokes available in the browse mode: |
| 3448 | |
| 3449 | @table @kbd |
| 3450 | @item n |
| 3451 | @kindex n (Browse) |
| 3452 | @findex gnus-group-next-group |
| 3453 | Go to the next group (@code{gnus-group-next-group}). |
| 3454 | |
| 3455 | @item p |
| 3456 | @kindex p (Browse) |
| 3457 | @findex gnus-group-prev-group |
| 3458 | Go to the previous group (@code{gnus-group-prev-group}). |
| 3459 | |
| 3460 | @item SPACE |
| 3461 | @kindex SPACE (Browse) |
| 3462 | @findex gnus-browse-read-group |
| 3463 | Enter the current group and display the first article |
| 3464 | (@code{gnus-browse-read-group}). |
| 3465 | |
| 3466 | @item RET |
| 3467 | @kindex RET (Browse) |
| 3468 | @findex gnus-browse-select-group |
| 3469 | Enter the current group (@code{gnus-browse-select-group}). |
| 3470 | |
| 3471 | @item u |
| 3472 | @kindex u (Browse) |
| 3473 | @findex gnus-browse-unsubscribe-current-group |
| 3474 | Unsubscribe to the current group, or, as will be the case here, |
| 3475 | subscribe to it (@code{gnus-browse-unsubscribe-current-group}). |
| 3476 | |
| 3477 | @item l |
| 3478 | @itemx q |
| 3479 | @kindex q (Browse) |
| 3480 | @kindex l (Browse) |
| 3481 | @findex gnus-browse-exit |
| 3482 | Exit browse mode (@code{gnus-browse-exit}). |
| 3483 | |
| 3484 | @item d |
| 3485 | @kindex d (Browse) |
| 3486 | @findex gnus-browse-describe-group |
| 3487 | Describe the current group (@code{gnus-browse-describe-group}). |
| 3488 | |
| 3489 | @item ? |
| 3490 | @kindex ? (Browse) |
| 3491 | @findex gnus-browse-describe-briefly |
| 3492 | Describe browse mode briefly (well, there's not much to describe, is |
| 3493 | there) (@code{gnus-browse-describe-briefly}). |
| 3494 | @end table |
| 3495 | |
| 3496 | |
| 3497 | @node Exiting Gnus |
| 3498 | @section Exiting Gnus |
| 3499 | @cindex exiting Gnus |
| 3500 | |
| 3501 | Yes, Gnus is ex(c)iting. |
| 3502 | |
| 3503 | @table @kbd |
| 3504 | @item z |
| 3505 | @kindex z (Group) |
| 3506 | @findex gnus-group-suspend |
| 3507 | Suspend Gnus (@code{gnus-group-suspend}). This doesn't really exit Gnus, |
| 3508 | but it kills all buffers except the Group buffer. I'm not sure why this |
| 3509 | is a gain, but then who am I to judge? |
| 3510 | |
| 3511 | @item q |
| 3512 | @kindex q (Group) |
| 3513 | @findex gnus-group-exit |
| 3514 | @c @icon{gnus-group-exit} |
| 3515 | Quit Gnus (@code{gnus-group-exit}). |
| 3516 | |
| 3517 | @item Q |
| 3518 | @kindex Q (Group) |
| 3519 | @findex gnus-group-quit |
| 3520 | Quit Gnus without saving the @file{.newsrc} files (@code{gnus-group-quit}). |
| 3521 | The dribble file will be saved, though (@pxref{Auto Save}). |
| 3522 | @end table |
| 3523 | |
| 3524 | @vindex gnus-exit-gnus-hook |
| 3525 | @vindex gnus-suspend-gnus-hook |
| 3526 | @vindex gnus-after-exiting-gnus-hook |
| 3527 | @code{gnus-suspend-gnus-hook} is called when you suspend Gnus and |
| 3528 | @code{gnus-exit-gnus-hook} is called when you quit Gnus, while |
| 3529 | @code{gnus-after-exiting-gnus-hook} is called as the final item when |
| 3530 | exiting Gnus. |
| 3531 | |
| 3532 | Note: |
| 3533 | |
| 3534 | @quotation |
| 3535 | Miss Lisa Cannifax, while sitting in English class, felt her feet go |
| 3536 | numbly heavy and herself fall into a hazy trance as the boy sitting |
| 3537 | behind her drew repeated lines with his pencil across the back of her |
| 3538 | plastic chair. |
| 3539 | @end quotation |
| 3540 | |
| 3541 | |
| 3542 | @node Group Topics |
| 3543 | @section Group Topics |
| 3544 | @cindex topics |
| 3545 | |
| 3546 | If you read lots and lots of groups, it might be convenient to group |
| 3547 | them hierarchically according to topics. You put your Emacs groups over |
| 3548 | here, your sex groups over there, and the rest (what, two groups or so?) |
| 3549 | you put in some misc section that you never bother with anyway. You can |
| 3550 | even group the Emacs sex groups as a sub-topic to either the Emacs |
| 3551 | groups or the sex groups---or both! Go wild! |
| 3552 | |
| 3553 | @iftex |
| 3554 | @iflatex |
| 3555 | \gnusfigure{Group Topics}{400}{ |
| 3556 | \put(75,50){\epsfig{figure=ps/group-topic,height=9cm}} |
| 3557 | } |
| 3558 | @end iflatex |
| 3559 | @end iftex |
| 3560 | |
| 3561 | Here's an example: |
| 3562 | |
| 3563 | @example |
| 3564 | Gnus |
| 3565 | Emacs -- I wuw it! |
| 3566 | 3: comp.emacs |
| 3567 | 2: alt.religion.emacs |
| 3568 | Naughty Emacs |
| 3569 | 452: alt.sex.emacs |
| 3570 | 0: comp.talk.emacs.recovery |
| 3571 | Misc |
| 3572 | 8: comp.binaries.fractals |
| 3573 | 13: comp.sources.unix |
| 3574 | @end example |
| 3575 | |
| 3576 | @findex gnus-topic-mode |
| 3577 | @kindex t (Group) |
| 3578 | To get this @emph{fab} functionality you simply turn on (ooh!) the |
| 3579 | @code{gnus-topic} minor mode---type @kbd{t} in the group buffer. (This |
| 3580 | is a toggling command.) |
| 3581 | |
| 3582 | Go ahead, just try it. I'll still be here when you get back. La de |
| 3583 | dum@dots{} Nice tune, that@dots{} la la la@dots{} What, you're back? |
| 3584 | Yes, and now press @kbd{l}. There. All your groups are now listed |
| 3585 | under @samp{misc}. Doesn't that make you feel all warm and fuzzy? |
| 3586 | Hot and bothered? |
| 3587 | |
| 3588 | If you want this permanently enabled, you should add that minor mode to |
| 3589 | the hook for the group mode. Put the following line in your |
| 3590 | @file{~/.gnus.el} file: |
| 3591 | |
| 3592 | @lisp |
| 3593 | (add-hook 'gnus-group-mode-hook 'gnus-topic-mode) |
| 3594 | @end lisp |
| 3595 | |
| 3596 | @menu |
| 3597 | * Topic Commands:: Interactive E-Z commands. |
| 3598 | * Topic Variables:: How to customize the topics the Lisp Way. |
| 3599 | * Topic Sorting:: Sorting each topic individually. |
| 3600 | * Topic Topology:: A map of the world. |
| 3601 | * Topic Parameters:: Parameters that apply to all groups in a topic. |
| 3602 | @end menu |
| 3603 | |
| 3604 | |
| 3605 | @node Topic Commands |
| 3606 | @subsection Topic Commands |
| 3607 | @cindex topic commands |
| 3608 | |
| 3609 | When the topic minor mode is turned on, a new @kbd{T} submap will be |
| 3610 | available. In addition, a few of the standard keys change their |
| 3611 | definitions slightly. |
| 3612 | |
| 3613 | In general, the following kinds of operations are possible on topics. |
| 3614 | First of all, you want to create topics. Secondly, you want to put |
| 3615 | groups in topics and to move them around until you have an order you |
| 3616 | like. The third kind of operation is to show/hide parts of the whole |
| 3617 | shebang. You might want to hide a topic including its subtopics and |
| 3618 | groups, to get a better overview of the other groups. |
| 3619 | |
| 3620 | Here is a list of the basic keys that you might need to set up topics |
| 3621 | the way you like. |
| 3622 | |
| 3623 | @table @kbd |
| 3624 | |
| 3625 | @item T n |
| 3626 | @kindex T n (Topic) |
| 3627 | @findex gnus-topic-create-topic |
| 3628 | Prompt for a new topic name and create it |
| 3629 | (@code{gnus-topic-create-topic}). |
| 3630 | |
| 3631 | @item T TAB |
| 3632 | @itemx TAB |
| 3633 | @kindex T TAB (Topic) |
| 3634 | @kindex TAB (Topic) |
| 3635 | @findex gnus-topic-indent |
| 3636 | ``Indent'' the current topic so that it becomes a sub-topic of the |
| 3637 | previous topic (@code{gnus-topic-indent}). If given a prefix, |
| 3638 | ``un-indent'' the topic instead. |
| 3639 | |
| 3640 | @item M-TAB |
| 3641 | @kindex M-TAB (Topic) |
| 3642 | @findex gnus-topic-unindent |
| 3643 | ``Un-indent'' the current topic so that it becomes a sub-topic of the |
| 3644 | parent of its current parent (@code{gnus-topic-unindent}). |
| 3645 | |
| 3646 | @end table |
| 3647 | |
| 3648 | The following two keys can be used to move groups and topics around. |
| 3649 | They work like the well-known cut and paste. @kbd{C-k} is like cut and |
| 3650 | @kbd{C-y} is like paste. Of course, this being Emacs, we use the terms |
| 3651 | kill and yank rather than cut and paste. |
| 3652 | |
| 3653 | @table @kbd |
| 3654 | |
| 3655 | @item C-k |
| 3656 | @kindex C-k (Topic) |
| 3657 | @findex gnus-topic-kill-group |
| 3658 | Kill a group or topic (@code{gnus-topic-kill-group}). All groups in the |
| 3659 | topic will be removed along with the topic. |
| 3660 | |
| 3661 | @item C-y |
| 3662 | @kindex C-y (Topic) |
| 3663 | @findex gnus-topic-yank-group |
| 3664 | Yank the previously killed group or topic |
| 3665 | (@code{gnus-topic-yank-group}). Note that all topics will be yanked |
| 3666 | before all groups. |
| 3667 | |
| 3668 | So, to move a topic to the beginning of the list of topics, just hit |
| 3669 | @kbd{C-k} on it. This is like the ``cut'' part of cut and paste. Then, |
| 3670 | move the cursor to the beginning of the buffer (just below the ``Gnus'' |
| 3671 | topic) and hit @kbd{C-y}. This is like the ``paste'' part of cut and |
| 3672 | paste. Like I said -- E-Z. |
| 3673 | |
| 3674 | You can use @kbd{C-k} and @kbd{C-y} on groups as well as on topics. So |
| 3675 | you can move topics around as well as groups. |
| 3676 | |
| 3677 | @end table |
| 3678 | |
| 3679 | After setting up the topics the way you like them, you might wish to |
| 3680 | hide a topic, or to show it again. That's why we have the following |
| 3681 | key. |
| 3682 | |
| 3683 | @table @kbd |
| 3684 | |
| 3685 | @item RET |
| 3686 | @kindex RET (Topic) |
| 3687 | @findex gnus-topic-select-group |
| 3688 | @itemx SPACE |
| 3689 | Either select a group or fold a topic (@code{gnus-topic-select-group}). |
| 3690 | When you perform this command on a group, you'll enter the group, as |
| 3691 | usual. When done on a topic line, the topic will be folded (if it was |
| 3692 | visible) or unfolded (if it was folded already). So it's basically a |
| 3693 | toggling command on topics. In addition, if you give a numerical |
| 3694 | prefix, group on that level (and lower) will be displayed. |
| 3695 | |
| 3696 | @end table |
| 3697 | |
| 3698 | Now for a list of other commands, in no particular order. |
| 3699 | |
| 3700 | @table @kbd |
| 3701 | |
| 3702 | @item T m |
| 3703 | @kindex T m (Topic) |
| 3704 | @findex gnus-topic-move-group |
| 3705 | Move the current group to some other topic |
| 3706 | (@code{gnus-topic-move-group}). This command uses the process/prefix |
| 3707 | convention (@pxref{Process/Prefix}). |
| 3708 | |
| 3709 | @item T j |
| 3710 | @kindex T j (Topic) |
| 3711 | @findex gnus-topic-jump-to-topic |
| 3712 | Go to a topic (@code{gnus-topic-jump-to-topic}). |
| 3713 | |
| 3714 | @item T c |
| 3715 | @kindex T c (Topic) |
| 3716 | @findex gnus-topic-copy-group |
| 3717 | Copy the current group to some other topic |
| 3718 | (@code{gnus-topic-copy-group}). This command uses the process/prefix |
| 3719 | convention (@pxref{Process/Prefix}). |
| 3720 | |
| 3721 | @item T h |
| 3722 | @kindex T h (Topic) |
| 3723 | @findex gnus-topic-hide-topic |
| 3724 | Hide the current topic (@code{gnus-topic-hide-topic}). If given |
| 3725 | a prefix, hide the topic permanently. |
| 3726 | |
| 3727 | @item T s |
| 3728 | @kindex T s (Topic) |
| 3729 | @findex gnus-topic-show-topic |
| 3730 | Show the current topic (@code{gnus-topic-show-topic}). If given |
| 3731 | a prefix, show the topic permanently. |
| 3732 | |
| 3733 | @item T D |
| 3734 | @kindex T D (Topic) |
| 3735 | @findex gnus-topic-remove-group |
| 3736 | Remove a group from the current topic (@code{gnus-topic-remove-group}). |
| 3737 | This command is mainly useful if you have the same group in several |
| 3738 | topics and wish to remove it from one of the topics. You may also |
| 3739 | remove a group from all topics, but in that case, Gnus will add it to |
| 3740 | the root topic the next time you start Gnus. In fact, all new groups |
| 3741 | (which, naturally, don't belong to any topic) will show up in the root |
| 3742 | topic. |
| 3743 | |
| 3744 | This command uses the process/prefix convention |
| 3745 | (@pxref{Process/Prefix}). |
| 3746 | |
| 3747 | @item T M |
| 3748 | @kindex T M (Topic) |
| 3749 | @findex gnus-topic-move-matching |
| 3750 | Move all groups that match some regular expression to a topic |
| 3751 | (@code{gnus-topic-move-matching}). |
| 3752 | |
| 3753 | @item T C |
| 3754 | @kindex T C (Topic) |
| 3755 | @findex gnus-topic-copy-matching |
| 3756 | Copy all groups that match some regular expression to a topic |
| 3757 | (@code{gnus-topic-copy-matching}). |
| 3758 | |
| 3759 | @item T H |
| 3760 | @kindex T H (Topic) |
| 3761 | @findex gnus-topic-toggle-display-empty-topics |
| 3762 | Toggle hiding empty topics |
| 3763 | (@code{gnus-topic-toggle-display-empty-topics}). |
| 3764 | |
| 3765 | @item T # |
| 3766 | @kindex T # (Topic) |
| 3767 | @findex gnus-topic-mark-topic |
| 3768 | Mark all groups in the current topic with the process mark |
| 3769 | (@code{gnus-topic-mark-topic}). This command works recursively on |
| 3770 | sub-topics unless given a prefix. |
| 3771 | |
| 3772 | @item T M-# |
| 3773 | @kindex T M-# (Topic) |
| 3774 | @findex gnus-topic-unmark-topic |
| 3775 | Remove the process mark from all groups in the current topic |
| 3776 | (@code{gnus-topic-unmark-topic}). This command works recursively on |
| 3777 | sub-topics unless given a prefix. |
| 3778 | |
| 3779 | @item C-c C-x |
| 3780 | @kindex C-c C-x (Topic) |
| 3781 | @findex gnus-topic-expire-articles |
| 3782 | @cindex expiring mail |
| 3783 | Run all expirable articles in the current group or topic through the |
| 3784 | expiry process (if any) |
| 3785 | (@code{gnus-topic-expire-articles}). (@pxref{Expiring Mail}). |
| 3786 | |
| 3787 | @item T r |
| 3788 | @kindex T r (Topic) |
| 3789 | @findex gnus-topic-rename |
| 3790 | Rename a topic (@code{gnus-topic-rename}). |
| 3791 | |
| 3792 | @item T DEL |
| 3793 | @kindex T DEL (Topic) |
| 3794 | @findex gnus-topic-delete |
| 3795 | Delete an empty topic (@code{gnus-topic-delete}). |
| 3796 | |
| 3797 | @item A T |
| 3798 | @kindex A T (Topic) |
| 3799 | @findex gnus-topic-list-active |
| 3800 | List all groups that Gnus knows about in a topics-ified way |
| 3801 | (@code{gnus-topic-list-active}). |
| 3802 | |
| 3803 | @item T M-n |
| 3804 | @kindex T M-n (Topic) |
| 3805 | @findex gnus-topic-goto-next-topic |
| 3806 | Go to the next topic (@code{gnus-topic-goto-next-topic}). |
| 3807 | |
| 3808 | @item T M-p |
| 3809 | @kindex T M-p (Topic) |
| 3810 | @findex gnus-topic-goto-previous-topic |
| 3811 | Go to the next topic (@code{gnus-topic-goto-previous-topic}). |
| 3812 | |
| 3813 | @item G p |
| 3814 | @kindex G p (Topic) |
| 3815 | @findex gnus-topic-edit-parameters |
| 3816 | @cindex group parameters |
| 3817 | @cindex topic parameters |
| 3818 | @cindex parameters |
| 3819 | Edit the topic parameters (@code{gnus-topic-edit-parameters}). |
| 3820 | @xref{Topic Parameters}. |
| 3821 | |
| 3822 | @end table |
| 3823 | |
| 3824 | |
| 3825 | @node Topic Variables |
| 3826 | @subsection Topic Variables |
| 3827 | @cindex topic variables |
| 3828 | |
| 3829 | The previous section told you how to tell Gnus which topics to display. |
| 3830 | This section explains how to tell Gnus what to display about each topic. |
| 3831 | |
| 3832 | @vindex gnus-topic-line-format |
| 3833 | The topic lines themselves are created according to the |
| 3834 | @code{gnus-topic-line-format} variable (@pxref{Formatting Variables}). |
| 3835 | Valid elements are: |
| 3836 | |
| 3837 | @table @samp |
| 3838 | @item i |
| 3839 | Indentation. |
| 3840 | @item n |
| 3841 | Topic name. |
| 3842 | @item v |
| 3843 | Visibility. |
| 3844 | @item l |
| 3845 | Level. |
| 3846 | @item g |
| 3847 | Number of groups in the topic. |
| 3848 | @item a |
| 3849 | Number of unread articles in the topic. |
| 3850 | @item A |
| 3851 | Number of unread articles in the topic and all its subtopics. |
| 3852 | @end table |
| 3853 | |
| 3854 | @vindex gnus-topic-indent-level |
| 3855 | Each sub-topic (and the groups in the sub-topics) will be indented with |
| 3856 | @code{gnus-topic-indent-level} times the topic level number of spaces. |
| 3857 | The default is 2. |
| 3858 | |
| 3859 | @vindex gnus-topic-mode-hook |
| 3860 | @code{gnus-topic-mode-hook} is called in topic minor mode buffers. |
| 3861 | |
| 3862 | @vindex gnus-topic-display-empty-topics |
| 3863 | The @code{gnus-topic-display-empty-topics} says whether to display even |
| 3864 | topics that have no unread articles in them. The default is @code{t}. |
| 3865 | |
| 3866 | |
| 3867 | @node Topic Sorting |
| 3868 | @subsection Topic Sorting |
| 3869 | @cindex topic sorting |
| 3870 | |
| 3871 | You can sort the groups in each topic individually with the following |
| 3872 | commands: |
| 3873 | |
| 3874 | |
| 3875 | @table @kbd |
| 3876 | @item T S a |
| 3877 | @kindex T S a (Topic) |
| 3878 | @findex gnus-topic-sort-groups-by-alphabet |
| 3879 | Sort the current topic alphabetically by group name |
| 3880 | (@code{gnus-topic-sort-groups-by-alphabet}). |
| 3881 | |
| 3882 | @item T S u |
| 3883 | @kindex T S u (Topic) |
| 3884 | @findex gnus-topic-sort-groups-by-unread |
| 3885 | Sort the current topic by the number of unread articles |
| 3886 | (@code{gnus-topic-sort-groups-by-unread}). |
| 3887 | |
| 3888 | @item T S l |
| 3889 | @kindex T S l (Topic) |
| 3890 | @findex gnus-topic-sort-groups-by-level |
| 3891 | Sort the current topic by group level |
| 3892 | (@code{gnus-topic-sort-groups-by-level}). |
| 3893 | |
| 3894 | @item T S v |
| 3895 | @kindex T S v (Topic) |
| 3896 | @findex gnus-topic-sort-groups-by-score |
| 3897 | Sort the current topic by group score |
| 3898 | (@code{gnus-topic-sort-groups-by-score}). @xref{Group Score}. |
| 3899 | |
| 3900 | @item T S r |
| 3901 | @kindex T S r (Topic) |
| 3902 | @findex gnus-topic-sort-groups-by-rank |
| 3903 | Sort the current topic by group rank |
| 3904 | (@code{gnus-topic-sort-groups-by-rank}). @xref{Group Score}. |
| 3905 | |
| 3906 | @item T S m |
| 3907 | @kindex T S m (Topic) |
| 3908 | @findex gnus-topic-sort-groups-by-method |
| 3909 | Sort the current topic alphabetically by back end name |
| 3910 | (@code{gnus-topic-sort-groups-by-method}). |
| 3911 | |
| 3912 | @item T S e |
| 3913 | @kindex T S e (Topic) |
| 3914 | @findex gnus-topic-sort-groups-by-server |
| 3915 | Sort the current topic alphabetically by server name |
| 3916 | (@code{gnus-topic-sort-groups-by-server}). |
| 3917 | |
| 3918 | @item T S s |
| 3919 | @kindex T S s (Topic) |
| 3920 | @findex gnus-topic-sort-groups |
| 3921 | Sort the current topic according to the function(s) given by the |
| 3922 | @code{gnus-group-sort-function} variable |
| 3923 | (@code{gnus-topic-sort-groups}). |
| 3924 | |
| 3925 | @end table |
| 3926 | |
| 3927 | When given a prefix argument, all these commands will sort in reverse |
| 3928 | order. @xref{Sorting Groups}, for more information about group |
| 3929 | sorting. |
| 3930 | |
| 3931 | |
| 3932 | @node Topic Topology |
| 3933 | @subsection Topic Topology |
| 3934 | @cindex topic topology |
| 3935 | @cindex topology |
| 3936 | |
| 3937 | So, let's have a look at an example group buffer: |
| 3938 | |
| 3939 | @example |
| 3940 | @group |
| 3941 | Gnus |
| 3942 | Emacs -- I wuw it! |
| 3943 | 3: comp.emacs |
| 3944 | 2: alt.religion.emacs |
| 3945 | Naughty Emacs |
| 3946 | 452: alt.sex.emacs |
| 3947 | 0: comp.talk.emacs.recovery |
| 3948 | Misc |
| 3949 | 8: comp.binaries.fractals |
| 3950 | 13: comp.sources.unix |
| 3951 | @end group |
| 3952 | @end example |
| 3953 | |
| 3954 | So, here we have one top-level topic (@samp{Gnus}), two topics under |
| 3955 | that, and one sub-topic under one of the sub-topics. (There is always |
| 3956 | just one (1) top-level topic). This topology can be expressed as |
| 3957 | follows: |
| 3958 | |
| 3959 | @lisp |
| 3960 | (("Gnus" visible) |
| 3961 | (("Emacs -- I wuw it!" visible) |
| 3962 | (("Naughty Emacs" visible))) |
| 3963 | (("Misc" visible))) |
| 3964 | @end lisp |
| 3965 | |
| 3966 | @vindex gnus-topic-topology |
| 3967 | This is in fact how the variable @code{gnus-topic-topology} would look |
| 3968 | for the display above. That variable is saved in the @file{.newsrc.eld} |
| 3969 | file, and shouldn't be messed with manually---unless you really want |
| 3970 | to. Since this variable is read from the @file{.newsrc.eld} file, |
| 3971 | setting it in any other startup files will have no effect. |
| 3972 | |
| 3973 | This topology shows what topics are sub-topics of what topics (right), |
| 3974 | and which topics are visible. Two settings are currently |
| 3975 | allowed---@code{visible} and @code{invisible}. |
| 3976 | |
| 3977 | |
| 3978 | @node Topic Parameters |
| 3979 | @subsection Topic Parameters |
| 3980 | @cindex topic parameters |
| 3981 | |
| 3982 | All groups in a topic will inherit group parameters from the parent |
| 3983 | (and ancestor) topic parameters. All valid group parameters are valid |
| 3984 | topic parameters (@pxref{Group Parameters}). When the agent is |
| 3985 | enabled, all agent parameters (See Agent Parameters in @ref{Category |
| 3986 | Syntax}) are also valid topic parameters. |
| 3987 | |
| 3988 | In addition, the following parameters are only valid as topic |
| 3989 | parameters: |
| 3990 | |
| 3991 | @table @code |
| 3992 | @item subscribe |
| 3993 | When subscribing new groups by topic (@pxref{Subscription Methods}), the |
| 3994 | @code{subscribe} topic parameter says what groups go in what topic. Its |
| 3995 | value should be a regexp to match the groups that should go in that |
| 3996 | topic. |
| 3997 | |
| 3998 | @item subscribe-level |
| 3999 | When subscribing new groups by topic (see the @code{subscribe} parameter), |
| 4000 | the group will be subscribed with the level specified in the |
| 4001 | @code{subscribe-level} instead of @code{gnus-level-default-subscribed}. |
| 4002 | |
| 4003 | @end table |
| 4004 | |
| 4005 | Group parameters (of course) override topic parameters, and topic |
| 4006 | parameters in sub-topics override topic parameters in super-topics. You |
| 4007 | know. Normal inheritance rules. (@dfn{Rules} is here a noun, not a |
| 4008 | verb, although you may feel free to disagree with me here.) |
| 4009 | |
| 4010 | @example |
| 4011 | @group |
| 4012 | Gnus |
| 4013 | Emacs |
| 4014 | 3: comp.emacs |
| 4015 | 2: alt.religion.emacs |
| 4016 | 452: alt.sex.emacs |
| 4017 | Relief |
| 4018 | 452: alt.sex.emacs |
| 4019 | 0: comp.talk.emacs.recovery |
| 4020 | Misc |
| 4021 | 8: comp.binaries.fractals |
| 4022 | 13: comp.sources.unix |
| 4023 | 452: alt.sex.emacs |
| 4024 | @end group |
| 4025 | @end example |
| 4026 | |
| 4027 | The @samp{Emacs} topic has the topic parameter @code{(score-file |
| 4028 | . "emacs.SCORE")}; the @samp{Relief} topic has the topic parameter |
| 4029 | @code{(score-file . "relief.SCORE")}; and the @samp{Misc} topic has the |
| 4030 | topic parameter @code{(score-file . "emacs.SCORE")}. In addition, |
| 4031 | @* @samp{alt.religion.emacs} has the group parameter @code{(score-file |
| 4032 | . "religion.SCORE")}. |
| 4033 | |
| 4034 | Now, when you enter @samp{alt.sex.emacs} in the @samp{Relief} topic, you |
| 4035 | will get the @file{relief.SCORE} home score file. If you enter the same |
| 4036 | group in the @samp{Emacs} topic, you'll get the @file{emacs.SCORE} home |
| 4037 | score file. If you enter the group @samp{alt.religion.emacs}, you'll |
| 4038 | get the @file{religion.SCORE} home score file. |
| 4039 | |
| 4040 | This seems rather simple and self-evident, doesn't it? Well, yes. But |
| 4041 | there are some problems, especially with the @code{total-expiry} |
| 4042 | parameter. Say you have a mail group in two topics; one with |
| 4043 | @code{total-expiry} and one without. What happens when you do @kbd{M-x |
| 4044 | gnus-expire-all-expirable-groups}? Gnus has no way of telling which one |
| 4045 | of these topics you mean to expire articles from, so anything may |
| 4046 | happen. In fact, I hereby declare that it is @dfn{undefined} what |
| 4047 | happens. You just have to be careful if you do stuff like that. |
| 4048 | |
| 4049 | |
| 4050 | @node Misc Group Stuff |
| 4051 | @section Misc Group Stuff |
| 4052 | |
| 4053 | @menu |
| 4054 | * Scanning New Messages:: Asking Gnus to see whether new messages have arrived. |
| 4055 | * Group Information:: Information and help on groups and Gnus. |
| 4056 | * Group Timestamp:: Making Gnus keep track of when you last read a group. |
| 4057 | * File Commands:: Reading and writing the Gnus files. |
| 4058 | * Sieve Commands:: Managing Sieve scripts. |
| 4059 | @end menu |
| 4060 | |
| 4061 | @table @kbd |
| 4062 | |
| 4063 | @item v |
| 4064 | @kindex v (Group) |
| 4065 | @cindex keys, reserved for users (Group) |
| 4066 | The key @kbd{v} is reserved for users. You can bind it key to some |
| 4067 | function or better use it as a prefix key. For example: |
| 4068 | |
| 4069 | @lisp |
| 4070 | (define-key gnus-group-mode-map (kbd "v j d") |
| 4071 | (lambda () |
| 4072 | (interactive) |
| 4073 | (gnus-group-jump-to-group "nndraft:drafts"))) |
| 4074 | @end lisp |
| 4075 | |
| 4076 | On keys reserved for users in Emacs and on keybindings in general |
| 4077 | @xref{Keymaps, Keymaps, , emacs, The Emacs Editor}. |
| 4078 | |
| 4079 | @item ^ |
| 4080 | @kindex ^ (Group) |
| 4081 | @findex gnus-group-enter-server-mode |
| 4082 | Enter the server buffer (@code{gnus-group-enter-server-mode}). |
| 4083 | @xref{Server Buffer}. |
| 4084 | |
| 4085 | @item a |
| 4086 | @kindex a (Group) |
| 4087 | @findex gnus-group-post-news |
| 4088 | Start composing a message (a news by default) |
| 4089 | (@code{gnus-group-post-news}). If given a prefix, post to the group |
| 4090 | under the point. If the prefix is 1, prompt for a group to post to. |
| 4091 | Contrary to what the name of this function suggests, the prepared |
| 4092 | article might be a mail instead of a news, if a mail group is specified |
| 4093 | with the prefix argument. @xref{Composing Messages}. |
| 4094 | |
| 4095 | @item m |
| 4096 | @kindex m (Group) |
| 4097 | @findex gnus-group-mail |
| 4098 | Mail a message somewhere (@code{gnus-group-mail}). If given a prefix, |
| 4099 | use the posting style of the group under the point. If the prefix is 1, |
| 4100 | prompt for a group name to find the posting style. |
| 4101 | @xref{Composing Messages}. |
| 4102 | |
| 4103 | @item i |
| 4104 | @kindex i (Group) |
| 4105 | @findex gnus-group-news |
| 4106 | Start composing a news (@code{gnus-group-news}). If given a prefix, |
| 4107 | post to the group under the point. If the prefix is 1, prompt |
| 4108 | for group to post to. @xref{Composing Messages}. |
| 4109 | |
| 4110 | This function actually prepares a news even when using mail groups. |
| 4111 | This is useful for ``posting'' messages to mail groups without actually |
| 4112 | sending them over the network: they're just saved directly to the group |
| 4113 | in question. The corresponding back end must have a request-post method |
| 4114 | for this to work though. |
| 4115 | |
| 4116 | @end table |
| 4117 | |
| 4118 | Variables for the group buffer: |
| 4119 | |
| 4120 | @table @code |
| 4121 | |
| 4122 | @item gnus-group-mode-hook |
| 4123 | @vindex gnus-group-mode-hook |
| 4124 | is called after the group buffer has been |
| 4125 | created. |
| 4126 | |
| 4127 | @item gnus-group-prepare-hook |
| 4128 | @vindex gnus-group-prepare-hook |
| 4129 | is called after the group buffer is |
| 4130 | generated. It may be used to modify the buffer in some strange, |
| 4131 | unnatural way. |
| 4132 | |
| 4133 | @item gnus-group-prepared-hook |
| 4134 | @vindex gnus-group-prepare-hook |
| 4135 | is called as the very last thing after the group buffer has been |
| 4136 | generated. It may be used to move point around, for instance. |
| 4137 | |
| 4138 | @item gnus-permanently-visible-groups |
| 4139 | @vindex gnus-permanently-visible-groups |
| 4140 | Groups matching this regexp will always be listed in the group buffer, |
| 4141 | whether they are empty or not. |
| 4142 | |
| 4143 | @item gnus-group-name-charset-method-alist |
| 4144 | @vindex gnus-group-name-charset-method-alist |
| 4145 | An alist of method and the charset for group names. It is used to show |
| 4146 | non-@acronym{ASCII} group names. |
| 4147 | |
| 4148 | For example: |
| 4149 | @lisp |
| 4150 | (setq gnus-group-name-charset-method-alist |
| 4151 | '(((nntp "news.com.cn") . cn-gb-2312))) |
| 4152 | @end lisp |
| 4153 | |
| 4154 | @item gnus-group-name-charset-group-alist |
| 4155 | @cindex UTF-8 group names |
| 4156 | @vindex gnus-group-name-charset-group-alist |
| 4157 | An alist of regexp of group name and the charset for group names. It |
| 4158 | is used to show non-@acronym{ASCII} group names. @code{((".*" |
| 4159 | utf-8))} is the default value if UTF-8 is supported, otherwise the |
| 4160 | default is @code{nil}. |
| 4161 | |
| 4162 | For example: |
| 4163 | @lisp |
| 4164 | (setq gnus-group-name-charset-group-alist |
| 4165 | '(("\\.com\\.cn:" . cn-gb-2312))) |
| 4166 | @end lisp |
| 4167 | |
| 4168 | @end table |
| 4169 | |
| 4170 | @node Scanning New Messages |
| 4171 | @subsection Scanning New Messages |
| 4172 | @cindex new messages |
| 4173 | @cindex scanning new news |
| 4174 | |
| 4175 | @table @kbd |
| 4176 | |
| 4177 | @item g |
| 4178 | @kindex g (Group) |
| 4179 | @findex gnus-group-get-new-news |
| 4180 | @c @icon{gnus-group-get-new-news} |
| 4181 | Check the server(s) for new articles. If the numerical prefix is used, |
| 4182 | this command will check only groups of level @var{arg} and lower |
| 4183 | (@code{gnus-group-get-new-news}). If given a non-numerical prefix, this |
| 4184 | command will force a total re-reading of the active file(s) from the |
| 4185 | back end(s). |
| 4186 | |
| 4187 | @item M-g |
| 4188 | @kindex M-g (Group) |
| 4189 | @findex gnus-group-get-new-news-this-group |
| 4190 | @vindex gnus-goto-next-group-when-activating |
| 4191 | @c @icon{gnus-group-get-new-news-this-group} |
| 4192 | Check whether new articles have arrived in the current group |
| 4193 | (@code{gnus-group-get-new-news-this-group}). |
| 4194 | @code{gnus-goto-next-group-when-activating} says whether this command is |
| 4195 | to move point to the next group or not. It is @code{t} by default. |
| 4196 | |
| 4197 | @findex gnus-activate-all-groups |
| 4198 | @cindex activating groups |
| 4199 | @item C-c M-g |
| 4200 | @kindex C-c M-g (Group) |
| 4201 | Activate absolutely all groups (@code{gnus-activate-all-groups}). |
| 4202 | |
| 4203 | @item R |
| 4204 | @kindex R (Group) |
| 4205 | @cindex restarting |
| 4206 | @findex gnus-group-restart |
| 4207 | Restart Gnus (@code{gnus-group-restart}). This saves the @file{.newsrc} |
| 4208 | file(s), closes the connection to all servers, clears up all run-time |
| 4209 | Gnus variables, and then starts Gnus all over again. |
| 4210 | |
| 4211 | @end table |
| 4212 | |
| 4213 | @vindex gnus-get-new-news-hook |
| 4214 | @code{gnus-get-new-news-hook} is run just before checking for new news. |
| 4215 | |
| 4216 | @vindex gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook |
| 4217 | @code{gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook} is run after checking for new |
| 4218 | news. |
| 4219 | |
| 4220 | |
| 4221 | @node Group Information |
| 4222 | @subsection Group Information |
| 4223 | @cindex group information |
| 4224 | @cindex information on groups |
| 4225 | |
| 4226 | @table @kbd |
| 4227 | |
| 4228 | |
| 4229 | @item H f |
| 4230 | @kindex H f (Group) |
| 4231 | @findex gnus-group-fetch-faq |
| 4232 | @vindex gnus-group-faq-directory |
| 4233 | @cindex FAQ |
| 4234 | @cindex ange-ftp |
| 4235 | Try to fetch the @acronym{FAQ} for the current group |
| 4236 | (@code{gnus-group-fetch-faq}). Gnus will try to get the @acronym{FAQ} |
| 4237 | from @code{gnus-group-faq-directory}, which is usually a directory on |
| 4238 | a remote machine. This variable can also be a list of directories. |
| 4239 | In that case, giving a prefix to this command will allow you to choose |
| 4240 | between the various sites. @code{ange-ftp} (or @code{efs}) will be |
| 4241 | used for fetching the file. |
| 4242 | |
| 4243 | If fetching from the first site is unsuccessful, Gnus will attempt to go |
| 4244 | through @code{gnus-group-faq-directory} and try to open them one by one. |
| 4245 | |
| 4246 | @item H c |
| 4247 | @kindex H c (Group) |
| 4248 | @findex gnus-group-fetch-charter |
| 4249 | @vindex gnus-group-charter-alist |
| 4250 | @cindex charter |
| 4251 | Try to open the charter for the current group in a web browser |
| 4252 | (@code{gnus-group-fetch-charter}). Query for a group if given a |
| 4253 | prefix argument. |
| 4254 | |
| 4255 | Gnus will use @code{gnus-group-charter-alist} to find the location of |
| 4256 | the charter. If no location is known, Gnus will fetch the control |
| 4257 | messages for the group, which in some cases includes the charter. |
| 4258 | |
| 4259 | @item H C |
| 4260 | @kindex H C (Group) |
| 4261 | @findex gnus-group-fetch-control |
| 4262 | @vindex gnus-group-fetch-control-use-browse-url |
| 4263 | @cindex control message |
| 4264 | Fetch the control messages for the group from the archive at |
| 4265 | @code{ftp.isc.org} (@code{gnus-group-fetch-control}). Query for a |
| 4266 | group if given a prefix argument. |
| 4267 | |
| 4268 | If @code{gnus-group-fetch-control-use-browse-url} is non-@code{nil}, |
| 4269 | Gnus will open the control messages in a browser using |
| 4270 | @code{browse-url}. Otherwise they are fetched using @code{ange-ftp} |
| 4271 | and displayed in an ephemeral group. |
| 4272 | |
| 4273 | Note that the control messages are compressed. To use this command |
| 4274 | you need to turn on @code{auto-compression-mode} (@pxref{Compressed |
| 4275 | Files, ,Compressed Files, emacs, The Emacs Manual}). |
| 4276 | |
| 4277 | @item H d |
| 4278 | @itemx C-c C-d |
| 4279 | @c @icon{gnus-group-describe-group} |
| 4280 | @kindex H d (Group) |
| 4281 | @kindex C-c C-d (Group) |
| 4282 | @cindex describing groups |
| 4283 | @cindex group description |
| 4284 | @findex gnus-group-describe-group |
| 4285 | Describe the current group (@code{gnus-group-describe-group}). If given |
| 4286 | a prefix, force Gnus to re-read the description from the server. |
| 4287 | |
| 4288 | @item M-d |
| 4289 | @kindex M-d (Group) |
| 4290 | @findex gnus-group-describe-all-groups |
| 4291 | Describe all groups (@code{gnus-group-describe-all-groups}). If given a |
| 4292 | prefix, force Gnus to re-read the description file from the server. |
| 4293 | |
| 4294 | @item H v |
| 4295 | @itemx V |
| 4296 | @kindex V (Group) |
| 4297 | @kindex H v (Group) |
| 4298 | @cindex version |
| 4299 | @findex gnus-version |
| 4300 | Display current Gnus version numbers (@code{gnus-version}). |
| 4301 | |
| 4302 | @item ? |
| 4303 | @kindex ? (Group) |
| 4304 | @findex gnus-group-describe-briefly |
| 4305 | Give a very short help message (@code{gnus-group-describe-briefly}). |
| 4306 | |
| 4307 | @item C-c C-i |
| 4308 | @kindex C-c C-i (Group) |
| 4309 | @cindex info |
| 4310 | @cindex manual |
| 4311 | @findex gnus-info-find-node |
| 4312 | Go to the Gnus info node (@code{gnus-info-find-node}). |
| 4313 | @end table |
| 4314 | |
| 4315 | |
| 4316 | @node Group Timestamp |
| 4317 | @subsection Group Timestamp |
| 4318 | @cindex timestamps |
| 4319 | @cindex group timestamps |
| 4320 | |
| 4321 | It can be convenient to let Gnus keep track of when you last read a |
| 4322 | group. To set the ball rolling, you should add |
| 4323 | @code{gnus-group-set-timestamp} to @code{gnus-select-group-hook}: |
| 4324 | |
| 4325 | @lisp |
| 4326 | (add-hook 'gnus-select-group-hook 'gnus-group-set-timestamp) |
| 4327 | @end lisp |
| 4328 | |
| 4329 | After doing this, each time you enter a group, it'll be recorded. |
| 4330 | |
| 4331 | This information can be displayed in various ways---the easiest is to |
| 4332 | use the @samp{%d} spec in the group line format: |
| 4333 | |
| 4334 | @lisp |
| 4335 | (setq gnus-group-line-format |
| 4336 | "%M\%S\%p\%P\%5y: %(%-40,40g%) %d\n") |
| 4337 | @end lisp |
| 4338 | |
| 4339 | This will result in lines looking like: |
| 4340 | |
| 4341 | @example |
| 4342 | * 0: mail.ding 19961002T012943 |
| 4343 | 0: custom 19961002T012713 |
| 4344 | @end example |
| 4345 | |
| 4346 | As you can see, the date is displayed in compact ISO 8601 format. This |
| 4347 | may be a bit too much, so to just display the date, you could say |
| 4348 | something like: |
| 4349 | |
| 4350 | @lisp |
| 4351 | (setq gnus-group-line-format |
| 4352 | "%M\%S\%p\%P\%5y: %(%-40,40g%) %6,6~(cut 2)d\n") |
| 4353 | @end lisp |
| 4354 | |
| 4355 | If you would like greater control of the time format, you can use a |
| 4356 | user-defined format spec. Something like the following should do the |
| 4357 | trick: |
| 4358 | |
| 4359 | @lisp |
| 4360 | (setq gnus-group-line-format |
| 4361 | "%M\%S\%p\%P\%5y: %(%-40,40g%) %ud\n") |
| 4362 | (defun gnus-user-format-function-d (headers) |
| 4363 | (let ((time (gnus-group-timestamp gnus-tmp-group))) |
| 4364 | (if time |
| 4365 | (format-time-string "%b %d %H:%M" time) |
| 4366 | ""))) |
| 4367 | @end lisp |
| 4368 | |
| 4369 | |
| 4370 | @node File Commands |
| 4371 | @subsection File Commands |
| 4372 | @cindex file commands |
| 4373 | |
| 4374 | @table @kbd |
| 4375 | |
| 4376 | @item r |
| 4377 | @kindex r (Group) |
| 4378 | @findex gnus-group-read-init-file |
| 4379 | @vindex gnus-init-file |
| 4380 | @cindex reading init file |
| 4381 | Re-read the init file (@code{gnus-init-file}, which defaults to |
| 4382 | @file{~/.gnus.el}) (@code{gnus-group-read-init-file}). |
| 4383 | |
| 4384 | @item s |
| 4385 | @kindex s (Group) |
| 4386 | @findex gnus-group-save-newsrc |
| 4387 | @cindex saving .newsrc |
| 4388 | Save the @file{.newsrc.eld} file (and @file{.newsrc} if wanted) |
| 4389 | (@code{gnus-group-save-newsrc}). If given a prefix, force saving the |
| 4390 | file(s) whether Gnus thinks it is necessary or not. |
| 4391 | |
| 4392 | @c @item Z |
| 4393 | @c @kindex Z (Group) |
| 4394 | @c @findex gnus-group-clear-dribble |
| 4395 | @c Clear the dribble buffer (@code{gnus-group-clear-dribble}). |
| 4396 | |
| 4397 | @end table |
| 4398 | |
| 4399 | |
| 4400 | @node Sieve Commands |
| 4401 | @subsection Sieve Commands |
| 4402 | @cindex group sieve commands |
| 4403 | |
| 4404 | Sieve is a server-side mail filtering language. In Gnus you can use |
| 4405 | the @code{sieve} group parameter (@pxref{Group Parameters}) to specify |
| 4406 | sieve rules that should apply to each group. Gnus provides two |
| 4407 | commands to translate all these group parameters into a proper Sieve |
| 4408 | script that can be transfered to the server somehow. |
| 4409 | |
| 4410 | @vindex gnus-sieve-file |
| 4411 | @vindex gnus-sieve-region-start |
| 4412 | @vindex gnus-sieve-region-end |
| 4413 | The generated Sieve script is placed in @code{gnus-sieve-file} (by |
| 4414 | default @file{~/.sieve}). The Sieve code that Gnus generate is placed |
| 4415 | between two delimiters, @code{gnus-sieve-region-start} and |
| 4416 | @code{gnus-sieve-region-end}, so you may write additional Sieve code |
| 4417 | outside these delimiters that will not be removed the next time you |
| 4418 | regenerate the Sieve script. |
| 4419 | |
| 4420 | @vindex gnus-sieve-crosspost |
| 4421 | The variable @code{gnus-sieve-crosspost} controls how the Sieve script |
| 4422 | is generated. If it is non-@code{nil} (the default) articles is |
| 4423 | placed in all groups that have matching rules, otherwise the article |
| 4424 | is only placed in the group with the first matching rule. For |
| 4425 | example, the group parameter @samp{(sieve address "sender" |
| 4426 | "owner-ding@@hpc.uh.edu")} will generate the following piece of Sieve |
| 4427 | code if @code{gnus-sieve-crosspost} is @code{nil}. (When |
| 4428 | @code{gnus-sieve-crosspost} is non-@code{nil}, it looks the same |
| 4429 | except that the line containing the call to @code{stop} is removed.) |
| 4430 | |
| 4431 | @example |
| 4432 | if address "sender" "owner-ding@@hpc.uh.edu" @{ |
| 4433 | fileinto "INBOX.ding"; |
| 4434 | stop; |
| 4435 | @} |
| 4436 | @end example |
| 4437 | |
| 4438 | @xref{Top, Emacs Sieve, Top, sieve, Emacs Sieve}. |
| 4439 | |
| 4440 | @table @kbd |
| 4441 | |
| 4442 | @item D g |
| 4443 | @kindex D g (Group) |
| 4444 | @findex gnus-sieve-generate |
| 4445 | @vindex gnus-sieve-file |
| 4446 | @cindex generating sieve script |
| 4447 | Regenerate a Sieve script from the @code{sieve} group parameters and |
| 4448 | put you into the @code{gnus-sieve-file} without saving it. |
| 4449 | |
| 4450 | @item D u |
| 4451 | @kindex D u (Group) |
| 4452 | @findex gnus-sieve-update |
| 4453 | @vindex gnus-sieve-file |
| 4454 | @cindex updating sieve script |
| 4455 | Regenerates the Gnus managed part of @code{gnus-sieve-file} using the |
| 4456 | @code{sieve} group parameters, save the file and upload it to the |
| 4457 | server using the @code{sieveshell} program. |
| 4458 | |
| 4459 | @end table |
| 4460 | |
| 4461 | |
| 4462 | @node Summary Buffer |
| 4463 | @chapter Summary Buffer |
| 4464 | @cindex summary buffer |
| 4465 | |
| 4466 | A line for each article is displayed in the summary buffer. You can |
| 4467 | move around, read articles, post articles and reply to articles. |
| 4468 | |
| 4469 | The most common way to a summary buffer is to select a group from the |
| 4470 | group buffer (@pxref{Selecting a Group}). |
| 4471 | |
| 4472 | You can have as many summary buffers open as you wish. |
| 4473 | |
| 4474 | You can customize the Summary Mode tool bar, see @kbd{M-x |
| 4475 | customize-apropos RET gnus-summary-tool-bar}. This feature is only |
| 4476 | available in Emacs. |
| 4477 | |
| 4478 | @kindex v (Summary) |
| 4479 | @cindex keys, reserved for users (Summary) |
| 4480 | The key @kbd{v} is reserved for users. You can bind it key to some |
| 4481 | function or better use it as a prefix key. For example: |
| 4482 | @lisp |
| 4483 | (define-key gnus-summary-mode-map (kbd "v -") "LrS") ;; lower subthread |
| 4484 | @end lisp |
| 4485 | |
| 4486 | @menu |
| 4487 | * Summary Buffer Format:: Deciding how the summary buffer is to look. |
| 4488 | * Summary Maneuvering:: Moving around the summary buffer. |
| 4489 | * Choosing Articles:: Reading articles. |
| 4490 | * Paging the Article:: Scrolling the current article. |
| 4491 | * Reply Followup and Post:: Posting articles. |
| 4492 | * Delayed Articles:: Send articles at a later time. |
| 4493 | * Marking Articles:: Marking articles as read, expirable, etc. |
| 4494 | * Limiting:: You can limit the summary buffer. |
| 4495 | * Threading:: How threads are made. |
| 4496 | * Sorting the Summary Buffer:: How articles and threads are sorted. |
| 4497 | * Asynchronous Fetching:: Gnus might be able to pre-fetch articles. |
| 4498 | * Article Caching:: You may store articles in a cache. |
| 4499 | * Persistent Articles:: Making articles expiry-resistant. |
| 4500 | * Article Backlog:: Having already read articles hang around. |
| 4501 | * Saving Articles:: Ways of customizing article saving. |
| 4502 | * Decoding Articles:: Gnus can treat series of (uu)encoded articles. |
| 4503 | * Article Treatment:: The article buffer can be mangled at will. |
| 4504 | * MIME Commands:: Doing MIMEy things with the articles. |
| 4505 | * Charsets:: Character set issues. |
| 4506 | * Article Commands:: Doing various things with the article buffer. |
| 4507 | * Summary Sorting:: Sorting the summary buffer in various ways. |
| 4508 | * Finding the Parent:: No child support? Get the parent. |
| 4509 | * Alternative Approaches:: Reading using non-default summaries. |
| 4510 | * Tree Display:: A more visual display of threads. |
| 4511 | * Mail Group Commands:: Some commands can only be used in mail groups. |
| 4512 | * Various Summary Stuff:: What didn't fit anywhere else. |
| 4513 | * Exiting the Summary Buffer:: Returning to the Group buffer, |
| 4514 | or reselecting the current group. |
| 4515 | * Crosspost Handling:: How crossposted articles are dealt with. |
| 4516 | * Duplicate Suppression:: An alternative when crosspost handling fails. |
| 4517 | * Security:: Decrypt and Verify. |
| 4518 | * Mailing List:: Mailing list minor mode. |
| 4519 | @end menu |
| 4520 | |
| 4521 | |
| 4522 | @node Summary Buffer Format |
| 4523 | @section Summary Buffer Format |
| 4524 | @cindex summary buffer format |
| 4525 | |
| 4526 | @iftex |
| 4527 | @iflatex |
| 4528 | \gnusfigure{The Summary Buffer}{180}{ |
| 4529 | \put(0,0){\epsfig{figure=ps/summary,width=7.5cm}} |
| 4530 | \put(445,0){\makebox(0,0)[br]{\epsfig{figure=ps/summary-article,width=7.5cm}}} |
| 4531 | } |
| 4532 | @end iflatex |
| 4533 | @end iftex |
| 4534 | |
| 4535 | @menu |
| 4536 | * Summary Buffer Lines:: You can specify how summary lines should look. |
| 4537 | * To From Newsgroups:: How to not display your own name. |
| 4538 | * Summary Buffer Mode Line:: You can say how the mode line should look. |
| 4539 | * Summary Highlighting:: Making the summary buffer all pretty and nice. |
| 4540 | @end menu |
| 4541 | |
| 4542 | @findex mail-extract-address-components |
| 4543 | @findex gnus-extract-address-components |
| 4544 | @vindex gnus-extract-address-components |
| 4545 | Gnus will use the value of the @code{gnus-extract-address-components} |
| 4546 | variable as a function for getting the name and address parts of a |
| 4547 | @code{From} header. Two pre-defined functions exist: |
| 4548 | @code{gnus-extract-address-components}, which is the default, quite |
| 4549 | fast, and too simplistic solution; and |
| 4550 | @code{mail-extract-address-components}, which works very nicely, but is |
| 4551 | slower. The default function will return the wrong answer in 5% of the |
| 4552 | cases. If this is unacceptable to you, use the other function instead: |
| 4553 | |
| 4554 | @lisp |
| 4555 | (setq gnus-extract-address-components |
| 4556 | 'mail-extract-address-components) |
| 4557 | @end lisp |
| 4558 | |
| 4559 | @vindex gnus-summary-same-subject |
| 4560 | @code{gnus-summary-same-subject} is a string indicating that the current |
| 4561 | article has the same subject as the previous. This string will be used |
| 4562 | with those specs that require it. The default is @code{""}. |
| 4563 | |
| 4564 | |
| 4565 | @node Summary Buffer Lines |
| 4566 | @subsection Summary Buffer Lines |
| 4567 | |
| 4568 | @vindex gnus-summary-line-format |
| 4569 | You can change the format of the lines in the summary buffer by changing |
| 4570 | the @code{gnus-summary-line-format} variable. It works along the same |
| 4571 | lines as a normal @code{format} string, with some extensions |
| 4572 | (@pxref{Formatting Variables}). |
| 4573 | |
| 4574 | There should always be a colon or a point position marker on the line; |
| 4575 | the cursor always moves to the point position marker or the colon after |
| 4576 | performing an operation. (Of course, Gnus wouldn't be Gnus if it wasn't |
| 4577 | possible to change this. Just write a new function |
| 4578 | @code{gnus-goto-colon} which does whatever you like with the cursor.) |
| 4579 | @xref{Positioning Point}. |
| 4580 | |
| 4581 | The default string is @samp{%U%R%z%I%(%[%4L: %-23,23f%]%) %s\n}. |
| 4582 | |
| 4583 | The following format specification characters and extended format |
| 4584 | specification(s) are understood: |
| 4585 | |
| 4586 | @table @samp |
| 4587 | @item N |
| 4588 | Article number. |
| 4589 | @item S |
| 4590 | Subject string. List identifiers stripped, |
| 4591 | @code{gnus-list-identifiers}. @xref{Article Hiding}. |
| 4592 | @item s |
| 4593 | Subject if the article is the root of the thread or the previous article |
| 4594 | had a different subject, @code{gnus-summary-same-subject} otherwise. |
| 4595 | (@code{gnus-summary-same-subject} defaults to @code{""}.) |
| 4596 | @item F |
| 4597 | Full @code{From} header. |
| 4598 | @item n |
| 4599 | The name (from the @code{From} header). |
| 4600 | @item f |
| 4601 | The name, @code{To} header or the @code{Newsgroups} header (@pxref{To |
| 4602 | From Newsgroups}). |
| 4603 | @item a |
| 4604 | The name (from the @code{From} header). This differs from the @code{n} |
| 4605 | spec in that it uses the function designated by the |
| 4606 | @code{gnus-extract-address-components} variable, which is slower, but |
| 4607 | may be more thorough. |
| 4608 | @item A |
| 4609 | The address (from the @code{From} header). This works the same way as |
| 4610 | the @code{a} spec. |
| 4611 | @item L |
| 4612 | Number of lines in the article. |
| 4613 | @item c |
| 4614 | Number of characters in the article. This specifier is not supported |
| 4615 | in some methods (like nnfolder). |
| 4616 | @item k |
| 4617 | Pretty-printed version of the number of characters in the article; |
| 4618 | for example, @samp{1.2k} or @samp{0.4M}. |
| 4619 | @item I |
| 4620 | Indentation based on thread level (@pxref{Customizing Threading}). |
| 4621 | @item B |
| 4622 | A complex trn-style thread tree, showing response-connecting trace |
| 4623 | lines. A thread could be drawn like this: |
| 4624 | |
| 4625 | @example |
| 4626 | > |
| 4627 | +-> |
| 4628 | | +-> |
| 4629 | | | \-> |
| 4630 | | | \-> |
| 4631 | | \-> |
| 4632 | +-> |
| 4633 | \-> |
| 4634 | @end example |
| 4635 | |
| 4636 | You can customize the appearance with the following options. Note |
| 4637 | that it is possible to make the thread display look really neat by |
| 4638 | replacing the default @acronym{ASCII} characters with graphic |
| 4639 | line-drawing glyphs. |
| 4640 | @table @code |
| 4641 | @item gnus-sum-thread-tree-root |
| 4642 | @vindex gnus-sum-thread-tree-root |
| 4643 | Used for the root of a thread. If @code{nil}, use subject |
| 4644 | instead. The default is @samp{> }. |
| 4645 | |
| 4646 | @item gnus-sum-thread-tree-false-root |
| 4647 | @vindex gnus-sum-thread-tree-false-root |
| 4648 | Used for the false root of a thread (@pxref{Loose Threads}). If |
| 4649 | @code{nil}, use subject instead. The default is @samp{> }. |
| 4650 | |
| 4651 | @item gnus-sum-thread-tree-single-indent |
| 4652 | @vindex gnus-sum-thread-tree-single-indent |
| 4653 | Used for a thread with just one message. If @code{nil}, use subject |
| 4654 | instead. The default is @samp{}. |
| 4655 | |
| 4656 | @item gnus-sum-thread-tree-vertical |
| 4657 | @vindex gnus-sum-thread-tree-vertical |
| 4658 | Used for drawing a vertical line. The default is @samp{| }. |
| 4659 | |
| 4660 | @item gnus-sum-thread-tree-indent |
| 4661 | @vindex gnus-sum-thread-tree-indent |
| 4662 | Used for indenting. The default is @samp{ }. |
| 4663 | |
| 4664 | @item gnus-sum-thread-tree-leaf-with-other |
| 4665 | @vindex gnus-sum-thread-tree-leaf-with-other |
| 4666 | Used for a leaf with brothers. The default is @samp{+-> }. |
| 4667 | |
| 4668 | @item gnus-sum-thread-tree-single-leaf |
| 4669 | @vindex gnus-sum-thread-tree-single-leaf |
| 4670 | Used for a leaf without brothers. The default is @samp{\-> } |
| 4671 | |
| 4672 | @end table |
| 4673 | |
| 4674 | @item T |
| 4675 | Nothing if the article is a root and lots of spaces if it isn't (it |
| 4676 | pushes everything after it off the screen). |
| 4677 | @item [ |
| 4678 | Opening bracket, which is normally @samp{[}, but can also be @samp{<} |
| 4679 | for adopted articles (@pxref{Customizing Threading}). |
| 4680 | @item ] |
| 4681 | Closing bracket, which is normally @samp{]}, but can also be @samp{>} |
| 4682 | for adopted articles. |
| 4683 | @item > |
| 4684 | One space for each thread level. |
| 4685 | @item < |
| 4686 | Twenty minus thread level spaces. |
| 4687 | @item U |
| 4688 | Unread. @xref{Read Articles}. |
| 4689 | |
| 4690 | @item R |
| 4691 | This misleadingly named specifier is the @dfn{secondary mark}. This |
| 4692 | mark will say whether the article has been replied to, has been cached, |
| 4693 | or has been saved. @xref{Other Marks}. |
| 4694 | |
| 4695 | @item i |
| 4696 | Score as a number (@pxref{Scoring}). |
| 4697 | @item z |
| 4698 | @vindex gnus-summary-zcore-fuzz |
| 4699 | Zcore, @samp{+} if above the default level and @samp{-} if below the |
| 4700 | default level. If the difference between |
| 4701 | @code{gnus-summary-default-score} and the score is less than |
| 4702 | @code{gnus-summary-zcore-fuzz}, this spec will not be used. |
| 4703 | @item V |
| 4704 | Total thread score. |
| 4705 | @item x |
| 4706 | @code{Xref}. |
| 4707 | @item D |
| 4708 | @code{Date}. |
| 4709 | @item d |
| 4710 | The @code{Date} in @code{DD-MMM} format. |
| 4711 | @item o |
| 4712 | The @code{Date} in @var{YYYYMMDD}@code{T}@var{HHMMSS} format. |
| 4713 | @item M |
| 4714 | @code{Message-ID}. |
| 4715 | @item r |
| 4716 | @code{References}. |
| 4717 | @item t |
| 4718 | Number of articles in the current sub-thread. Using this spec will slow |
| 4719 | down summary buffer generation somewhat. |
| 4720 | @item e |
| 4721 | An @samp{=} (@code{gnus-not-empty-thread-mark}) will be displayed if the |
| 4722 | article has any children. |
| 4723 | @item P |
| 4724 | The line number. |
| 4725 | @item O |
| 4726 | Download mark. |
| 4727 | @item * |
| 4728 | Desired cursor position (instead of after first colon). |
| 4729 | @item &user-date; |
| 4730 | Age sensitive date format. Various date format is defined in |
| 4731 | @code{gnus-user-date-format-alist}. |
| 4732 | @item u |
| 4733 | User defined specifier. The next character in the format string should |
| 4734 | be a letter. Gnus will call the function |
| 4735 | @code{gnus-user-format-function-@var{x}}, where @var{x} is the letter |
| 4736 | following @samp{%u}. The function will be passed the current header as |
| 4737 | argument. The function should return a string, which will be inserted |
| 4738 | into the summary just like information from any other summary specifier. |
| 4739 | @end table |
| 4740 | |
| 4741 | Text between @samp{%(} and @samp{%)} will be highlighted with |
| 4742 | @code{gnus-mouse-face} when the mouse point is placed inside the area. |
| 4743 | There can only be one such area. |
| 4744 | |
| 4745 | The @samp{%U} (status), @samp{%R} (replied) and @samp{%z} (zcore) specs |
| 4746 | have to be handled with care. For reasons of efficiency, Gnus will |
| 4747 | compute what column these characters will end up in, and ``hard-code'' |
| 4748 | that. This means that it is invalid to have these specs after a |
| 4749 | variable-length spec. Well, you might not be arrested, but your summary |
| 4750 | buffer will look strange, which is bad enough. |
| 4751 | |
| 4752 | The smart choice is to have these specs as far to the left as possible. |
| 4753 | (Isn't that the case with everything, though? But I digress.) |
| 4754 | |
| 4755 | This restriction may disappear in later versions of Gnus. |
| 4756 | |
| 4757 | |
| 4758 | @node To From Newsgroups |
| 4759 | @subsection To From Newsgroups |
| 4760 | @cindex To |
| 4761 | @cindex Newsgroups |
| 4762 | |
| 4763 | In some groups (particularly in archive groups), the @code{From} header |
| 4764 | isn't very interesting, since all the articles there are written by |
| 4765 | you. To display the information in the @code{To} or @code{Newsgroups} |
| 4766 | headers instead, you need to decide three things: What information to |
| 4767 | gather; where to display it; and when to display it. |
| 4768 | |
| 4769 | @enumerate |
| 4770 | @item |
| 4771 | @vindex gnus-extra-headers |
| 4772 | The reading of extra header information is controlled by the |
| 4773 | @code{gnus-extra-headers}. This is a list of header symbols. For |
| 4774 | instance: |
| 4775 | |
| 4776 | @lisp |
| 4777 | (setq gnus-extra-headers |
| 4778 | '(To Newsgroups X-Newsreader)) |
| 4779 | @end lisp |
| 4780 | |
| 4781 | This will result in Gnus trying to obtain these three headers, and |
| 4782 | storing it in header structures for later easy retrieval. |
| 4783 | |
| 4784 | @item |
| 4785 | @findex gnus-extra-header |
| 4786 | The value of these extra headers can be accessed via the |
| 4787 | @code{gnus-extra-header} function. Here's a format line spec that will |
| 4788 | access the @code{X-Newsreader} header: |
| 4789 | |
| 4790 | @example |
| 4791 | "%~(form (gnus-extra-header 'X-Newsreader))@@" |
| 4792 | @end example |
| 4793 | |
| 4794 | @item |
| 4795 | @vindex gnus-ignored-from-addresses |
| 4796 | The @code{gnus-ignored-from-addresses} variable says when the @samp{%f} |
| 4797 | summary line spec returns the @code{To}, @code{Newsreader} or |
| 4798 | @code{From} header. If this regexp matches the contents of the |
| 4799 | @code{From} header, the value of the @code{To} or @code{Newsreader} |
| 4800 | headers are used instead. |
| 4801 | |
| 4802 | @end enumerate |
| 4803 | |
| 4804 | @vindex nnmail-extra-headers |
| 4805 | A related variable is @code{nnmail-extra-headers}, which controls when |
| 4806 | to include extra headers when generating overview (@acronym{NOV}) files. |
| 4807 | If you have old overview files, you should regenerate them after |
| 4808 | changing this variable, by entering the server buffer using @kbd{^}, |
| 4809 | and then @kbd{g} on the appropriate mail server (e.g. nnml) to cause |
| 4810 | regeneration. |
| 4811 | |
| 4812 | @vindex gnus-summary-line-format |
| 4813 | You also have to instruct Gnus to display the data by changing the |
| 4814 | @code{%n} spec to the @code{%f} spec in the |
| 4815 | @code{gnus-summary-line-format} variable. |
| 4816 | |
| 4817 | In summary, you'd typically put something like the following in |
| 4818 | @file{~/.gnus.el}: |
| 4819 | |
| 4820 | @lisp |
| 4821 | (setq gnus-extra-headers |
| 4822 | '(To Newsgroups)) |
| 4823 | (setq nnmail-extra-headers gnus-extra-headers) |
| 4824 | (setq gnus-summary-line-format |
| 4825 | "%U%R%z%I%(%[%4L: %-23,23f%]%) %s\n") |
| 4826 | (setq gnus-ignored-from-addresses |
| 4827 | "Your Name Here") |
| 4828 | @end lisp |
| 4829 | |
| 4830 | (The values listed above are the default values in Gnus. Alter them |
| 4831 | to fit your needs.) |
| 4832 | |
| 4833 | A note for news server administrators, or for users who wish to try to |
| 4834 | convince their news server administrator to provide some additional |
| 4835 | support: |
| 4836 | |
| 4837 | The above is mostly useful for mail groups, where you have control over |
| 4838 | the @acronym{NOV} files that are created. However, if you can persuade your |
| 4839 | nntp admin to add (in the usual implementation, notably INN): |
| 4840 | |
| 4841 | @example |
| 4842 | Newsgroups:full |
| 4843 | @end example |
| 4844 | |
| 4845 | to the end of her @file{overview.fmt} file, then you can use that just |
| 4846 | as you would the extra headers from the mail groups. |
| 4847 | |
| 4848 | |
| 4849 | @node Summary Buffer Mode Line |
| 4850 | @subsection Summary Buffer Mode Line |
| 4851 | |
| 4852 | @vindex gnus-summary-mode-line-format |
| 4853 | You can also change the format of the summary mode bar (@pxref{Mode Line |
| 4854 | Formatting}). Set @code{gnus-summary-mode-line-format} to whatever you |
| 4855 | like. The default is @samp{Gnus: %%b [%A] %Z}. |
| 4856 | |
| 4857 | Here are the elements you can play with: |
| 4858 | |
| 4859 | @table @samp |
| 4860 | @item G |
| 4861 | Group name. |
| 4862 | @item p |
| 4863 | Unprefixed group name. |
| 4864 | @item A |
| 4865 | Current article number. |
| 4866 | @item z |
| 4867 | Current article score. |
| 4868 | @item V |
| 4869 | Gnus version. |
| 4870 | @item U |
| 4871 | Number of unread articles in this group. |
| 4872 | @item e |
| 4873 | Number of unread articles in this group that aren't displayed in the |
| 4874 | summary buffer. |
| 4875 | @item Z |
| 4876 | A string with the number of unread and unselected articles represented |
| 4877 | either as @samp{<%U(+%e) more>} if there are both unread and unselected |
| 4878 | articles, and just as @samp{<%U more>} if there are just unread articles |
| 4879 | and no unselected ones. |
| 4880 | @item g |
| 4881 | Shortish group name. For instance, @samp{rec.arts.anime} will be |
| 4882 | shortened to @samp{r.a.anime}. |
| 4883 | @item S |
| 4884 | Subject of the current article. |
| 4885 | @item u |
| 4886 | User-defined spec (@pxref{User-Defined Specs}). |
| 4887 | @item s |
| 4888 | Name of the current score file (@pxref{Scoring}). |
| 4889 | @item d |
| 4890 | Number of dormant articles (@pxref{Unread Articles}). |
| 4891 | @item t |
| 4892 | Number of ticked articles (@pxref{Unread Articles}). |
| 4893 | @item r |
| 4894 | Number of articles that have been marked as read in this session. |
| 4895 | @item E |
| 4896 | Number of articles expunged by the score files. |
| 4897 | @end table |
| 4898 | |
| 4899 | |
| 4900 | @node Summary Highlighting |
| 4901 | @subsection Summary Highlighting |
| 4902 | |
| 4903 | @table @code |
| 4904 | |
| 4905 | @item gnus-visual-mark-article-hook |
| 4906 | @vindex gnus-visual-mark-article-hook |
| 4907 | This hook is run after selecting an article. It is meant to be used for |
| 4908 | highlighting the article in some way. It is not run if |
| 4909 | @code{gnus-visual} is @code{nil}. |
| 4910 | |
| 4911 | @item gnus-summary-update-hook |
| 4912 | @vindex gnus-summary-update-hook |
| 4913 | This hook is called when a summary line is changed. It is not run if |
| 4914 | @code{gnus-visual} is @code{nil}. |
| 4915 | |
| 4916 | @item gnus-summary-selected-face |
| 4917 | @vindex gnus-summary-selected-face |
| 4918 | This is the face (or @dfn{font} as some people call it) used to |
| 4919 | highlight the current article in the summary buffer. |
| 4920 | |
| 4921 | @item gnus-summary-highlight |
| 4922 | @vindex gnus-summary-highlight |
| 4923 | Summary lines are highlighted according to this variable, which is a |
| 4924 | list where the elements are of the format @code{(@var{form} |
| 4925 | . @var{face})}. If you would, for instance, like ticked articles to be |
| 4926 | italic and high-scored articles to be bold, you could set this variable |
| 4927 | to something like |
| 4928 | @lisp |
| 4929 | (((eq mark gnus-ticked-mark) . italic) |
| 4930 | ((> score default) . bold)) |
| 4931 | @end lisp |
| 4932 | As you may have guessed, if @var{form} returns a non-@code{nil} value, |
| 4933 | @var{face} will be applied to the line. |
| 4934 | @end table |
| 4935 | |
| 4936 | |
| 4937 | @node Summary Maneuvering |
| 4938 | @section Summary Maneuvering |
| 4939 | @cindex summary movement |
| 4940 | |
| 4941 | All the straight movement commands understand the numeric prefix and |
| 4942 | behave pretty much as you'd expect. |
| 4943 | |
| 4944 | None of these commands select articles. |
| 4945 | |
| 4946 | @table @kbd |
| 4947 | @item G M-n |
| 4948 | @itemx M-n |
| 4949 | @kindex M-n (Summary) |
| 4950 | @kindex G M-n (Summary) |
| 4951 | @findex gnus-summary-next-unread-subject |
| 4952 | Go to the next summary line of an unread article |
| 4953 | (@code{gnus-summary-next-unread-subject}). |
| 4954 | |
| 4955 | @item G M-p |
| 4956 | @itemx M-p |
| 4957 | @kindex M-p (Summary) |
| 4958 | @kindex G M-p (Summary) |
| 4959 | @findex gnus-summary-prev-unread-subject |
| 4960 | Go to the previous summary line of an unread article |
| 4961 | (@code{gnus-summary-prev-unread-subject}). |
| 4962 | |
| 4963 | @item G g |
| 4964 | @kindex G g (Summary) |
| 4965 | @findex gnus-summary-goto-subject |
| 4966 | Ask for an article number and then go to the summary line of that article |
| 4967 | without displaying the article (@code{gnus-summary-goto-subject}). |
| 4968 | @end table |
| 4969 | |
| 4970 | If Gnus asks you to press a key to confirm going to the next group, you |
| 4971 | can use the @kbd{C-n} and @kbd{C-p} keys to move around the group |
| 4972 | buffer, searching for the next group to read without actually returning |
| 4973 | to the group buffer. |
| 4974 | |
| 4975 | Variables related to summary movement: |
| 4976 | |
| 4977 | @table @code |
| 4978 | |
| 4979 | @vindex gnus-auto-select-next |
| 4980 | @item gnus-auto-select-next |
| 4981 | If you issue one of the movement commands (like @kbd{n}) and there are |
| 4982 | no more unread articles after the current one, Gnus will offer to go to |
| 4983 | the next group. If this variable is @code{t} and the next group is |
| 4984 | empty, Gnus will exit summary mode and return to the group buffer. If |
| 4985 | this variable is neither @code{t} nor @code{nil}, Gnus will select the |
| 4986 | next group with unread articles. As a special case, if this variable |
| 4987 | is @code{quietly}, Gnus will select the next group without asking for |
| 4988 | confirmation. If this variable is @code{almost-quietly}, the same |
| 4989 | will happen only if you are located on the last article in the group. |
| 4990 | Finally, if this variable is @code{slightly-quietly}, the @kbd{Z n} |
| 4991 | command will go to the next group without confirmation. Also |
| 4992 | @pxref{Group Levels}. |
| 4993 | |
| 4994 | @item gnus-auto-select-same |
| 4995 | @vindex gnus-auto-select-same |
| 4996 | If non-@code{nil}, all the movement commands will try to go to the next |
| 4997 | article with the same subject as the current. (@dfn{Same} here might |
| 4998 | mean @dfn{roughly equal}. See @code{gnus-summary-gather-subject-limit} |
| 4999 | for details (@pxref{Customizing Threading}).) If there are no more |
| 5000 | articles with the same subject, go to the first unread article. |
| 5001 | |
| 5002 | This variable is not particularly useful if you use a threaded display. |
| 5003 | |
| 5004 | @item gnus-summary-check-current |
| 5005 | @vindex gnus-summary-check-current |
| 5006 | If non-@code{nil}, all the ``unread'' movement commands will not proceed |
| 5007 | to the next (or previous) article if the current article is unread. |
| 5008 | Instead, they will choose the current article. |
| 5009 | |
| 5010 | @item gnus-auto-center-summary |
| 5011 | @vindex gnus-auto-center-summary |
| 5012 | If non-@code{nil}, Gnus will keep the point in the summary buffer |
| 5013 | centered at all times. This makes things quite tidy, but if you have a |
| 5014 | slow network connection, or simply do not like this un-Emacsism, you can |
| 5015 | set this variable to @code{nil} to get the normal Emacs scrolling |
| 5016 | action. This will also inhibit horizontal re-centering of the summary |
| 5017 | buffer, which might make it more inconvenient to read extremely long |
| 5018 | threads. |
| 5019 | |
| 5020 | This variable can also be a number. In that case, center the window at |
| 5021 | the given number of lines from the top. |
| 5022 | |
| 5023 | @end table |
| 5024 | |
| 5025 | |
| 5026 | @node Choosing Articles |
| 5027 | @section Choosing Articles |
| 5028 | @cindex selecting articles |
| 5029 | |
| 5030 | @menu |
| 5031 | * Choosing Commands:: Commands for choosing articles. |
| 5032 | * Choosing Variables:: Variables that influence these commands. |
| 5033 | @end menu |
| 5034 | |
| 5035 | |
| 5036 | @node Choosing Commands |
| 5037 | @subsection Choosing Commands |
| 5038 | |
| 5039 | None of the following movement commands understand the numeric prefix, |
| 5040 | and they all select and display an article. |
| 5041 | |
| 5042 | If you want to fetch new articles or redisplay the group, see |
| 5043 | @ref{Exiting the Summary Buffer}. |
| 5044 | |
| 5045 | @table @kbd |
| 5046 | @item SPACE |
| 5047 | @kindex SPACE (Summary) |
| 5048 | @findex gnus-summary-next-page |
| 5049 | Select the current article, or, if that one's read already, the next |
| 5050 | unread article (@code{gnus-summary-next-page}). |
| 5051 | |
| 5052 | If you have an article window open already and you press @kbd{SPACE} |
| 5053 | again, the article will be scrolled. This lets you conveniently |
| 5054 | @kbd{SPACE} through an entire newsgroup. @xref{Paging the Article}. |
| 5055 | |
| 5056 | @item G n |
| 5057 | @itemx n |
| 5058 | @kindex n (Summary) |
| 5059 | @kindex G n (Summary) |
| 5060 | @findex gnus-summary-next-unread-article |
| 5061 | @c @icon{gnus-summary-next-unread} |
| 5062 | Go to next unread article (@code{gnus-summary-next-unread-article}). |
| 5063 | |
| 5064 | @item G p |
| 5065 | @itemx p |
| 5066 | @kindex p (Summary) |
| 5067 | @findex gnus-summary-prev-unread-article |
| 5068 | @c @icon{gnus-summary-prev-unread} |
| 5069 | Go to previous unread article (@code{gnus-summary-prev-unread-article}). |
| 5070 | |
| 5071 | @item G N |
| 5072 | @itemx N |
| 5073 | @kindex N (Summary) |
| 5074 | @kindex G N (Summary) |
| 5075 | @findex gnus-summary-next-article |
| 5076 | Go to the next article (@code{gnus-summary-next-article}). |
| 5077 | |
| 5078 | @item G P |
| 5079 | @itemx P |
| 5080 | @kindex P (Summary) |
| 5081 | @kindex G P (Summary) |
| 5082 | @findex gnus-summary-prev-article |
| 5083 | Go to the previous article (@code{gnus-summary-prev-article}). |
| 5084 | |
| 5085 | @item G C-n |
| 5086 | @kindex G C-n (Summary) |
| 5087 | @findex gnus-summary-next-same-subject |
| 5088 | Go to the next article with the same subject |
| 5089 | (@code{gnus-summary-next-same-subject}). |
| 5090 | |
| 5091 | @item G C-p |
| 5092 | @kindex G C-p (Summary) |
| 5093 | @findex gnus-summary-prev-same-subject |
| 5094 | Go to the previous article with the same subject |
| 5095 | (@code{gnus-summary-prev-same-subject}). |
| 5096 | |
| 5097 | @item G f |
| 5098 | @itemx . |
| 5099 | @kindex G f (Summary) |
| 5100 | @kindex . (Summary) |
| 5101 | @findex gnus-summary-first-unread-article |
| 5102 | Go to the first unread article |
| 5103 | (@code{gnus-summary-first-unread-article}). |
| 5104 | |
| 5105 | @item G b |
| 5106 | @itemx , |
| 5107 | @kindex G b (Summary) |
| 5108 | @kindex , (Summary) |
| 5109 | @findex gnus-summary-best-unread-article |
| 5110 | Go to the unread article with the highest score |
| 5111 | (@code{gnus-summary-best-unread-article}). If given a prefix argument, |
| 5112 | go to the first unread article that has a score over the default score. |
| 5113 | |
| 5114 | @item G l |
| 5115 | @itemx l |
| 5116 | @kindex l (Summary) |
| 5117 | @kindex G l (Summary) |
| 5118 | @findex gnus-summary-goto-last-article |
| 5119 | Go to the previous article read (@code{gnus-summary-goto-last-article}). |
| 5120 | |
| 5121 | @item G o |
| 5122 | @kindex G o (Summary) |
| 5123 | @findex gnus-summary-pop-article |
| 5124 | @cindex history |
| 5125 | @cindex article history |
| 5126 | Pop an article off the summary history and go to this article |
| 5127 | (@code{gnus-summary-pop-article}). This command differs from the |
| 5128 | command above in that you can pop as many previous articles off the |
| 5129 | history as you like, while @kbd{l} toggles the two last read articles. |
| 5130 | For a somewhat related issue (if you use these commands a lot), |
| 5131 | @pxref{Article Backlog}. |
| 5132 | |
| 5133 | @item G j |
| 5134 | @itemx j |
| 5135 | @kindex j (Summary) |
| 5136 | @kindex G j (Summary) |
| 5137 | @findex gnus-summary-goto-article |
| 5138 | Ask for an article number or @code{Message-ID}, and then go to that |
| 5139 | article (@code{gnus-summary-goto-article}). |
| 5140 | |
| 5141 | @end table |
| 5142 | |
| 5143 | |
| 5144 | @node Choosing Variables |
| 5145 | @subsection Choosing Variables |
| 5146 | |
| 5147 | Some variables relevant for moving and selecting articles: |
| 5148 | |
| 5149 | @table @code |
| 5150 | @item gnus-auto-extend-newsgroup |
| 5151 | @vindex gnus-auto-extend-newsgroup |
| 5152 | All the movement commands will try to go to the previous (or next) |
| 5153 | article, even if that article isn't displayed in the Summary buffer if |
| 5154 | this variable is non-@code{nil}. Gnus will then fetch the article from |
| 5155 | the server and display it in the article buffer. |
| 5156 | |
| 5157 | @item gnus-select-article-hook |
| 5158 | @vindex gnus-select-article-hook |
| 5159 | This hook is called whenever an article is selected. The default is |
| 5160 | @code{nil}. If you would like each article to be saved in the Agent as |
| 5161 | you read it, putting @code{gnus-agent-fetch-selected-article} on this |
| 5162 | hook will do so. |
| 5163 | |
| 5164 | @item gnus-mark-article-hook |
| 5165 | @vindex gnus-mark-article-hook |
| 5166 | @findex gnus-summary-mark-unread-as-read |
| 5167 | @findex gnus-summary-mark-read-and-unread-as-read |
| 5168 | @findex gnus-unread-mark |
| 5169 | This hook is called whenever an article is selected. It is intended to |
| 5170 | be used for marking articles as read. The default value is |
| 5171 | @code{gnus-summary-mark-read-and-unread-as-read}, and will change the |
| 5172 | mark of almost any article you read to @code{gnus-read-mark}. The only |
| 5173 | articles not affected by this function are ticked, dormant, and |
| 5174 | expirable articles. If you'd instead like to just have unread articles |
| 5175 | marked as read, you can use @code{gnus-summary-mark-unread-as-read} |
| 5176 | instead. It will leave marks like @code{gnus-low-score-mark}, |
| 5177 | @code{gnus-del-mark} (and so on) alone. |
| 5178 | |
| 5179 | @end table |
| 5180 | |
| 5181 | |
| 5182 | @node Paging the Article |
| 5183 | @section Scrolling the Article |
| 5184 | @cindex article scrolling |
| 5185 | |
| 5186 | @table @kbd |
| 5187 | |
| 5188 | @item SPACE |
| 5189 | @kindex SPACE (Summary) |
| 5190 | @findex gnus-summary-next-page |
| 5191 | Pressing @kbd{SPACE} will scroll the current article forward one page, |
| 5192 | or, if you have come to the end of the current article, will choose the |
| 5193 | next article (@code{gnus-summary-next-page}). |
| 5194 | |
| 5195 | @vindex gnus-article-boring-faces |
| 5196 | @vindex gnus-article-skip-boring |
| 5197 | If @code{gnus-article-skip-boring} is non-@code{nil} and the rest of |
| 5198 | the article consists only of citations and signature, then it will be |
| 5199 | skipped; the next article will be shown instead. You can customize |
| 5200 | what is considered uninteresting with |
| 5201 | @code{gnus-article-boring-faces}. You can manually view the article's |
| 5202 | pages, no matter how boring, using @kbd{C-M-v}. |
| 5203 | |
| 5204 | @item DEL |
| 5205 | @kindex DEL (Summary) |
| 5206 | @findex gnus-summary-prev-page |
| 5207 | Scroll the current article back one page (@code{gnus-summary-prev-page}). |
| 5208 | |
| 5209 | @item RET |
| 5210 | @kindex RET (Summary) |
| 5211 | @findex gnus-summary-scroll-up |
| 5212 | Scroll the current article one line forward |
| 5213 | (@code{gnus-summary-scroll-up}). |
| 5214 | |
| 5215 | @item M-RET |
| 5216 | @kindex M-RET (Summary) |
| 5217 | @findex gnus-summary-scroll-down |
| 5218 | Scroll the current article one line backward |
| 5219 | (@code{gnus-summary-scroll-down}). |
| 5220 | |
| 5221 | @item A g |
| 5222 | @itemx g |
| 5223 | @kindex A g (Summary) |
| 5224 | @kindex g (Summary) |
| 5225 | @findex gnus-summary-show-article |
| 5226 | @vindex gnus-summary-show-article-charset-alist |
| 5227 | (Re)fetch the current article (@code{gnus-summary-show-article}). If |
| 5228 | given a prefix, fetch the current article, but don't run any of the |
| 5229 | article treatment functions. This will give you a ``raw'' article, just |
| 5230 | the way it came from the server. |
| 5231 | |
| 5232 | If given a numerical prefix, you can do semi-manual charset stuff. |
| 5233 | @kbd{C-u 0 g cn-gb-2312 RET} will decode the message as if it were |
| 5234 | encoded in the @code{cn-gb-2312} charset. If you have |
| 5235 | |
| 5236 | @lisp |
| 5237 | (setq gnus-summary-show-article-charset-alist |
| 5238 | '((1 . cn-gb-2312) |
| 5239 | (2 . big5))) |
| 5240 | @end lisp |
| 5241 | |
| 5242 | then you can say @kbd{C-u 1 g} to get the same effect. |
| 5243 | |
| 5244 | @item A < |
| 5245 | @itemx < |
| 5246 | @kindex < (Summary) |
| 5247 | @kindex A < (Summary) |
| 5248 | @findex gnus-summary-beginning-of-article |
| 5249 | Scroll to the beginning of the article |
| 5250 | (@code{gnus-summary-beginning-of-article}). |
| 5251 | |
| 5252 | @item A > |
| 5253 | @itemx > |
| 5254 | @kindex > (Summary) |
| 5255 | @kindex A > (Summary) |
| 5256 | @findex gnus-summary-end-of-article |
| 5257 | Scroll to the end of the article (@code{gnus-summary-end-of-article}). |
| 5258 | |
| 5259 | @item A s |
| 5260 | @itemx s |
| 5261 | @kindex A s (Summary) |
| 5262 | @kindex s (Summary) |
| 5263 | @findex gnus-summary-isearch-article |
| 5264 | Perform an isearch in the article buffer |
| 5265 | (@code{gnus-summary-isearch-article}). |
| 5266 | |
| 5267 | @item h |
| 5268 | @kindex h (Summary) |
| 5269 | @findex gnus-summary-select-article-buffer |
| 5270 | Select the article buffer (@code{gnus-summary-select-article-buffer}). |
| 5271 | |
| 5272 | @end table |
| 5273 | |
| 5274 | |
| 5275 | @node Reply Followup and Post |
| 5276 | @section Reply, Followup and Post |
| 5277 | |
| 5278 | @menu |
| 5279 | * Summary Mail Commands:: Sending mail. |
| 5280 | * Summary Post Commands:: Sending news. |
| 5281 | * Summary Message Commands:: Other Message-related commands. |
| 5282 | * Canceling and Superseding:: |
| 5283 | @end menu |
| 5284 | |
| 5285 | |
| 5286 | @node Summary Mail Commands |
| 5287 | @subsection Summary Mail Commands |
| 5288 | @cindex mail |
| 5289 | @cindex composing mail |
| 5290 | |
| 5291 | Commands for composing a mail message: |
| 5292 | |
| 5293 | @table @kbd |
| 5294 | |
| 5295 | @item S r |
| 5296 | @itemx r |
| 5297 | @kindex S r (Summary) |
| 5298 | @kindex r (Summary) |
| 5299 | @findex gnus-summary-reply |
| 5300 | @c @icon{gnus-summary-mail-reply} |
| 5301 | @c @icon{gnus-summary-reply} |
| 5302 | Mail a reply to the author of the current article |
| 5303 | (@code{gnus-summary-reply}). |
| 5304 | |
| 5305 | @item S R |
| 5306 | @itemx R |
| 5307 | @kindex R (Summary) |
| 5308 | @kindex S R (Summary) |
| 5309 | @findex gnus-summary-reply-with-original |
| 5310 | @c @icon{gnus-summary-reply-with-original} |
| 5311 | Mail a reply to the author of the current article and include the |
| 5312 | original message (@code{gnus-summary-reply-with-original}). This |
| 5313 | command uses the process/prefix convention. |
| 5314 | |
| 5315 | @item S w |
| 5316 | @kindex S w (Summary) |
| 5317 | @findex gnus-summary-wide-reply |
| 5318 | Mail a wide reply to the author of the current article |
| 5319 | (@code{gnus-summary-wide-reply}). A @dfn{wide reply} is a reply that |
| 5320 | goes out to all people listed in the @code{To}, @code{From} (or |
| 5321 | @code{Reply-to}) and @code{Cc} headers. If @code{Mail-Followup-To} is |
| 5322 | present, that's used instead. |
| 5323 | |
| 5324 | @item S W |
| 5325 | @kindex S W (Summary) |
| 5326 | @findex gnus-summary-wide-reply-with-original |
| 5327 | Mail a wide reply to the current article and include the original |
| 5328 | message (@code{gnus-summary-wide-reply-with-original}). This command uses |
| 5329 | the process/prefix convention. |
| 5330 | |
| 5331 | @item S v |
| 5332 | @kindex S v (Summary) |
| 5333 | @findex gnus-summary-very-wide-reply |
| 5334 | Mail a very wide reply to the author of the current article |
| 5335 | (@code{gnus-summary-wide-reply}). A @dfn{very wide reply} is a reply |
| 5336 | that goes out to all people listed in the @code{To}, @code{From} (or |
| 5337 | @code{Reply-to}) and @code{Cc} headers in all the process/prefixed |
| 5338 | articles. This command uses the process/prefix convention. |
| 5339 | |
| 5340 | @item S V |
| 5341 | @kindex S V (Summary) |
| 5342 | @findex gnus-summary-very-wide-reply-with-original |
| 5343 | Mail a very wide reply to the author of the current article and include the |
| 5344 | original message (@code{gnus-summary-very-wide-reply-with-original}). This |
| 5345 | command uses the process/prefix convention. |
| 5346 | |
| 5347 | @item S B r |
| 5348 | @kindex S B r (Summary) |
| 5349 | @findex gnus-summary-reply-broken-reply-to |
| 5350 | Mail a reply to the author of the current article but ignore the |
| 5351 | @code{Reply-To} field (@code{gnus-summary-reply-broken-reply-to}). |
| 5352 | If you need this because a mailing list incorrectly sets a |
| 5353 | @code{Reply-To} header pointing to the list, you probably want to set |
| 5354 | the @code{broken-reply-to} group parameter instead, so things will work |
| 5355 | correctly. @xref{Group Parameters}. |
| 5356 | |
| 5357 | @item S B R |
| 5358 | @kindex S B R (Summary) |
| 5359 | @findex gnus-summary-reply-broken-reply-to-with-original |
| 5360 | Mail a reply to the author of the current article and include the |
| 5361 | original message but ignore the @code{Reply-To} field |
| 5362 | (@code{gnus-summary-reply-broken-reply-to-with-original}). |
| 5363 | |
| 5364 | @item S o m |
| 5365 | @itemx C-c C-f |
| 5366 | @kindex S o m (Summary) |
| 5367 | @kindex C-c C-f (Summary) |
| 5368 | @findex gnus-summary-mail-forward |
| 5369 | @c @icon{gnus-summary-mail-forward} |
| 5370 | Forward the current article to some other person |
| 5371 | (@code{gnus-summary-mail-forward}). If no prefix is given, the message |
| 5372 | is forwarded according to the value of (@code{message-forward-as-mime}) |
| 5373 | and (@code{message-forward-show-mml}); if the prefix is 1, decode the |
| 5374 | message and forward directly inline; if the prefix is 2, forward message |
| 5375 | as an rfc822 @acronym{MIME} section; if the prefix is 3, decode message and |
| 5376 | forward as an rfc822 @acronym{MIME} section; if the prefix is 4, forward message |
| 5377 | directly inline; otherwise, the message is forwarded as no prefix given |
| 5378 | but use the flipped value of (@code{message-forward-as-mime}). By |
| 5379 | default, the message is decoded and forwarded as an rfc822 @acronym{MIME} |
| 5380 | section. |
| 5381 | |
| 5382 | @item S m |
| 5383 | @itemx m |
| 5384 | @kindex m (Summary) |
| 5385 | @kindex S m (Summary) |
| 5386 | @findex gnus-summary-mail-other-window |
| 5387 | @c @icon{gnus-summary-mail-originate} |
| 5388 | Prepare a mail (@code{gnus-summary-mail-other-window}). By default, use |
| 5389 | the posting style of the current group. If given a prefix, disable that. |
| 5390 | If the prefix is 1, prompt for a group name to find the posting style. |
| 5391 | |
| 5392 | @item S i |
| 5393 | @itemx i |
| 5394 | @kindex i (Summary) |
| 5395 | @kindex S i (Summary) |
| 5396 | @findex gnus-summary-news-other-window |
| 5397 | Prepare a news (@code{gnus-summary-news-other-window}). By default, |
| 5398 | post to the current group. If given a prefix, disable that. If the |
| 5399 | prefix is 1, prompt for a group to post to. |
| 5400 | |
| 5401 | This function actually prepares a news even when using mail groups. |
| 5402 | This is useful for ``posting'' messages to mail groups without actually |
| 5403 | sending them over the network: they're just saved directly to the group |
| 5404 | in question. The corresponding back end must have a request-post method |
| 5405 | for this to work though. |
| 5406 | |
| 5407 | @item S D b |
| 5408 | @kindex S D b (Summary) |
| 5409 | @findex gnus-summary-resend-bounced-mail |
| 5410 | @cindex bouncing mail |
| 5411 | If you have sent a mail, but the mail was bounced back to you for some |
| 5412 | reason (wrong address, transient failure), you can use this command to |
| 5413 | resend that bounced mail (@code{gnus-summary-resend-bounced-mail}). You |
| 5414 | will be popped into a mail buffer where you can edit the headers before |
| 5415 | sending the mail off again. If you give a prefix to this command, and |
| 5416 | the bounced mail is a reply to some other mail, Gnus will try to fetch |
| 5417 | that mail and display it for easy perusal of its headers. This might |
| 5418 | very well fail, though. |
| 5419 | |
| 5420 | @item S D r |
| 5421 | @kindex S D r (Summary) |
| 5422 | @findex gnus-summary-resend-message |
| 5423 | Not to be confused with the previous command, |
| 5424 | @code{gnus-summary-resend-message} will prompt you for an address to |
| 5425 | send the current message off to, and then send it to that place. The |
| 5426 | headers of the message won't be altered---but lots of headers that say |
| 5427 | @code{Resent-To}, @code{Resent-From} and so on will be added. This |
| 5428 | means that you actually send a mail to someone that has a @code{To} |
| 5429 | header that (probably) points to yourself. This will confuse people. |
| 5430 | So, natcherly you'll only do that if you're really eVIl. |
| 5431 | |
| 5432 | This command is mainly used if you have several accounts and want to |
| 5433 | ship a mail to a different account of yours. (If you're both |
| 5434 | @code{root} and @code{postmaster} and get a mail for @code{postmaster} |
| 5435 | to the @code{root} account, you may want to resend it to |
| 5436 | @code{postmaster}. Ordnung muss sein! |
| 5437 | |
| 5438 | This command understands the process/prefix convention |
| 5439 | (@pxref{Process/Prefix}). |
| 5440 | |
| 5441 | @item S D e |
| 5442 | @kindex S D e (Summary) |
| 5443 | @findex gnus-summary-resend-message-edit |
| 5444 | |
| 5445 | Like the previous command, but will allow you to edit the message as |
| 5446 | if it were a new message before resending. |
| 5447 | |
| 5448 | @item S O m |
| 5449 | @kindex S O m (Summary) |
| 5450 | @findex gnus-uu-digest-mail-forward |
| 5451 | Digest the current series (@pxref{Decoding Articles}) and forward the |
| 5452 | result using mail (@code{gnus-uu-digest-mail-forward}). This command |
| 5453 | uses the process/prefix convention (@pxref{Process/Prefix}). |
| 5454 | |
| 5455 | @item S M-c |
| 5456 | @kindex S M-c (Summary) |
| 5457 | @findex gnus-summary-mail-crosspost-complaint |
| 5458 | @cindex crossposting |
| 5459 | @cindex excessive crossposting |
| 5460 | Send a complaint about excessive crossposting to the author of the |
| 5461 | current article (@code{gnus-summary-mail-crosspost-complaint}). |
| 5462 | |
| 5463 | @findex gnus-crosspost-complaint |
| 5464 | This command is provided as a way to fight back against the current |
| 5465 | crossposting pandemic that's sweeping Usenet. It will compose a reply |
| 5466 | using the @code{gnus-crosspost-complaint} variable as a preamble. This |
| 5467 | command understands the process/prefix convention |
| 5468 | (@pxref{Process/Prefix}) and will prompt you before sending each mail. |
| 5469 | |
| 5470 | @end table |
| 5471 | |
| 5472 | Also @xref{Header Commands, ,Header Commands, message, The Message |
| 5473 | Manual}, for more information. |
| 5474 | |
| 5475 | |
| 5476 | @node Summary Post Commands |
| 5477 | @subsection Summary Post Commands |
| 5478 | @cindex post |
| 5479 | @cindex composing news |
| 5480 | |
| 5481 | Commands for posting a news article: |
| 5482 | |
| 5483 | @table @kbd |
| 5484 | @item S p |
| 5485 | @itemx a |
| 5486 | @kindex a (Summary) |
| 5487 | @kindex S p (Summary) |
| 5488 | @findex gnus-summary-post-news |
| 5489 | @c @icon{gnus-summary-post-news} |
| 5490 | Prepare for posting an article (@code{gnus-summary-post-news}). By |
| 5491 | default, post to the current group. If given a prefix, disable that. |
| 5492 | If the prefix is 1, prompt for another group instead. |
| 5493 | |
| 5494 | @item S f |
| 5495 | @itemx f |
| 5496 | @kindex f (Summary) |
| 5497 | @kindex S f (Summary) |
| 5498 | @findex gnus-summary-followup |
| 5499 | @c @icon{gnus-summary-followup} |
| 5500 | Post a followup to the current article (@code{gnus-summary-followup}). |
| 5501 | |
| 5502 | @item S F |
| 5503 | @itemx F |
| 5504 | @kindex S F (Summary) |
| 5505 | @kindex F (Summary) |
| 5506 | @c @icon{gnus-summary-followup-with-original} |
| 5507 | @findex gnus-summary-followup-with-original |
| 5508 | Post a followup to the current article and include the original message |
| 5509 | (@code{gnus-summary-followup-with-original}). This command uses the |
| 5510 | process/prefix convention. |
| 5511 | |
| 5512 | @item S n |
| 5513 | @kindex S n (Summary) |
| 5514 | @findex gnus-summary-followup-to-mail |
| 5515 | Post a followup to the current article via news, even if you got the |
| 5516 | message through mail (@code{gnus-summary-followup-to-mail}). |
| 5517 | |
| 5518 | @item S N |
| 5519 | @kindex S N (Summary) |
| 5520 | @findex gnus-summary-followup-to-mail-with-original |
| 5521 | Post a followup to the current article via news, even if you got the |
| 5522 | message through mail and include the original message |
| 5523 | (@code{gnus-summary-followup-to-mail-with-original}). This command uses |
| 5524 | the process/prefix convention. |
| 5525 | |
| 5526 | @item S o p |
| 5527 | @kindex S o p (Summary) |
| 5528 | @findex gnus-summary-post-forward |
| 5529 | Forward the current article to a newsgroup |
| 5530 | (@code{gnus-summary-post-forward}). |
| 5531 | If no prefix is given, the message is forwarded according to the value |
| 5532 | of (@code{message-forward-as-mime}) and |
| 5533 | (@code{message-forward-show-mml}); if the prefix is 1, decode the |
| 5534 | message and forward directly inline; if the prefix is 2, forward message |
| 5535 | as an rfc822 @acronym{MIME} section; if the prefix is 3, decode message and |
| 5536 | forward as an rfc822 @acronym{MIME} section; if the prefix is 4, forward message |
| 5537 | directly inline; otherwise, the message is forwarded as no prefix given |
| 5538 | but use the flipped value of (@code{message-forward-as-mime}). By |
| 5539 | default, the message is decoded and forwarded as an rfc822 @acronym{MIME} section. |
| 5540 | |
| 5541 | @item S O p |
| 5542 | @kindex S O p (Summary) |
| 5543 | @findex gnus-uu-digest-post-forward |
| 5544 | @cindex digests |
| 5545 | @cindex making digests |
| 5546 | Digest the current series and forward the result to a newsgroup |
| 5547 | (@code{gnus-uu-digest-post-forward}). This command uses the |
| 5548 | process/prefix convention. |
| 5549 | |
| 5550 | @item S u |
| 5551 | @kindex S u (Summary) |
| 5552 | @findex gnus-uu-post-news |
| 5553 | @c @icon{gnus-uu-post-news} |
| 5554 | Uuencode a file, split it into parts, and post it as a series |
| 5555 | (@code{gnus-uu-post-news}). (@pxref{Uuencoding and Posting}). |
| 5556 | @end table |
| 5557 | |
| 5558 | Also @xref{Header Commands, ,Header Commands, message, The Message |
| 5559 | Manual}, for more information. |
| 5560 | |
| 5561 | |
| 5562 | @node Summary Message Commands |
| 5563 | @subsection Summary Message Commands |
| 5564 | |
| 5565 | @table @kbd |
| 5566 | @item S y |
| 5567 | @kindex S y (Summary) |
| 5568 | @findex gnus-summary-yank-message |
| 5569 | Yank the current article into an already existing Message composition |
| 5570 | buffer (@code{gnus-summary-yank-message}). This command prompts for |
| 5571 | what message buffer you want to yank into, and understands the |
| 5572 | process/prefix convention (@pxref{Process/Prefix}). |
| 5573 | |
| 5574 | @end table |
| 5575 | |
| 5576 | |
| 5577 | @node Canceling and Superseding |
| 5578 | @subsection Canceling Articles |
| 5579 | @cindex canceling articles |
| 5580 | @cindex superseding articles |
| 5581 | |
| 5582 | Have you ever written something, and then decided that you really, |
| 5583 | really, really wish you hadn't posted that? |
| 5584 | |
| 5585 | Well, you can't cancel mail, but you can cancel posts. |
| 5586 | |
| 5587 | @findex gnus-summary-cancel-article |
| 5588 | @kindex C (Summary) |
| 5589 | @c @icon{gnus-summary-cancel-article} |
| 5590 | Find the article you wish to cancel (you can only cancel your own |
| 5591 | articles, so don't try any funny stuff). Then press @kbd{C} or @kbd{S |
| 5592 | c} (@code{gnus-summary-cancel-article}). Your article will be |
| 5593 | canceled---machines all over the world will be deleting your article. |
| 5594 | This command uses the process/prefix convention (@pxref{Process/Prefix}). |
| 5595 | |
| 5596 | Be aware, however, that not all sites honor cancels, so your article may |
| 5597 | live on here and there, while most sites will delete the article in |
| 5598 | question. |
| 5599 | |
| 5600 | Gnus will use the ``current'' select method when canceling. If you |
| 5601 | want to use the standard posting method, use the @samp{a} symbolic |
| 5602 | prefix (@pxref{Symbolic Prefixes}). |
| 5603 | |
| 5604 | Gnus ensures that only you can cancel your own messages using a |
| 5605 | @code{Cancel-Lock} header (@pxref{Canceling News, Canceling News, , |
| 5606 | message, Message Manual}). |
| 5607 | |
| 5608 | If you discover that you have made some mistakes and want to do some |
| 5609 | corrections, you can post a @dfn{superseding} article that will replace |
| 5610 | your original article. |
| 5611 | |
| 5612 | @findex gnus-summary-supersede-article |
| 5613 | @kindex S (Summary) |
| 5614 | Go to the original article and press @kbd{S s} |
| 5615 | (@code{gnus-summary-supersede-article}). You will be put in a buffer |
| 5616 | where you can edit the article all you want before sending it off the |
| 5617 | usual way. |
| 5618 | |
| 5619 | The same goes for superseding as for canceling, only more so: Some |
| 5620 | sites do not honor superseding. On those sites, it will appear that you |
| 5621 | have posted almost the same article twice. |
| 5622 | |
| 5623 | If you have just posted the article, and change your mind right away, |
| 5624 | there is a trick you can use to cancel/supersede the article without |
| 5625 | waiting for the article to appear on your site first. You simply return |
| 5626 | to the post buffer (which is called @code{*sent ...*}). There you will |
| 5627 | find the article you just posted, with all the headers intact. Change |
| 5628 | the @code{Message-ID} header to a @code{Cancel} or @code{Supersedes} |
| 5629 | header by substituting one of those words for the word |
| 5630 | @code{Message-ID}. Then just press @kbd{C-c C-c} to send the article as |
| 5631 | you would do normally. The previous article will be |
| 5632 | canceled/superseded. |
| 5633 | |
| 5634 | Just remember, kids: There is no 'c' in 'supersede'. |
| 5635 | |
| 5636 | @node Delayed Articles |
| 5637 | @section Delayed Articles |
| 5638 | @cindex delayed sending |
| 5639 | @cindex send delayed |
| 5640 | |
| 5641 | Sometimes, you might wish to delay the sending of a message. For |
| 5642 | example, you might wish to arrange for a message to turn up just in time |
| 5643 | to remind your about the birthday of your Significant Other. For this, |
| 5644 | there is the @code{gnus-delay} package. Setup is simple: |
| 5645 | |
| 5646 | @lisp |
| 5647 | (gnus-delay-initialize) |
| 5648 | @end lisp |
| 5649 | |
| 5650 | @findex gnus-delay-article |
| 5651 | Normally, to send a message you use the @kbd{C-c C-c} command from |
| 5652 | Message mode. To delay a message, use @kbd{C-c C-j} |
| 5653 | (@code{gnus-delay-article}) instead. This will ask you for how long the |
| 5654 | message should be delayed. Possible answers are: |
| 5655 | |
| 5656 | @itemize @bullet |
| 5657 | @item |
| 5658 | A time span. Consists of an integer and a letter. For example, |
| 5659 | @code{42d} means to delay for 42 days. Available letters are @code{m} |
| 5660 | (minutes), @code{h} (hours), @code{d} (days), @code{w} (weeks), @code{M} |
| 5661 | (months) and @code{Y} (years). |
| 5662 | |
| 5663 | @item |
| 5664 | A specific date. Looks like @code{YYYY-MM-DD}. The message will be |
| 5665 | delayed until that day, at a specific time (eight o'clock by default). |
| 5666 | See also @code{gnus-delay-default-hour}. |
| 5667 | |
| 5668 | @item |
| 5669 | A specific time of day. Given in @code{hh:mm} format, 24h, no am/pm |
| 5670 | stuff. The deadline will be at that time today, except if that time has |
| 5671 | already passed, then it's at the given time tomorrow. So if it's ten |
| 5672 | o'clock in the morning and you specify @code{11:15}, then the deadline |
| 5673 | is one hour and fifteen minutes hence. But if you specify @code{9:20}, |
| 5674 | that means a time tomorrow. |
| 5675 | @end itemize |
| 5676 | |
| 5677 | The action of the @code{gnus-delay-article} command is influenced by a |
| 5678 | couple of variables: |
| 5679 | |
| 5680 | @table @code |
| 5681 | @item gnus-delay-default-hour |
| 5682 | @vindex gnus-delay-default-hour |
| 5683 | When you specify a specific date, the message will be due on that hour |
| 5684 | on the given date. Possible values are integers 0 through 23. |
| 5685 | |
| 5686 | @item gnus-delay-default-delay |
| 5687 | @vindex gnus-delay-default-delay |
| 5688 | This is a string and gives the default delay. It can be of any of the |
| 5689 | formats described above. |
| 5690 | |
| 5691 | @item gnus-delay-group |
| 5692 | @vindex gnus-delay-group |
| 5693 | Delayed articles will be kept in this group on the drafts server until |
| 5694 | they are due. You probably don't need to change this. The default |
| 5695 | value is @code{"delayed"}. |
| 5696 | |
| 5697 | @item gnus-delay-header |
| 5698 | @vindex gnus-delay-header |
| 5699 | The deadline for each article will be stored in a header. This variable |
| 5700 | is a string and gives the header name. You probably don't need to |
| 5701 | change this. The default value is @code{"X-Gnus-Delayed"}. |
| 5702 | @end table |
| 5703 | |
| 5704 | The way delaying works is like this: when you use the |
| 5705 | @code{gnus-delay-article} command, you give a certain delay. Gnus |
| 5706 | calculates the deadline of the message and stores it in the |
| 5707 | @code{X-Gnus-Delayed} header and puts the message in the |
| 5708 | @code{nndraft:delayed} group. |
| 5709 | |
| 5710 | @findex gnus-delay-send-queue |
| 5711 | And whenever you get new news, Gnus looks through the group for articles |
| 5712 | which are due and sends them. It uses the @code{gnus-delay-send-queue} |
| 5713 | function for this. By default, this function is added to the hook |
| 5714 | @code{gnus-get-new-news-hook}. But of course, you can change this. |
| 5715 | Maybe you want to use the demon to send drafts? Just tell the demon to |
| 5716 | execute the @code{gnus-delay-send-queue} function. |
| 5717 | |
| 5718 | @table @code |
| 5719 | @item gnus-delay-initialize |
| 5720 | @findex gnus-delay-initialize |
| 5721 | By default, this function installs @code{gnus-delay-send-queue} in |
| 5722 | @code{gnus-get-new-news-hook}. But it accepts the optional second |
| 5723 | argument @code{no-check}. If it is non-@code{nil}, |
| 5724 | @code{gnus-get-new-news-hook} is not changed. The optional first |
| 5725 | argument is ignored. |
| 5726 | |
| 5727 | For example, @code{(gnus-delay-initialize nil t)} means to do nothing. |
| 5728 | Presumably, you want to use the demon for sending due delayed articles. |
| 5729 | Just don't forget to set that up :-) |
| 5730 | @end table |
| 5731 | |
| 5732 | |
| 5733 | @node Marking Articles |
| 5734 | @section Marking Articles |
| 5735 | @cindex article marking |
| 5736 | @cindex article ticking |
| 5737 | @cindex marks |
| 5738 | |
| 5739 | There are several marks you can set on an article. |
| 5740 | |
| 5741 | You have marks that decide the @dfn{readedness} (whoo, neato-keano |
| 5742 | neologism ohoy!) of the article. Alphabetic marks generally mean |
| 5743 | @dfn{read}, while non-alphabetic characters generally mean @dfn{unread}. |
| 5744 | |
| 5745 | In addition, you also have marks that do not affect readedness. |
| 5746 | |
| 5747 | @ifinfo |
| 5748 | There's a plethora of commands for manipulating these marks. |
| 5749 | @end ifinfo |
| 5750 | |
| 5751 | @menu |
| 5752 | * Unread Articles:: Marks for unread articles. |
| 5753 | * Read Articles:: Marks for read articles. |
| 5754 | * Other Marks:: Marks that do not affect readedness. |
| 5755 | * Setting Marks:: How to set and remove marks. |
| 5756 | * Generic Marking Commands:: How to customize the marking. |
| 5757 | * Setting Process Marks:: How to mark articles for later processing. |
| 5758 | @end menu |
| 5759 | |
| 5760 | |
| 5761 | @node Unread Articles |
| 5762 | @subsection Unread Articles |
| 5763 | |
| 5764 | The following marks mark articles as (kinda) unread, in one form or |
| 5765 | other. |
| 5766 | |
| 5767 | @table @samp |
| 5768 | @item ! |
| 5769 | @vindex gnus-ticked-mark |
| 5770 | Marked as ticked (@code{gnus-ticked-mark}). |
| 5771 | |
| 5772 | @dfn{Ticked articles} are articles that will remain visible always. If |
| 5773 | you see an article that you find interesting, or you want to put off |
| 5774 | reading it, or replying to it, until sometime later, you'd typically |
| 5775 | tick it. However, articles can be expired (from news servers by the |
| 5776 | news server software, Gnus itself never expires ticked messages), so if |
| 5777 | you want to keep an article forever, you'll have to make it persistent |
| 5778 | (@pxref{Persistent Articles}). |
| 5779 | |
| 5780 | @item ? |
| 5781 | @vindex gnus-dormant-mark |
| 5782 | Marked as dormant (@code{gnus-dormant-mark}). |
| 5783 | |
| 5784 | @dfn{Dormant articles} will only appear in the summary buffer if there |
| 5785 | are followups to it. If you want to see them even if they don't have |
| 5786 | followups, you can use the @kbd{/ D} command (@pxref{Limiting}). |
| 5787 | Otherwise (except for the visibility issue), they are just like ticked |
| 5788 | messages. |
| 5789 | |
| 5790 | @item SPACE |
| 5791 | @vindex gnus-unread-mark |
| 5792 | Marked as unread (@code{gnus-unread-mark}). |
| 5793 | |
| 5794 | @dfn{Unread articles} are articles that haven't been read at all yet. |
| 5795 | @end table |
| 5796 | |
| 5797 | |
| 5798 | @node Read Articles |
| 5799 | @subsection Read Articles |
| 5800 | @cindex expirable mark |
| 5801 | |
| 5802 | All the following marks mark articles as read. |
| 5803 | |
| 5804 | @table @samp |
| 5805 | |
| 5806 | @item r |
| 5807 | @vindex gnus-del-mark |
| 5808 | These are articles that the user has marked as read with the @kbd{d} |
| 5809 | command manually, more or less (@code{gnus-del-mark}). |
| 5810 | |
| 5811 | @item R |
| 5812 | @vindex gnus-read-mark |
| 5813 | Articles that have actually been read (@code{gnus-read-mark}). |
| 5814 | |
| 5815 | @item O |
| 5816 | @vindex gnus-ancient-mark |
| 5817 | Articles that were marked as read in previous sessions and are now |
| 5818 | @dfn{old} (@code{gnus-ancient-mark}). |
| 5819 | |
| 5820 | @item K |
| 5821 | @vindex gnus-killed-mark |
| 5822 | Marked as killed (@code{gnus-killed-mark}). |
| 5823 | |
| 5824 | @item X |
| 5825 | @vindex gnus-kill-file-mark |
| 5826 | Marked as killed by kill files (@code{gnus-kill-file-mark}). |
| 5827 | |
| 5828 | @item Y |
| 5829 | @vindex gnus-low-score-mark |
| 5830 | Marked as read by having too low a score (@code{gnus-low-score-mark}). |
| 5831 | |
| 5832 | @item C |
| 5833 | @vindex gnus-catchup-mark |
| 5834 | Marked as read by a catchup (@code{gnus-catchup-mark}). |
| 5835 | |
| 5836 | @item G |
| 5837 | @vindex gnus-canceled-mark |
| 5838 | Canceled article (@code{gnus-canceled-mark}) |
| 5839 | |
| 5840 | @item F |
| 5841 | @vindex gnus-souped-mark |
| 5842 | @sc{soup}ed article (@code{gnus-souped-mark}). @xref{SOUP}. |
| 5843 | |
| 5844 | @item Q |
| 5845 | @vindex gnus-sparse-mark |
| 5846 | Sparsely reffed article (@code{gnus-sparse-mark}). @xref{Customizing |
| 5847 | Threading}. |
| 5848 | |
| 5849 | @item M |
| 5850 | @vindex gnus-duplicate-mark |
| 5851 | Article marked as read by duplicate suppression |
| 5852 | (@code{gnus-duplicate-mark}). @xref{Duplicate Suppression}. |
| 5853 | |
| 5854 | @end table |
| 5855 | |
| 5856 | All these marks just mean that the article is marked as read, really. |
| 5857 | They are interpreted differently when doing adaptive scoring, though. |
| 5858 | |
| 5859 | One more special mark, though: |
| 5860 | |
| 5861 | @table @samp |
| 5862 | @item E |
| 5863 | @vindex gnus-expirable-mark |
| 5864 | Marked as expirable (@code{gnus-expirable-mark}). |
| 5865 | |
| 5866 | Marking articles as @dfn{expirable} (or have them marked as such |
| 5867 | automatically) doesn't make much sense in normal groups---a user doesn't |
| 5868 | control expiring of news articles, but in mail groups, for instance, |
| 5869 | articles marked as @dfn{expirable} can be deleted by Gnus at |
| 5870 | any time. |
| 5871 | @end table |
| 5872 | |
| 5873 | |
| 5874 | @node Other Marks |
| 5875 | @subsection Other Marks |
| 5876 | @cindex process mark |
| 5877 | @cindex bookmarks |
| 5878 | |
| 5879 | There are some marks that have nothing to do with whether the article is |
| 5880 | read or not. |
| 5881 | |
| 5882 | @itemize @bullet |
| 5883 | |
| 5884 | @item |
| 5885 | You can set a bookmark in the current article. Say you are reading a |
| 5886 | long thesis on cats' urinary tracts, and have to go home for dinner |
| 5887 | before you've finished reading the thesis. You can then set a bookmark |
| 5888 | in the article, and Gnus will jump to this bookmark the next time it |
| 5889 | encounters the article. @xref{Setting Marks}. |
| 5890 | |
| 5891 | @item |
| 5892 | @vindex gnus-replied-mark |
| 5893 | All articles that you have replied to or made a followup to (i.e., have |
| 5894 | answered) will be marked with an @samp{A} in the second column |
| 5895 | (@code{gnus-replied-mark}). |
| 5896 | |
| 5897 | @item |
| 5898 | @vindex gnus-forwarded-mark |
| 5899 | All articles that you have forwarded will be marked with an @samp{F} in |
| 5900 | the second column (@code{gnus-forwarded-mark}). |
| 5901 | |
| 5902 | @item |
| 5903 | @vindex gnus-cached-mark |
| 5904 | Articles stored in the article cache will be marked with an @samp{*} in |
| 5905 | the second column (@code{gnus-cached-mark}). @xref{Article Caching}. |
| 5906 | |
| 5907 | @item |
| 5908 | @vindex gnus-saved-mark |
| 5909 | Articles ``saved'' (in some manner or other; not necessarily |
| 5910 | religiously) are marked with an @samp{S} in the second column |
| 5911 | (@code{gnus-saved-mark}). |
| 5912 | |
| 5913 | @item |
| 5914 | @vindex gnus-recent-mark |
| 5915 | Articles that according to the server haven't been shown to the user |
| 5916 | before are marked with a @samp{N} in the second column |
| 5917 | (@code{gnus-recent-mark}). Note that not all servers support this |
| 5918 | mark, in which case it simply never appears. Compare with |
| 5919 | @code{gnus-unseen-mark}. |
| 5920 | |
| 5921 | @item |
| 5922 | @vindex gnus-unseen-mark |
| 5923 | Articles that haven't been seen before in Gnus by the user are marked |
| 5924 | with a @samp{.} in the second column (@code{gnus-unseen-mark}). |
| 5925 | Compare with @code{gnus-recent-mark}. |
| 5926 | |
| 5927 | @item |
| 5928 | @vindex gnus-downloaded-mark |
| 5929 | When using the Gnus agent (@pxref{Agent Basics}), articles may be |
| 5930 | downloaded for unplugged (offline) viewing. If you are using the |
| 5931 | @samp{%O} spec, these articles get the @samp{+} mark in that spec. |
| 5932 | (The variable @code{gnus-downloaded-mark} controls which character to |
| 5933 | use.) |
| 5934 | |
| 5935 | @item |
| 5936 | @vindex gnus-undownloaded-mark |
| 5937 | When using the Gnus agent (@pxref{Agent Basics}), some articles might |
| 5938 | not have been downloaded. Such articles cannot be viewed while you |
| 5939 | are unplugged (offline). If you are using the @samp{%O} spec, these |
| 5940 | articles get the @samp{-} mark in that spec. (The variable |
| 5941 | @code{gnus-undownloaded-mark} controls which character to use.) |
| 5942 | |
| 5943 | @item |
| 5944 | @vindex gnus-downloadable-mark |
| 5945 | The Gnus agent (@pxref{Agent Basics}) downloads some articles |
| 5946 | automatically, but it is also possible to explicitly mark articles for |
| 5947 | download, even if they would not be downloaded automatically. Such |
| 5948 | explicitly-marked articles get the @samp{%} mark in the first column. |
| 5949 | (The variable @code{gnus-downloadable-mark} controls which character to |
| 5950 | use.) |
| 5951 | |
| 5952 | @item |
| 5953 | @vindex gnus-not-empty-thread-mark |
| 5954 | @vindex gnus-empty-thread-mark |
| 5955 | If the @samp{%e} spec is used, the presence of threads or not will be |
| 5956 | marked with @code{gnus-not-empty-thread-mark} and |
| 5957 | @code{gnus-empty-thread-mark} in the third column, respectively. |
| 5958 | |
| 5959 | @item |
| 5960 | @vindex gnus-process-mark |
| 5961 | Finally we have the @dfn{process mark} (@code{gnus-process-mark}). A |
| 5962 | variety of commands react to the presence of the process mark. For |
| 5963 | instance, @kbd{X u} (@code{gnus-uu-decode-uu}) will uudecode and view |
| 5964 | all articles that have been marked with the process mark. Articles |
| 5965 | marked with the process mark have a @samp{#} in the second column. |
| 5966 | |
| 5967 | @end itemize |
| 5968 | |
| 5969 | You might have noticed that most of these ``non-readedness'' marks |
| 5970 | appear in the second column by default. So if you have a cached, saved, |
| 5971 | replied article that you have process-marked, what will that look like? |
| 5972 | |
| 5973 | Nothing much. The precedence rules go as follows: process -> cache -> |
| 5974 | replied -> saved. So if the article is in the cache and is replied, |
| 5975 | you'll only see the cache mark and not the replied mark. |
| 5976 | |
| 5977 | |
| 5978 | @node Setting Marks |
| 5979 | @subsection Setting Marks |
| 5980 | @cindex setting marks |
| 5981 | |
| 5982 | All the marking commands understand the numeric prefix. |
| 5983 | |
| 5984 | @table @kbd |
| 5985 | @item M c |
| 5986 | @itemx M-u |
| 5987 | @kindex M c (Summary) |
| 5988 | @kindex M-u (Summary) |
| 5989 | @findex gnus-summary-clear-mark-forward |
| 5990 | @cindex mark as unread |
| 5991 | Clear all readedness-marks from the current article |
| 5992 | (@code{gnus-summary-clear-mark-forward}). In other words, mark the |
| 5993 | article as unread. |
| 5994 | |
| 5995 | @item M t |
| 5996 | @itemx ! |
| 5997 | @kindex ! (Summary) |
| 5998 | @kindex M t (Summary) |
| 5999 | @findex gnus-summary-tick-article-forward |
| 6000 | Tick the current article (@code{gnus-summary-tick-article-forward}). |
| 6001 | @xref{Article Caching}. |
| 6002 | |
| 6003 | @item M ? |
| 6004 | @itemx ? |
| 6005 | @kindex ? (Summary) |
| 6006 | @kindex M ? (Summary) |
| 6007 | @findex gnus-summary-mark-as-dormant |
| 6008 | Mark the current article as dormant |
| 6009 | (@code{gnus-summary-mark-as-dormant}). @xref{Article Caching}. |
| 6010 | |
| 6011 | @item M d |
| 6012 | @itemx d |
| 6013 | @kindex M d (Summary) |
| 6014 | @kindex d (Summary) |
| 6015 | @findex gnus-summary-mark-as-read-forward |
| 6016 | Mark the current article as read |
| 6017 | (@code{gnus-summary-mark-as-read-forward}). |
| 6018 | |
| 6019 | @item D |
| 6020 | @kindex D (Summary) |
| 6021 | @findex gnus-summary-mark-as-read-backward |
| 6022 | Mark the current article as read and move point to the previous line |
| 6023 | (@code{gnus-summary-mark-as-read-backward}). |
| 6024 | |
| 6025 | @item M k |
| 6026 | @itemx k |
| 6027 | @kindex k (Summary) |
| 6028 | @kindex M k (Summary) |
| 6029 | @findex gnus-summary-kill-same-subject-and-select |
| 6030 | Mark all articles that have the same subject as the current one as read, |
| 6031 | and then select the next unread article |
| 6032 | (@code{gnus-summary-kill-same-subject-and-select}). |
| 6033 | |
| 6034 | @item M K |
| 6035 | @itemx C-k |
| 6036 | @kindex M K (Summary) |
| 6037 | @kindex C-k (Summary) |
| 6038 | @findex gnus-summary-kill-same-subject |
| 6039 | Mark all articles that have the same subject as the current one as read |
| 6040 | (@code{gnus-summary-kill-same-subject}). |
| 6041 | |
| 6042 | @item M C |
| 6043 | @kindex M C (Summary) |
| 6044 | @findex gnus-summary-catchup |
| 6045 | @c @icon{gnus-summary-catchup} |
| 6046 | Mark all unread articles as read (@code{gnus-summary-catchup}). |
| 6047 | |
| 6048 | @item M C-c |
| 6049 | @kindex M C-c (Summary) |
| 6050 | @findex gnus-summary-catchup-all |
| 6051 | Mark all articles in the group as read---even the ticked and dormant |
| 6052 | articles (@code{gnus-summary-catchup-all}). |
| 6053 | |
| 6054 | @item M H |
| 6055 | @kindex M H (Summary) |
| 6056 | @findex gnus-summary-catchup-to-here |
| 6057 | Catchup the current group to point (before the point) |
| 6058 | (@code{gnus-summary-catchup-to-here}). |
| 6059 | |
| 6060 | @item M h |
| 6061 | @kindex M h (Summary) |
| 6062 | @findex gnus-summary-catchup-from-here |
| 6063 | Catchup the current group from point (after the point) |
| 6064 | (@code{gnus-summary-catchup-from-here}). |
| 6065 | |
| 6066 | @item C-w |
| 6067 | @kindex C-w (Summary) |
| 6068 | @findex gnus-summary-mark-region-as-read |
| 6069 | Mark all articles between point and mark as read |
| 6070 | (@code{gnus-summary-mark-region-as-read}). |
| 6071 | |
| 6072 | @item M V k |
| 6073 | @kindex M V k (Summary) |
| 6074 | @findex gnus-summary-kill-below |
| 6075 | Kill all articles with scores below the default score (or below the |
| 6076 | numeric prefix) (@code{gnus-summary-kill-below}). |
| 6077 | |
| 6078 | @item M e |
| 6079 | @itemx E |
| 6080 | @kindex M e (Summary) |
| 6081 | @kindex E (Summary) |
| 6082 | @findex gnus-summary-mark-as-expirable |
| 6083 | Mark the current article as expirable |
| 6084 | (@code{gnus-summary-mark-as-expirable}). |
| 6085 | |
| 6086 | @item M b |
| 6087 | @kindex M b (Summary) |
| 6088 | @findex gnus-summary-set-bookmark |
| 6089 | Set a bookmark in the current article |
| 6090 | (@code{gnus-summary-set-bookmark}). |
| 6091 | |
| 6092 | @item M B |
| 6093 | @kindex M B (Summary) |
| 6094 | @findex gnus-summary-remove-bookmark |
| 6095 | Remove the bookmark from the current article |
| 6096 | (@code{gnus-summary-remove-bookmark}). |
| 6097 | |
| 6098 | @item M V c |
| 6099 | @kindex M V c (Summary) |
| 6100 | @findex gnus-summary-clear-above |
| 6101 | Clear all marks from articles with scores over the default score (or |
| 6102 | over the numeric prefix) (@code{gnus-summary-clear-above}). |
| 6103 | |
| 6104 | @item M V u |
| 6105 | @kindex M V u (Summary) |
| 6106 | @findex gnus-summary-tick-above |
| 6107 | Tick all articles with scores over the default score (or over the |
| 6108 | numeric prefix) (@code{gnus-summary-tick-above}). |
| 6109 | |
| 6110 | @item M V m |
| 6111 | @kindex M V m (Summary) |
| 6112 | @findex gnus-summary-mark-above |
| 6113 | Prompt for a mark, and mark all articles with scores over the default |
| 6114 | score (or over the numeric prefix) with this mark |
| 6115 | (@code{gnus-summary-clear-above}). |
| 6116 | @end table |
| 6117 | |
| 6118 | @vindex gnus-summary-goto-unread |
| 6119 | The @code{gnus-summary-goto-unread} variable controls what action should |
| 6120 | be taken after setting a mark. If non-@code{nil}, point will move to |
| 6121 | the next/previous unread article. If @code{nil}, point will just move |
| 6122 | one line up or down. As a special case, if this variable is |
| 6123 | @code{never}, all the marking commands as well as other commands (like |
| 6124 | @kbd{SPACE}) will move to the next article, whether it is unread or not. |
| 6125 | The default is @code{t}. |
| 6126 | |
| 6127 | |
| 6128 | @node Generic Marking Commands |
| 6129 | @subsection Generic Marking Commands |
| 6130 | |
| 6131 | Some people would like the command that ticks an article (@kbd{!}) go to |
| 6132 | the next article. Others would like it to go to the next unread |
| 6133 | article. Yet others would like it to stay on the current article. And |
| 6134 | even though I haven't heard of anybody wanting it to go to the |
| 6135 | previous (unread) article, I'm sure there are people that want that as |
| 6136 | well. |
| 6137 | |
| 6138 | Multiply these five behaviors with five different marking commands, and |
| 6139 | you get a potentially complex set of variable to control what each |
| 6140 | command should do. |
| 6141 | |
| 6142 | To sidestep that mess, Gnus provides commands that do all these |
| 6143 | different things. They can be found on the @kbd{M M} map in the summary |
| 6144 | buffer. Type @kbd{M M C-h} to see them all---there are too many of them |
| 6145 | to list in this manual. |
| 6146 | |
| 6147 | While you can use these commands directly, most users would prefer |
| 6148 | altering the summary mode keymap. For instance, if you would like the |
| 6149 | @kbd{!} command to go to the next article instead of the next unread |
| 6150 | article, you could say something like: |
| 6151 | |
| 6152 | @lisp |
| 6153 | @group |
| 6154 | (add-hook 'gnus-summary-mode-hook 'my-alter-summary-map) |
| 6155 | (defun my-alter-summary-map () |
| 6156 | (local-set-key "!" 'gnus-summary-put-mark-as-ticked-next)) |
| 6157 | @end group |
| 6158 | @end lisp |
| 6159 | |
| 6160 | @noindent |
| 6161 | or |
| 6162 | |
| 6163 | @lisp |
| 6164 | (defun my-alter-summary-map () |
| 6165 | (local-set-key "!" "MM!n")) |
| 6166 | @end lisp |
| 6167 | |
| 6168 | |
| 6169 | @node Setting Process Marks |
| 6170 | @subsection Setting Process Marks |
| 6171 | @cindex setting process marks |
| 6172 | |
| 6173 | Process marks are displayed as @code{#} in the summary buffer, and are |
| 6174 | used for marking articles in such a way that other commands will |
| 6175 | process these articles. For instance, if you process mark four |
| 6176 | articles and then use the @kbd{*} command, Gnus will enter these four |
| 6177 | commands into the cache. For more information, |
| 6178 | @pxref{Process/Prefix}. |
| 6179 | |
| 6180 | @table @kbd |
| 6181 | |
| 6182 | @item M P p |
| 6183 | @itemx # |
| 6184 | @kindex # (Summary) |
| 6185 | @kindex M P p (Summary) |
| 6186 | @findex gnus-summary-mark-as-processable |
| 6187 | Mark the current article with the process mark |
| 6188 | (@code{gnus-summary-mark-as-processable}). |
| 6189 | @findex gnus-summary-unmark-as-processable |
| 6190 | |
| 6191 | @item M P u |
| 6192 | @itemx M-# |
| 6193 | @kindex M P u (Summary) |
| 6194 | @kindex M-# (Summary) |
| 6195 | Remove the process mark, if any, from the current article |
| 6196 | (@code{gnus-summary-unmark-as-processable}). |
| 6197 | |
| 6198 | @item M P U |
| 6199 | @kindex M P U (Summary) |
| 6200 | @findex gnus-summary-unmark-all-processable |
| 6201 | Remove the process mark from all articles |
| 6202 | (@code{gnus-summary-unmark-all-processable}). |
| 6203 | |
| 6204 | @item M P i |
| 6205 | @kindex M P i (Summary) |
| 6206 | @findex gnus-uu-invert-processable |
| 6207 | Invert the list of process marked articles |
| 6208 | (@code{gnus-uu-invert-processable}). |
| 6209 | |
| 6210 | @item M P R |
| 6211 | @kindex M P R (Summary) |
| 6212 | @findex gnus-uu-mark-by-regexp |
| 6213 | Mark articles that have a @code{Subject} header that matches a regular |
| 6214 | expression (@code{gnus-uu-mark-by-regexp}). |
| 6215 | |
| 6216 | @item M P G |
| 6217 | @kindex M P G (Summary) |
| 6218 | @findex gnus-uu-unmark-by-regexp |
| 6219 | Unmark articles that have a @code{Subject} header that matches a regular |
| 6220 | expression (@code{gnus-uu-unmark-by-regexp}). |
| 6221 | |
| 6222 | @item M P r |
| 6223 | @kindex M P r (Summary) |
| 6224 | @findex gnus-uu-mark-region |
| 6225 | Mark articles in region (@code{gnus-uu-mark-region}). |
| 6226 | |
| 6227 | @item M P g |
| 6228 | @kindex M P g (Summary) |
| 6229 | @findex gnus-uu-unmark-region |
| 6230 | Unmark articles in region (@code{gnus-uu-unmark-region}). |
| 6231 | |
| 6232 | @item M P t |
| 6233 | @kindex M P t (Summary) |
| 6234 | @findex gnus-uu-mark-thread |
| 6235 | Mark all articles in the current (sub)thread |
| 6236 | (@code{gnus-uu-mark-thread}). |
| 6237 | |
| 6238 | @item M P T |
| 6239 | @kindex M P T (Summary) |
| 6240 | @findex gnus-uu-unmark-thread |
| 6241 | Unmark all articles in the current (sub)thread |
| 6242 | (@code{gnus-uu-unmark-thread}). |
| 6243 | |
| 6244 | @item M P v |
| 6245 | @kindex M P v (Summary) |
| 6246 | @findex gnus-uu-mark-over |
| 6247 | Mark all articles that have a score above the prefix argument |
| 6248 | (@code{gnus-uu-mark-over}). |
| 6249 | |
| 6250 | @item M P s |
| 6251 | @kindex M P s (Summary) |
| 6252 | @findex gnus-uu-mark-series |
| 6253 | Mark all articles in the current series (@code{gnus-uu-mark-series}). |
| 6254 | |
| 6255 | @item M P S |
| 6256 | @kindex M P S (Summary) |
| 6257 | @findex gnus-uu-mark-sparse |
| 6258 | Mark all series that have already had some articles marked |
| 6259 | (@code{gnus-uu-mark-sparse}). |
| 6260 | |
| 6261 | @item M P a |
| 6262 | @kindex M P a (Summary) |
| 6263 | @findex gnus-uu-mark-all |
| 6264 | Mark all articles in series order (@code{gnus-uu-mark-all}). |
| 6265 | |
| 6266 | @item M P b |
| 6267 | @kindex M P b (Summary) |
| 6268 | @findex gnus-uu-mark-buffer |
| 6269 | Mark all articles in the buffer in the order they appear |
| 6270 | (@code{gnus-uu-mark-buffer}). |
| 6271 | |
| 6272 | @item M P k |
| 6273 | @kindex M P k (Summary) |
| 6274 | @findex gnus-summary-kill-process-mark |
| 6275 | Push the current process mark set onto the stack and unmark all articles |
| 6276 | (@code{gnus-summary-kill-process-mark}). |
| 6277 | |
| 6278 | @item M P y |
| 6279 | @kindex M P y (Summary) |
| 6280 | @findex gnus-summary-yank-process-mark |
| 6281 | Pop the previous process mark set from the stack and restore it |
| 6282 | (@code{gnus-summary-yank-process-mark}). |
| 6283 | |
| 6284 | @item M P w |
| 6285 | @kindex M P w (Summary) |
| 6286 | @findex gnus-summary-save-process-mark |
| 6287 | Push the current process mark set onto the stack |
| 6288 | (@code{gnus-summary-save-process-mark}). |
| 6289 | |
| 6290 | @end table |
| 6291 | |
| 6292 | Also see the @kbd{&} command in @ref{Searching for Articles}, for how to |
| 6293 | set process marks based on article body contents. |
| 6294 | |
| 6295 | |
| 6296 | @node Limiting |
| 6297 | @section Limiting |
| 6298 | @cindex limiting |
| 6299 | |
| 6300 | It can be convenient to limit the summary buffer to just show some |
| 6301 | subset of the articles currently in the group. The effect most limit |
| 6302 | commands have is to remove a few (or many) articles from the summary |
| 6303 | buffer. |
| 6304 | |
| 6305 | All limiting commands work on subsets of the articles already fetched |
| 6306 | from the servers. None of these commands query the server for |
| 6307 | additional articles. |
| 6308 | |
| 6309 | @table @kbd |
| 6310 | |
| 6311 | @item / / |
| 6312 | @itemx / s |
| 6313 | @kindex / / (Summary) |
| 6314 | @findex gnus-summary-limit-to-subject |
| 6315 | Limit the summary buffer to articles that match some subject |
| 6316 | (@code{gnus-summary-limit-to-subject}). If given a prefix, exclude |
| 6317 | matching articles. |
| 6318 | |
| 6319 | @item / a |
| 6320 | @kindex / a (Summary) |
| 6321 | @findex gnus-summary-limit-to-author |
| 6322 | Limit the summary buffer to articles that match some author |
| 6323 | (@code{gnus-summary-limit-to-author}). If given a prefix, exclude |
| 6324 | matching articles. |
| 6325 | |
| 6326 | @item / x |
| 6327 | @kindex / x (Summary) |
| 6328 | @findex gnus-summary-limit-to-extra |
| 6329 | Limit the summary buffer to articles that match one of the ``extra'' |
| 6330 | headers (@pxref{To From Newsgroups}) |
| 6331 | (@code{gnus-summary-limit-to-extra}). If given a prefix, exclude |
| 6332 | matching articles. |
| 6333 | |
| 6334 | @item / u |
| 6335 | @itemx x |
| 6336 | @kindex / u (Summary) |
| 6337 | @kindex x (Summary) |
| 6338 | @findex gnus-summary-limit-to-unread |
| 6339 | Limit the summary buffer to articles not marked as read |
| 6340 | (@code{gnus-summary-limit-to-unread}). If given a prefix, limit the |
| 6341 | buffer to articles strictly unread. This means that ticked and |
| 6342 | dormant articles will also be excluded. |
| 6343 | |
| 6344 | @item / m |
| 6345 | @kindex / m (Summary) |
| 6346 | @findex gnus-summary-limit-to-marks |
| 6347 | Ask for a mark and then limit to all articles that have been marked |
| 6348 | with that mark (@code{gnus-summary-limit-to-marks}). |
| 6349 | |
| 6350 | @item / t |
| 6351 | @kindex / t (Summary) |
| 6352 | @findex gnus-summary-limit-to-age |
| 6353 | Ask for a number and then limit the summary buffer to articles older than (or equal to) that number of days |
| 6354 | (@code{gnus-summary-limit-to-age}). If given a prefix, limit to |
| 6355 | articles younger than that number of days. |
| 6356 | |
| 6357 | @item / n |
| 6358 | @kindex / n (Summary) |
| 6359 | @findex gnus-summary-limit-to-articles |
| 6360 | With prefix @samp{n}, limit the summary buffer to the next @samp{n} |
| 6361 | articles. If not given a prefix, use the process marked articles |
| 6362 | instead. (@code{gnus-summary-limit-to-articles}). |
| 6363 | |
| 6364 | @item / w |
| 6365 | @kindex / w (Summary) |
| 6366 | @findex gnus-summary-pop-limit |
| 6367 | Pop the previous limit off the stack and restore it |
| 6368 | (@code{gnus-summary-pop-limit}). If given a prefix, pop all limits off |
| 6369 | the stack. |
| 6370 | |
| 6371 | @item / . |
| 6372 | @kindex / . (Summary) |
| 6373 | @findex gnus-summary-limit-to-unseen |
| 6374 | Limit the summary buffer to the unseen articles |
| 6375 | (@code{gnus-summary-limit-to-unseen}). |
| 6376 | |
| 6377 | @item / v |
| 6378 | @kindex / v (Summary) |
| 6379 | @findex gnus-summary-limit-to-score |
| 6380 | Limit the summary buffer to articles that have a score at or above some |
| 6381 | score (@code{gnus-summary-limit-to-score}). |
| 6382 | |
| 6383 | @item / p |
| 6384 | @kindex / p (Summary) |
| 6385 | @findex gnus-summary-limit-to-display-predicate |
| 6386 | Limit the summary buffer to articles that satisfy the @code{display} |
| 6387 | group parameter predicate |
| 6388 | (@code{gnus-summary-limit-to-display-predicate}). @xref{Group |
| 6389 | Parameters}, for more on this predicate. |
| 6390 | |
| 6391 | @item / E |
| 6392 | @itemx M S |
| 6393 | @kindex M S (Summary) |
| 6394 | @kindex / E (Summary) |
| 6395 | @findex gnus-summary-limit-include-expunged |
| 6396 | Include all expunged articles in the limit |
| 6397 | (@code{gnus-summary-limit-include-expunged}). |
| 6398 | |
| 6399 | @item / D |
| 6400 | @kindex / D (Summary) |
| 6401 | @findex gnus-summary-limit-include-dormant |
| 6402 | Include all dormant articles in the limit |
| 6403 | (@code{gnus-summary-limit-include-dormant}). |
| 6404 | |
| 6405 | @item / * |
| 6406 | @kindex / * (Summary) |
| 6407 | @findex gnus-summary-limit-include-cached |
| 6408 | Include all cached articles in the limit |
| 6409 | (@code{gnus-summary-limit-include-cached}). |
| 6410 | |
| 6411 | @item / d |
| 6412 | @kindex / d (Summary) |
| 6413 | @findex gnus-summary-limit-exclude-dormant |
| 6414 | Exclude all dormant articles from the limit |
| 6415 | (@code{gnus-summary-limit-exclude-dormant}). |
| 6416 | |
| 6417 | @item / M |
| 6418 | @kindex / M (Summary) |
| 6419 | @findex gnus-summary-limit-exclude-marks |
| 6420 | Exclude all marked articles (@code{gnus-summary-limit-exclude-marks}). |
| 6421 | |
| 6422 | @item / T |
| 6423 | @kindex / T (Summary) |
| 6424 | @findex gnus-summary-limit-include-thread |
| 6425 | Include all the articles in the current thread in the limit. |
| 6426 | |
| 6427 | @item / c |
| 6428 | @kindex / c (Summary) |
| 6429 | @findex gnus-summary-limit-exclude-childless-dormant |
| 6430 | Exclude all dormant articles that have no children from the limit@* |
| 6431 | (@code{gnus-summary-limit-exclude-childless-dormant}). |
| 6432 | |
| 6433 | @item / C |
| 6434 | @kindex / C (Summary) |
| 6435 | @findex gnus-summary-limit-mark-excluded-as-read |
| 6436 | Mark all excluded unread articles as read |
| 6437 | (@code{gnus-summary-limit-mark-excluded-as-read}). If given a prefix, |
| 6438 | also mark excluded ticked and dormant articles as read. |
| 6439 | |
| 6440 | @item / N |
| 6441 | @kindex / N (Summary) |
| 6442 | @findex gnus-summary-insert-new-articles |
| 6443 | Insert all new articles in the summary buffer. It scans for new emails |
| 6444 | if @var{back-end}@code{-get-new-mail} is non-@code{nil}. |
| 6445 | |
| 6446 | @item / o |
| 6447 | @kindex / o (Summary) |
| 6448 | @findex gnus-summary-insert-old-articles |
| 6449 | Insert all old articles in the summary buffer. If given a numbered |
| 6450 | prefix, fetch this number of articles. |
| 6451 | |
| 6452 | @end table |
| 6453 | |
| 6454 | |
| 6455 | @node Threading |
| 6456 | @section Threading |
| 6457 | @cindex threading |
| 6458 | @cindex article threading |
| 6459 | |
| 6460 | Gnus threads articles by default. @dfn{To thread} is to put responses |
| 6461 | to articles directly after the articles they respond to---in a |
| 6462 | hierarchical fashion. |
| 6463 | |
| 6464 | Threading is done by looking at the @code{References} headers of the |
| 6465 | articles. In a perfect world, this would be enough to build pretty |
| 6466 | trees, but unfortunately, the @code{References} header is often broken |
| 6467 | or simply missing. Weird news propagation exacerbates the problem, |
| 6468 | so one has to employ other heuristics to get pleasing results. A |
| 6469 | plethora of approaches exists, as detailed in horrible detail in |
| 6470 | @ref{Customizing Threading}. |
| 6471 | |
| 6472 | First, a quick overview of the concepts: |
| 6473 | |
| 6474 | @table @dfn |
| 6475 | @item root |
| 6476 | The top-most article in a thread; the first article in the thread. |
| 6477 | |
| 6478 | @item thread |
| 6479 | A tree-like article structure. |
| 6480 | |
| 6481 | @item sub-thread |
| 6482 | A small(er) section of this tree-like structure. |
| 6483 | |
| 6484 | @item loose threads |
| 6485 | Threads often lose their roots due to article expiry, or due to the root |
| 6486 | already having been read in a previous session, and not displayed in the |
| 6487 | summary buffer. We then typically have many sub-threads that really |
| 6488 | belong to one thread, but are without connecting roots. These are |
| 6489 | called loose threads. |
| 6490 | |
| 6491 | @item thread gathering |
| 6492 | An attempt to gather loose threads into bigger threads. |
| 6493 | |
| 6494 | @item sparse threads |
| 6495 | A thread where the missing articles have been ``guessed'' at, and are |
| 6496 | displayed as empty lines in the summary buffer. |
| 6497 | |
| 6498 | @end table |
| 6499 | |
| 6500 | |
| 6501 | @menu |
| 6502 | * Customizing Threading:: Variables you can change to affect the threading. |
| 6503 | * Thread Commands:: Thread based commands in the summary buffer. |
| 6504 | @end menu |
| 6505 | |
| 6506 | |
| 6507 | @node Customizing Threading |
| 6508 | @subsection Customizing Threading |
| 6509 | @cindex customizing threading |
| 6510 | |
| 6511 | @menu |
| 6512 | * Loose Threads:: How Gnus gathers loose threads into bigger threads. |
| 6513 | * Filling In Threads:: Making the threads displayed look fuller. |
| 6514 | * More Threading:: Even more variables for fiddling with threads. |
| 6515 | * Low-Level Threading:: You thought it was over@dots{} but you were wrong! |
| 6516 | @end menu |
| 6517 | |
| 6518 | |
| 6519 | @node Loose Threads |
| 6520 | @subsubsection Loose Threads |
| 6521 | @cindex < |
| 6522 | @cindex > |
| 6523 | @cindex loose threads |
| 6524 | |
| 6525 | @table @code |
| 6526 | @item gnus-summary-make-false-root |
| 6527 | @vindex gnus-summary-make-false-root |
| 6528 | If non-@code{nil}, Gnus will gather all loose subtrees into one big tree |
| 6529 | and create a dummy root at the top. (Wait a minute. Root at the top? |
| 6530 | Yup.) Loose subtrees occur when the real root has expired, or you've |
| 6531 | read or killed the root in a previous session. |
| 6532 | |
| 6533 | When there is no real root of a thread, Gnus will have to fudge |
| 6534 | something. This variable says what fudging method Gnus should use. |
| 6535 | There are four possible values: |
| 6536 | |
| 6537 | @iftex |
| 6538 | @iflatex |
| 6539 | \gnusfigure{The Summary Buffer}{390}{ |
| 6540 | \put(0,0){\epsfig{figure=ps/summary-adopt,width=7.5cm}} |
| 6541 | \put(445,0){\makebox(0,0)[br]{\epsfig{figure=ps/summary-empty,width=7.5cm}}} |
| 6542 | \put(0,400){\makebox(0,0)[tl]{\epsfig{figure=ps/summary-none,width=7.5cm}}} |
| 6543 | \put(445,400){\makebox(0,0)[tr]{\epsfig{figure=ps/summary-dummy,width=7.5cm}}} |
| 6544 | } |
| 6545 | @end iflatex |
| 6546 | @end iftex |
| 6547 | |
| 6548 | @cindex adopting articles |
| 6549 | |
| 6550 | @table @code |
| 6551 | |
| 6552 | @item adopt |
| 6553 | Gnus will make the first of the orphaned articles the parent. This |
| 6554 | parent will adopt all the other articles. The adopted articles will be |
| 6555 | marked as such by pointy brackets (@samp{<>}) instead of the standard |
| 6556 | square brackets (@samp{[]}). This is the default method. |
| 6557 | |
| 6558 | @item dummy |
| 6559 | @vindex gnus-summary-dummy-line-format |
| 6560 | @vindex gnus-summary-make-false-root-always |
| 6561 | Gnus will create a dummy summary line that will pretend to be the |
| 6562 | parent. This dummy line does not correspond to any real article, so |
| 6563 | selecting it will just select the first real article after the dummy |
| 6564 | article. @code{gnus-summary-dummy-line-format} is used to specify the |
| 6565 | format of the dummy roots. It accepts only one format spec: @samp{S}, |
| 6566 | which is the subject of the article. @xref{Formatting Variables}. |
| 6567 | If you want all threads to have a dummy root, even the non-gathered |
| 6568 | ones, set @code{gnus-summary-make-false-root-always} to @code{t}. |
| 6569 | |
| 6570 | @item empty |
| 6571 | Gnus won't actually make any article the parent, but simply leave the |
| 6572 | subject field of all orphans except the first empty. (Actually, it will |
| 6573 | use @code{gnus-summary-same-subject} as the subject (@pxref{Summary |
| 6574 | Buffer Format}).) |
| 6575 | |
| 6576 | @item none |
| 6577 | Don't make any article parent at all. Just gather the threads and |
| 6578 | display them after one another. |
| 6579 | |
| 6580 | @item nil |
| 6581 | Don't gather loose threads. |
| 6582 | @end table |
| 6583 | |
| 6584 | @item gnus-summary-gather-subject-limit |
| 6585 | @vindex gnus-summary-gather-subject-limit |
| 6586 | Loose threads are gathered by comparing subjects of articles. If this |
| 6587 | variable is @code{nil}, Gnus requires an exact match between the |
| 6588 | subjects of the loose threads before gathering them into one big |
| 6589 | super-thread. This might be too strict a requirement, what with the |
| 6590 | presence of stupid newsreaders that chop off long subject lines. If |
| 6591 | you think so, set this variable to, say, 20 to require that only the |
| 6592 | first 20 characters of the subjects have to match. If you set this |
| 6593 | variable to a really low number, you'll find that Gnus will gather |
| 6594 | everything in sight into one thread, which isn't very helpful. |
| 6595 | |
| 6596 | @cindex fuzzy article gathering |
| 6597 | If you set this variable to the special value @code{fuzzy}, Gnus will |
| 6598 | use a fuzzy string comparison algorithm on the subjects (@pxref{Fuzzy |
| 6599 | Matching}). |
| 6600 | |
| 6601 | @item gnus-simplify-subject-fuzzy-regexp |
| 6602 | @vindex gnus-simplify-subject-fuzzy-regexp |
| 6603 | This can either be a regular expression or list of regular expressions |
| 6604 | that match strings that will be removed from subjects if fuzzy subject |
| 6605 | simplification is used. |
| 6606 | |
| 6607 | @item gnus-simplify-ignored-prefixes |
| 6608 | @vindex gnus-simplify-ignored-prefixes |
| 6609 | If you set @code{gnus-summary-gather-subject-limit} to something as low |
| 6610 | as 10, you might consider setting this variable to something sensible: |
| 6611 | |
| 6612 | @c Written by Michael Ernst <mernst@cs.rice.edu> |
| 6613 | @lisp |
| 6614 | (setq gnus-simplify-ignored-prefixes |
| 6615 | (concat |
| 6616 | "\\`\\[?\\(" |
| 6617 | (mapconcat |
| 6618 | 'identity |
| 6619 | '("looking" |
| 6620 | "wanted" "followup" "summary\\( of\\)?" |
| 6621 | "help" "query" "problem" "question" |
| 6622 | "answer" "reference" "announce" |
| 6623 | "How can I" "How to" "Comparison of" |
| 6624 | ;; ... |
| 6625 | ) |
| 6626 | "\\|") |
| 6627 | "\\)\\s *\\(" |
| 6628 | (mapconcat 'identity |
| 6629 | '("for" "for reference" "with" "about") |
| 6630 | "\\|") |
| 6631 | "\\)?\\]?:?[ \t]*")) |
| 6632 | @end lisp |
| 6633 | |
| 6634 | All words that match this regexp will be removed before comparing two |
| 6635 | subjects. |
| 6636 | |
| 6637 | @item gnus-simplify-subject-functions |
| 6638 | @vindex gnus-simplify-subject-functions |
| 6639 | If non-@code{nil}, this variable overrides |
| 6640 | @code{gnus-summary-gather-subject-limit}. This variable should be a |
| 6641 | list of functions to apply to the @code{Subject} string iteratively to |
| 6642 | arrive at the simplified version of the string. |
| 6643 | |
| 6644 | Useful functions to put in this list include: |
| 6645 | |
| 6646 | @table @code |
| 6647 | @item gnus-simplify-subject-re |
| 6648 | @findex gnus-simplify-subject-re |
| 6649 | Strip the leading @samp{Re:}. |
| 6650 | |
| 6651 | @item gnus-simplify-subject-fuzzy |
| 6652 | @findex gnus-simplify-subject-fuzzy |
| 6653 | Simplify fuzzily. |
| 6654 | |
| 6655 | @item gnus-simplify-whitespace |
| 6656 | @findex gnus-simplify-whitespace |
| 6657 | Remove excessive whitespace. |
| 6658 | |
| 6659 | @item gnus-simplify-all-whitespace |
| 6660 | @findex gnus-simplify-all-whitespace |
| 6661 | Remove all whitespace. |
| 6662 | @end table |
| 6663 | |
| 6664 | You may also write your own functions, of course. |
| 6665 | |
| 6666 | |
| 6667 | @item gnus-summary-gather-exclude-subject |
| 6668 | @vindex gnus-summary-gather-exclude-subject |
| 6669 | Since loose thread gathering is done on subjects only, that might lead |
| 6670 | to many false hits, especially with certain common subjects like |
| 6671 | @samp{} and @samp{(none)}. To make the situation slightly better, |
| 6672 | you can use the regexp @code{gnus-summary-gather-exclude-subject} to say |
| 6673 | what subjects should be excluded from the gathering process.@* |
| 6674 | The default is @samp{^ *$\\|^(none)$}. |
| 6675 | |
| 6676 | @item gnus-summary-thread-gathering-function |
| 6677 | @vindex gnus-summary-thread-gathering-function |
| 6678 | Gnus gathers threads by looking at @code{Subject} headers. This means |
| 6679 | that totally unrelated articles may end up in the same ``thread'', which |
| 6680 | is confusing. An alternate approach is to look at all the |
| 6681 | @code{Message-ID}s in all the @code{References} headers to find matches. |
| 6682 | This will ensure that no gathered threads ever include unrelated |
| 6683 | articles, but it also means that people who have posted with broken |
| 6684 | newsreaders won't be gathered properly. The choice is yours---plague or |
| 6685 | cholera: |
| 6686 | |
| 6687 | @table @code |
| 6688 | @item gnus-gather-threads-by-subject |
| 6689 | @findex gnus-gather-threads-by-subject |
| 6690 | This function is the default gathering function and looks at |
| 6691 | @code{Subject}s exclusively. |
| 6692 | |
| 6693 | @item gnus-gather-threads-by-references |
| 6694 | @findex gnus-gather-threads-by-references |
| 6695 | This function looks at @code{References} headers exclusively. |
| 6696 | @end table |
| 6697 | |
| 6698 | If you want to test gathering by @code{References}, you could say |
| 6699 | something like: |
| 6700 | |
| 6701 | @lisp |
| 6702 | (setq gnus-summary-thread-gathering-function |
| 6703 | 'gnus-gather-threads-by-references) |
| 6704 | @end lisp |
| 6705 | |
| 6706 | @end table |
| 6707 | |
| 6708 | |
| 6709 | @node Filling In Threads |
| 6710 | @subsubsection Filling In Threads |
| 6711 | |
| 6712 | @table @code |
| 6713 | @item gnus-fetch-old-headers |
| 6714 | @vindex gnus-fetch-old-headers |
| 6715 | If non-@code{nil}, Gnus will attempt to build old threads by fetching |
| 6716 | more old headers---headers to articles marked as read. If you would |
| 6717 | like to display as few summary lines as possible, but still connect as |
| 6718 | many loose threads as possible, you should set this variable to |
| 6719 | @code{some} or a number. If you set it to a number, no more than that |
| 6720 | number of extra old headers will be fetched. In either case, fetching |
| 6721 | old headers only works if the back end you are using carries overview |
| 6722 | files---this would normally be @code{nntp}, @code{nnspool}, |
| 6723 | @code{nnml}, and @code{nnmaildir}. Also remember that if the root of |
| 6724 | the thread has been expired by the server, there's not much Gnus can |
| 6725 | do about that. |
| 6726 | |
| 6727 | This variable can also be set to @code{invisible}. This won't have any |
| 6728 | visible effects, but is useful if you use the @kbd{A T} command a lot |
| 6729 | (@pxref{Finding the Parent}). |
| 6730 | |
| 6731 | @item gnus-fetch-old-ephemeral-headers |
| 6732 | @vindex gnus-fetch-old-ephemeral-headers |
| 6733 | Same as @code{gnus-fetch-old-headers}, but only used for ephemeral |
| 6734 | newsgroups. |
| 6735 | |
| 6736 | @item gnus-build-sparse-threads |
| 6737 | @vindex gnus-build-sparse-threads |
| 6738 | Fetching old headers can be slow. A low-rent similar effect can be |
| 6739 | gotten by setting this variable to @code{some}. Gnus will then look at |
| 6740 | the complete @code{References} headers of all articles and try to string |
| 6741 | together articles that belong in the same thread. This will leave |
| 6742 | @dfn{gaps} in the threading display where Gnus guesses that an article |
| 6743 | is missing from the thread. (These gaps appear like normal summary |
| 6744 | lines. If you select a gap, Gnus will try to fetch the article in |
| 6745 | question.) If this variable is @code{t}, Gnus will display all these |
| 6746 | ``gaps'' without regard for whether they are useful for completing the |
| 6747 | thread or not. Finally, if this variable is @code{more}, Gnus won't cut |
| 6748 | off sparse leaf nodes that don't lead anywhere. This variable is |
| 6749 | @code{nil} by default. |
| 6750 | |
| 6751 | @item gnus-read-all-available-headers |
| 6752 | @vindex gnus-read-all-available-headers |
| 6753 | This is a rather obscure variable that few will find useful. It's |
| 6754 | intended for those non-news newsgroups where the back end has to fetch |
| 6755 | quite a lot to present the summary buffer, and where it's impossible to |
| 6756 | go back to parents of articles. This is mostly the case in the |
| 6757 | web-based groups, like the @code{nnultimate} groups. |
| 6758 | |
| 6759 | If you don't use those, then it's safe to leave this as the default |
| 6760 | @code{nil}. If you want to use this variable, it should be a regexp |
| 6761 | that matches the group name, or @code{t} for all groups. |
| 6762 | |
| 6763 | @end table |
| 6764 | |
| 6765 | |
| 6766 | @node More Threading |
| 6767 | @subsubsection More Threading |
| 6768 | |
| 6769 | @table @code |
| 6770 | @item gnus-show-threads |
| 6771 | @vindex gnus-show-threads |
| 6772 | If this variable is @code{nil}, no threading will be done, and all of |
| 6773 | the rest of the variables here will have no effect. Turning threading |
| 6774 | off will speed group selection up a bit, but it is sure to make reading |
| 6775 | slower and more awkward. |
| 6776 | |
| 6777 | @item gnus-thread-hide-subtree |
| 6778 | @vindex gnus-thread-hide-subtree |
| 6779 | If non-@code{nil}, all threads will be hidden when the summary buffer is |
| 6780 | generated. |
| 6781 | |
| 6782 | This can also be a predicate specifier (@pxref{Predicate Specifiers}). |
| 6783 | Available predicates are @code{gnus-article-unread-p} and |
| 6784 | @code{gnus-article-unseen-p}. |
| 6785 | |
| 6786 | Here's an example: |
| 6787 | |
| 6788 | @lisp |
| 6789 | (setq gnus-thread-hide-subtree |
| 6790 | '(or gnus-article-unread-p |
| 6791 | gnus-article-unseen-p)) |
| 6792 | @end lisp |
| 6793 | |
| 6794 | (It's a pretty nonsensical example, since all unseen articles are also |
| 6795 | unread, but you get my drift.) |
| 6796 | |
| 6797 | |
| 6798 | @item gnus-thread-expunge-below |
| 6799 | @vindex gnus-thread-expunge-below |
| 6800 | All threads that have a total score (as defined by |
| 6801 | @code{gnus-thread-score-function}) less than this number will be |
| 6802 | expunged. This variable is @code{nil} by default, which means that no |
| 6803 | threads are expunged. |
| 6804 | |
| 6805 | @item gnus-thread-hide-killed |
| 6806 | @vindex gnus-thread-hide-killed |
| 6807 | if you kill a thread and this variable is non-@code{nil}, the subtree |
| 6808 | will be hidden. |
| 6809 | |
| 6810 | @item gnus-thread-ignore-subject |
| 6811 | @vindex gnus-thread-ignore-subject |
| 6812 | Sometimes somebody changes the subject in the middle of a thread. If |
| 6813 | this variable is non-@code{nil}, which is the default, the subject |
| 6814 | change is ignored. If it is @code{nil}, a change in the subject will |
| 6815 | result in a new thread. |
| 6816 | |
| 6817 | @item gnus-thread-indent-level |
| 6818 | @vindex gnus-thread-indent-level |
| 6819 | This is a number that says how much each sub-thread should be indented. |
| 6820 | The default is 4. |
| 6821 | |
| 6822 | @item gnus-sort-gathered-threads-function |
| 6823 | @vindex gnus-sort-gathered-threads-function |
| 6824 | Sometimes, particularly with mailing lists, the order in which mails |
| 6825 | arrive locally is not necessarily the same as the order in which they |
| 6826 | arrived on the mailing list. Consequently, when sorting sub-threads |
| 6827 | using the default @code{gnus-thread-sort-by-number}, responses can end |
| 6828 | up appearing before the article to which they are responding to. |
| 6829 | Setting this variable to an alternate value |
| 6830 | (e.g. @code{gnus-thread-sort-by-date}), in a group's parameters or in an |
| 6831 | appropriate hook (e.g. @code{gnus-summary-generate-hook}) can produce a |
| 6832 | more logical sub-thread ordering in such instances. |
| 6833 | |
| 6834 | @end table |
| 6835 | |
| 6836 | |
| 6837 | @node Low-Level Threading |
| 6838 | @subsubsection Low-Level Threading |
| 6839 | |
| 6840 | @table @code |
| 6841 | |
| 6842 | @item gnus-parse-headers-hook |
| 6843 | @vindex gnus-parse-headers-hook |
| 6844 | Hook run before parsing any headers. |
| 6845 | |
| 6846 | @item gnus-alter-header-function |
| 6847 | @vindex gnus-alter-header-function |
| 6848 | If non-@code{nil}, this function will be called to allow alteration of |
| 6849 | article header structures. The function is called with one parameter, |
| 6850 | the article header vector, which it may alter in any way. For instance, |
| 6851 | if you have a mail-to-news gateway which alters the @code{Message-ID}s |
| 6852 | in systematic ways (by adding prefixes and such), you can use this |
| 6853 | variable to un-scramble the @code{Message-ID}s so that they are more |
| 6854 | meaningful. Here's one example: |
| 6855 | |
| 6856 | @lisp |
| 6857 | (setq gnus-alter-header-function 'my-alter-message-id) |
| 6858 | |
| 6859 | (defun my-alter-message-id (header) |
| 6860 | (let ((id (mail-header-id header))) |
| 6861 | (when (string-match |
| 6862 | "\\(<[^<>@@]*\\)\\.?cygnus\\..*@@\\([^<>@@]*>\\)" id) |
| 6863 | (mail-header-set-id |
| 6864 | (concat (match-string 1 id) "@@" (match-string 2 id)) |
| 6865 | header)))) |
| 6866 | @end lisp |
| 6867 | |
| 6868 | @end table |
| 6869 | |
| 6870 | |
| 6871 | @node Thread Commands |
| 6872 | @subsection Thread Commands |
| 6873 | @cindex thread commands |
| 6874 | |
| 6875 | @table @kbd |
| 6876 | |
| 6877 | @item T k |
| 6878 | @itemx C-M-k |
| 6879 | @kindex T k (Summary) |
| 6880 | @kindex C-M-k (Summary) |
| 6881 | @findex gnus-summary-kill-thread |
| 6882 | Mark all articles in the current (sub-)thread as read |
| 6883 | (@code{gnus-summary-kill-thread}). If the prefix argument is positive, |
| 6884 | remove all marks instead. If the prefix argument is negative, tick |
| 6885 | articles instead. |
| 6886 | |
| 6887 | @item T l |
| 6888 | @itemx C-M-l |
| 6889 | @kindex T l (Summary) |
| 6890 | @kindex C-M-l (Summary) |
| 6891 | @findex gnus-summary-lower-thread |
| 6892 | Lower the score of the current (sub-)thread |
| 6893 | (@code{gnus-summary-lower-thread}). |
| 6894 | |
| 6895 | @item T i |
| 6896 | @kindex T i (Summary) |
| 6897 | @findex gnus-summary-raise-thread |
| 6898 | Increase the score of the current (sub-)thread |
| 6899 | (@code{gnus-summary-raise-thread}). |
| 6900 | |
| 6901 | @item T # |
| 6902 | @kindex T # (Summary) |
| 6903 | @findex gnus-uu-mark-thread |
| 6904 | Set the process mark on the current (sub-)thread |
| 6905 | (@code{gnus-uu-mark-thread}). |
| 6906 | |
| 6907 | @item T M-# |
| 6908 | @kindex T M-# (Summary) |
| 6909 | @findex gnus-uu-unmark-thread |
| 6910 | Remove the process mark from the current (sub-)thread |
| 6911 | (@code{gnus-uu-unmark-thread}). |
| 6912 | |
| 6913 | @item T T |
| 6914 | @kindex T T (Summary) |
| 6915 | @findex gnus-summary-toggle-threads |
| 6916 | Toggle threading (@code{gnus-summary-toggle-threads}). |
| 6917 | |
| 6918 | @item T s |
| 6919 | @kindex T s (Summary) |
| 6920 | @findex gnus-summary-show-thread |
| 6921 | Expose the (sub-)thread hidden under the current article, if any@* |
| 6922 | (@code{gnus-summary-show-thread}). |
| 6923 | |
| 6924 | @item T h |
| 6925 | @kindex T h (Summary) |
| 6926 | @findex gnus-summary-hide-thread |
| 6927 | Hide the current (sub-)thread (@code{gnus-summary-hide-thread}). |
| 6928 | |
| 6929 | @item T S |
| 6930 | @kindex T S (Summary) |
| 6931 | @findex gnus-summary-show-all-threads |
| 6932 | Expose all hidden threads (@code{gnus-summary-show-all-threads}). |
| 6933 | |
| 6934 | @item T H |
| 6935 | @kindex T H (Summary) |
| 6936 | @findex gnus-summary-hide-all-threads |
| 6937 | Hide all threads (@code{gnus-summary-hide-all-threads}). |
| 6938 | |
| 6939 | @item T t |
| 6940 | @kindex T t (Summary) |
| 6941 | @findex gnus-summary-rethread-current |
| 6942 | Re-thread the current article's thread |
| 6943 | (@code{gnus-summary-rethread-current}). This works even when the |
| 6944 | summary buffer is otherwise unthreaded. |
| 6945 | |
| 6946 | @item T ^ |
| 6947 | @kindex T ^ (Summary) |
| 6948 | @findex gnus-summary-reparent-thread |
| 6949 | Make the current article the child of the marked (or previous) article |
| 6950 | (@code{gnus-summary-reparent-thread}). |
| 6951 | |
| 6952 | @end table |
| 6953 | |
| 6954 | The following commands are thread movement commands. They all |
| 6955 | understand the numeric prefix. |
| 6956 | |
| 6957 | @table @kbd |
| 6958 | |
| 6959 | @item T n |
| 6960 | @kindex T n (Summary) |
| 6961 | @itemx C-M-f |
| 6962 | @kindex C-M-n (Summary) |
| 6963 | @itemx M-down |
| 6964 | @kindex M-down (Summary) |
| 6965 | @findex gnus-summary-next-thread |
| 6966 | Go to the next thread (@code{gnus-summary-next-thread}). |
| 6967 | |
| 6968 | @item T p |
| 6969 | @kindex T p (Summary) |
| 6970 | @itemx C-M-b |
| 6971 | @kindex C-M-p (Summary) |
| 6972 | @itemx M-up |
| 6973 | @kindex M-up (Summary) |
| 6974 | @findex gnus-summary-prev-thread |
| 6975 | Go to the previous thread (@code{gnus-summary-prev-thread}). |
| 6976 | |
| 6977 | @item T d |
| 6978 | @kindex T d (Summary) |
| 6979 | @findex gnus-summary-down-thread |
| 6980 | Descend the thread (@code{gnus-summary-down-thread}). |
| 6981 | |
| 6982 | @item T u |
| 6983 | @kindex T u (Summary) |
| 6984 | @findex gnus-summary-up-thread |
| 6985 | Ascend the thread (@code{gnus-summary-up-thread}). |
| 6986 | |
| 6987 | @item T o |
| 6988 | @kindex T o (Summary) |
| 6989 | @findex gnus-summary-top-thread |
| 6990 | Go to the top of the thread (@code{gnus-summary-top-thread}). |
| 6991 | @end table |
| 6992 | |
| 6993 | @vindex gnus-thread-operation-ignore-subject |
| 6994 | If you ignore subject while threading, you'll naturally end up with |
| 6995 | threads that have several different subjects in them. If you then issue |
| 6996 | a command like @kbd{T k} (@code{gnus-summary-kill-thread}) you might not |
| 6997 | wish to kill the entire thread, but just those parts of the thread that |
| 6998 | have the same subject as the current article. If you like this idea, |
| 6999 | you can fiddle with @code{gnus-thread-operation-ignore-subject}. If it |
| 7000 | is non-@code{nil} (which it is by default), subjects will be ignored |
| 7001 | when doing thread commands. If this variable is @code{nil}, articles in |
| 7002 | the same thread with different subjects will not be included in the |
| 7003 | operation in question. If this variable is @code{fuzzy}, only articles |
| 7004 | that have subjects fuzzily equal will be included (@pxref{Fuzzy |
| 7005 | Matching}). |
| 7006 | |
| 7007 | |
| 7008 | @node Sorting the Summary Buffer |
| 7009 | @section Sorting the Summary Buffer |
| 7010 | |
| 7011 | @findex gnus-thread-sort-by-total-score |
| 7012 | @findex gnus-thread-sort-by-date |
| 7013 | @findex gnus-thread-sort-by-score |
| 7014 | @findex gnus-thread-sort-by-subject |
| 7015 | @findex gnus-thread-sort-by-author |
| 7016 | @findex gnus-thread-sort-by-number |
| 7017 | @findex gnus-thread-sort-by-random |
| 7018 | @vindex gnus-thread-sort-functions |
| 7019 | @findex gnus-thread-sort-by-most-recent-number |
| 7020 | @findex gnus-thread-sort-by-most-recent-date |
| 7021 | If you are using a threaded summary display, you can sort the threads by |
| 7022 | setting @code{gnus-thread-sort-functions}, which can be either a single |
| 7023 | function, a list of functions, or a list containing functions and |
| 7024 | @code{(not some-function)} elements. |
| 7025 | |
| 7026 | By default, sorting is done on article numbers. Ready-made sorting |
| 7027 | predicate functions include @code{gnus-thread-sort-by-number}, |
| 7028 | @code{gnus-thread-sort-by-author}, @code{gnus-thread-sort-by-subject}, |
| 7029 | @code{gnus-thread-sort-by-date}, @code{gnus-thread-sort-by-score}, |
| 7030 | @code{gnus-thread-sort-by-most-recent-number}, |
| 7031 | @code{gnus-thread-sort-by-most-recent-date}, |
| 7032 | @code{gnus-thread-sort-by-random} and |
| 7033 | @code{gnus-thread-sort-by-total-score}. |
| 7034 | |
| 7035 | Each function takes two threads and returns non-@code{nil} if the first |
| 7036 | thread should be sorted before the other. Note that sorting really is |
| 7037 | normally done by looking only at the roots of each thread. |
| 7038 | |
| 7039 | If you use more than one function, the primary sort key should be the |
| 7040 | last function in the list. You should probably always include |
| 7041 | @code{gnus-thread-sort-by-number} in the list of sorting |
| 7042 | functions---preferably first. This will ensure that threads that are |
| 7043 | equal with respect to the other sort criteria will be displayed in |
| 7044 | ascending article order. |
| 7045 | |
| 7046 | If you would like to sort by reverse score, then by subject, and finally |
| 7047 | by number, you could do something like: |
| 7048 | |
| 7049 | @lisp |
| 7050 | (setq gnus-thread-sort-functions |
| 7051 | '(gnus-thread-sort-by-number |
| 7052 | gnus-thread-sort-by-subject |
| 7053 | (not gnus-thread-sort-by-total-score))) |
| 7054 | @end lisp |
| 7055 | |
| 7056 | The threads that have highest score will be displayed first in the |
| 7057 | summary buffer. When threads have the same score, they will be sorted |
| 7058 | alphabetically. The threads that have the same score and the same |
| 7059 | subject will be sorted by number, which is (normally) the sequence in |
| 7060 | which the articles arrived. |
| 7061 | |
| 7062 | If you want to sort by score and then reverse arrival order, you could |
| 7063 | say something like: |
| 7064 | |
| 7065 | @lisp |
| 7066 | (setq gnus-thread-sort-functions |
| 7067 | '((lambda (t1 t2) |
| 7068 | (not (gnus-thread-sort-by-number t1 t2))) |
| 7069 | gnus-thread-sort-by-score)) |
| 7070 | @end lisp |
| 7071 | |
| 7072 | @vindex gnus-thread-score-function |
| 7073 | The function in the @code{gnus-thread-score-function} variable (default |
| 7074 | @code{+}) is used for calculating the total score of a thread. Useful |
| 7075 | functions might be @code{max}, @code{min}, or squared means, or whatever |
| 7076 | tickles your fancy. |
| 7077 | |
| 7078 | @findex gnus-article-sort-functions |
| 7079 | @findex gnus-article-sort-by-date |
| 7080 | @findex gnus-article-sort-by-score |
| 7081 | @findex gnus-article-sort-by-subject |
| 7082 | @findex gnus-article-sort-by-author |
| 7083 | @findex gnus-article-sort-by-random |
| 7084 | @findex gnus-article-sort-by-number |
| 7085 | If you are using an unthreaded display for some strange reason or |
| 7086 | other, you have to fiddle with the @code{gnus-article-sort-functions} |
| 7087 | variable. It is very similar to the |
| 7088 | @code{gnus-thread-sort-functions}, except that it uses slightly |
| 7089 | different functions for article comparison. Available sorting |
| 7090 | predicate functions are @code{gnus-article-sort-by-number}, |
| 7091 | @code{gnus-article-sort-by-author}, |
| 7092 | @code{gnus-article-sort-by-subject}, @code{gnus-article-sort-by-date}, |
| 7093 | @code{gnus-article-sort-by-random}, and |
| 7094 | @code{gnus-article-sort-by-score}. |
| 7095 | |
| 7096 | If you want to sort an unthreaded summary display by subject, you could |
| 7097 | say something like: |
| 7098 | |
| 7099 | @lisp |
| 7100 | (setq gnus-article-sort-functions |
| 7101 | '(gnus-article-sort-by-number |
| 7102 | gnus-article-sort-by-subject)) |
| 7103 | @end lisp |
| 7104 | |
| 7105 | |
| 7106 | |
| 7107 | @node Asynchronous Fetching |
| 7108 | @section Asynchronous Article Fetching |
| 7109 | @cindex asynchronous article fetching |
| 7110 | @cindex article pre-fetch |
| 7111 | @cindex pre-fetch |
| 7112 | |
| 7113 | If you read your news from an @acronym{NNTP} server that's far away, the |
| 7114 | network latencies may make reading articles a chore. You have to wait |
| 7115 | for a while after pressing @kbd{n} to go to the next article before the |
| 7116 | article appears. Why can't Gnus just go ahead and fetch the article |
| 7117 | while you are reading the previous one? Why not, indeed. |
| 7118 | |
| 7119 | First, some caveats. There are some pitfalls to using asynchronous |
| 7120 | article fetching, especially the way Gnus does it. |
| 7121 | |
| 7122 | Let's say you are reading article 1, which is short, and article 2 is |
| 7123 | quite long, and you are not interested in reading that. Gnus does not |
| 7124 | know this, so it goes ahead and fetches article 2. You decide to read |
| 7125 | article 3, but since Gnus is in the process of fetching article 2, the |
| 7126 | connection is blocked. |
| 7127 | |
| 7128 | To avoid these situations, Gnus will open two (count 'em two) |
| 7129 | connections to the server. Some people may think this isn't a very nice |
| 7130 | thing to do, but I don't see any real alternatives. Setting up that |
| 7131 | extra connection takes some time, so Gnus startup will be slower. |
| 7132 | |
| 7133 | Gnus will fetch more articles than you will read. This will mean that |
| 7134 | the link between your machine and the @acronym{NNTP} server will become more |
| 7135 | loaded than if you didn't use article pre-fetch. The server itself will |
| 7136 | also become more loaded---both with the extra article requests, and the |
| 7137 | extra connection. |
| 7138 | |
| 7139 | Ok, so now you know that you shouldn't really use this thing@dots{} unless |
| 7140 | you really want to. |
| 7141 | |
| 7142 | @vindex gnus-asynchronous |
| 7143 | Here's how: Set @code{gnus-asynchronous} to @code{t}. The rest should |
| 7144 | happen automatically. |
| 7145 | |
| 7146 | @vindex gnus-use-article-prefetch |
| 7147 | You can control how many articles are to be pre-fetched by setting |
| 7148 | @code{gnus-use-article-prefetch}. This is 30 by default, which means |
| 7149 | that when you read an article in the group, the back end will pre-fetch |
| 7150 | the next 30 articles. If this variable is @code{t}, the back end will |
| 7151 | pre-fetch all the articles it can without bound. If it is |
| 7152 | @code{nil}, no pre-fetching will be done. |
| 7153 | |
| 7154 | @vindex gnus-async-prefetch-article-p |
| 7155 | @findex gnus-async-read-p |
| 7156 | There are probably some articles that you don't want to pre-fetch---read |
| 7157 | articles, for instance. The @code{gnus-async-prefetch-article-p} |
| 7158 | variable controls whether an article is to be pre-fetched. This |
| 7159 | function should return non-@code{nil} when the article in question is |
| 7160 | to be pre-fetched. The default is @code{gnus-async-read-p}, which |
| 7161 | returns @code{nil} on read articles. The function is called with an |
| 7162 | article data structure as the only parameter. |
| 7163 | |
| 7164 | If, for instance, you wish to pre-fetch only unread articles shorter |
| 7165 | than 100 lines, you could say something like: |
| 7166 | |
| 7167 | @lisp |
| 7168 | (defun my-async-short-unread-p (data) |
| 7169 | "Return non-nil for short, unread articles." |
| 7170 | (and (gnus-data-unread-p data) |
| 7171 | (< (mail-header-lines (gnus-data-header data)) |
| 7172 | 100))) |
| 7173 | |
| 7174 | (setq gnus-async-prefetch-article-p 'my-async-short-unread-p) |
| 7175 | @end lisp |
| 7176 | |
| 7177 | These functions will be called many, many times, so they should |
| 7178 | preferably be short and sweet to avoid slowing down Gnus too much. |
| 7179 | It's probably a good idea to byte-compile things like this. |
| 7180 | |
| 7181 | @vindex gnus-prefetched-article-deletion-strategy |
| 7182 | Articles have to be removed from the asynch buffer sooner or later. The |
| 7183 | @code{gnus-prefetched-article-deletion-strategy} says when to remove |
| 7184 | articles. This is a list that may contain the following elements: |
| 7185 | |
| 7186 | @table @code |
| 7187 | @item read |
| 7188 | Remove articles when they are read. |
| 7189 | |
| 7190 | @item exit |
| 7191 | Remove articles when exiting the group. |
| 7192 | @end table |
| 7193 | |
| 7194 | The default value is @code{(read exit)}. |
| 7195 | |
| 7196 | @c @vindex gnus-use-header-prefetch |
| 7197 | @c If @code{gnus-use-header-prefetch} is non-@code{nil}, prefetch articles |
| 7198 | @c from the next group. |
| 7199 | |
| 7200 | |
| 7201 | @node Article Caching |
| 7202 | @section Article Caching |
| 7203 | @cindex article caching |
| 7204 | @cindex caching |
| 7205 | |
| 7206 | If you have an @emph{extremely} slow @acronym{NNTP} connection, you may |
| 7207 | consider turning article caching on. Each article will then be stored |
| 7208 | locally under your home directory. As you may surmise, this could |
| 7209 | potentially use @emph{huge} amounts of disk space, as well as eat up all |
| 7210 | your inodes so fast it will make your head swim. In vodka. |
| 7211 | |
| 7212 | Used carefully, though, it could be just an easier way to save articles. |
| 7213 | |
| 7214 | @vindex gnus-use-long-file-name |
| 7215 | @vindex gnus-cache-directory |
| 7216 | @vindex gnus-use-cache |
| 7217 | To turn caching on, set @code{gnus-use-cache} to @code{t}. By default, |
| 7218 | all articles ticked or marked as dormant will then be copied |
| 7219 | over to your local cache (@code{gnus-cache-directory}). Whether this |
| 7220 | cache is flat or hierarchical is controlled by the |
| 7221 | @code{gnus-use-long-file-name} variable, as usual. |
| 7222 | |
| 7223 | When re-selecting a ticked or dormant article, it will be fetched from the |
| 7224 | cache instead of from the server. As articles in your cache will never |
| 7225 | expire, this might serve as a method of saving articles while still |
| 7226 | keeping them where they belong. Just mark all articles you want to save |
| 7227 | as dormant, and don't worry. |
| 7228 | |
| 7229 | When an article is marked as read, is it removed from the cache. |
| 7230 | |
| 7231 | @vindex gnus-cache-remove-articles |
| 7232 | @vindex gnus-cache-enter-articles |
| 7233 | The entering/removal of articles from the cache is controlled by the |
| 7234 | @code{gnus-cache-enter-articles} and @code{gnus-cache-remove-articles} |
| 7235 | variables. Both are lists of symbols. The first is @code{(ticked |
| 7236 | dormant)} by default, meaning that ticked and dormant articles will be |
| 7237 | put in the cache. The latter is @code{(read)} by default, meaning that |
| 7238 | articles marked as read are removed from the cache. Possibly |
| 7239 | symbols in these two lists are @code{ticked}, @code{dormant}, |
| 7240 | @code{unread} and @code{read}. |
| 7241 | |
| 7242 | @findex gnus-jog-cache |
| 7243 | So where does the massive article-fetching and storing come into the |
| 7244 | picture? The @code{gnus-jog-cache} command will go through all |
| 7245 | subscribed newsgroups, request all unread articles, score them, and |
| 7246 | store them in the cache. You should only ever, ever ever ever, use this |
| 7247 | command if 1) your connection to the @acronym{NNTP} server is really, really, |
| 7248 | really slow and 2) you have a really, really, really huge disk. |
| 7249 | Seriously. One way to cut down on the number of articles downloaded is |
| 7250 | to score unwanted articles down and have them marked as read. They will |
| 7251 | not then be downloaded by this command. |
| 7252 | |
| 7253 | @vindex gnus-uncacheable-groups |
| 7254 | @vindex gnus-cacheable-groups |
| 7255 | It is likely that you do not want caching on all groups. For instance, |
| 7256 | if your @code{nnml} mail is located under your home directory, it makes no |
| 7257 | sense to cache it somewhere else under your home directory. Unless you |
| 7258 | feel that it's neat to use twice as much space. |
| 7259 | |
| 7260 | To limit the caching, you could set @code{gnus-cacheable-groups} to a |
| 7261 | regexp of groups to cache, @samp{^nntp} for instance, or set the |
| 7262 | @code{gnus-uncacheable-groups} regexp to @samp{^nnml}, for instance. |
| 7263 | Both variables are @code{nil} by default. If a group matches both |
| 7264 | variables, the group is not cached. |
| 7265 | |
| 7266 | @findex gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases |
| 7267 | @findex gnus-cache-generate-active |
| 7268 | @vindex gnus-cache-active-file |
| 7269 | The cache stores information on what articles it contains in its active |
| 7270 | file (@code{gnus-cache-active-file}). If this file (or any other parts |
| 7271 | of the cache) becomes all messed up for some reason or other, Gnus |
| 7272 | offers two functions that will try to set things right. @kbd{M-x |
| 7273 | gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases} will (re)build all the @acronym{NOV} |
| 7274 | files, and @kbd{gnus-cache-generate-active} will (re)generate the active |
| 7275 | file. |
| 7276 | |
| 7277 | @findex gnus-cache-move-cache |
| 7278 | @code{gnus-cache-move-cache} will move your whole |
| 7279 | @code{gnus-cache-directory} to some other location. You get asked to |
| 7280 | where, isn't that cool? |
| 7281 | |
| 7282 | @node Persistent Articles |
| 7283 | @section Persistent Articles |
| 7284 | @cindex persistent articles |
| 7285 | |
| 7286 | Closely related to article caching, we have @dfn{persistent articles}. |
| 7287 | In fact, it's just a different way of looking at caching, and much more |
| 7288 | useful in my opinion. |
| 7289 | |
| 7290 | Say you're reading a newsgroup, and you happen on to some valuable gem |
| 7291 | that you want to keep and treasure forever. You'd normally just save it |
| 7292 | (using one of the many saving commands) in some file. The problem with |
| 7293 | that is that it's just, well, yucky. Ideally you'd prefer just having |
| 7294 | the article remain in the group where you found it forever; untouched by |
| 7295 | the expiry going on at the news server. |
| 7296 | |
| 7297 | This is what a @dfn{persistent article} is---an article that just won't |
| 7298 | be deleted. It's implemented using the normal cache functions, but |
| 7299 | you use two explicit commands for managing persistent articles: |
| 7300 | |
| 7301 | @table @kbd |
| 7302 | |
| 7303 | @item * |
| 7304 | @kindex * (Summary) |
| 7305 | @findex gnus-cache-enter-article |
| 7306 | Make the current article persistent (@code{gnus-cache-enter-article}). |
| 7307 | |
| 7308 | @item M-* |
| 7309 | @kindex M-* (Summary) |
| 7310 | @findex gnus-cache-remove-article |
| 7311 | Remove the current article from the persistent articles |
| 7312 | (@code{gnus-cache-remove-article}). This will normally delete the |
| 7313 | article. |
| 7314 | @end table |
| 7315 | |
| 7316 | Both these commands understand the process/prefix convention. |
| 7317 | |
| 7318 | To avoid having all ticked articles (and stuff) entered into the cache, |
| 7319 | you should set @code{gnus-use-cache} to @code{passive} if you're just |
| 7320 | interested in persistent articles: |
| 7321 | |
| 7322 | @lisp |
| 7323 | (setq gnus-use-cache 'passive) |
| 7324 | @end lisp |
| 7325 | |
| 7326 | |
| 7327 | @node Article Backlog |
| 7328 | @section Article Backlog |
| 7329 | @cindex backlog |
| 7330 | @cindex article backlog |
| 7331 | |
| 7332 | If you have a slow connection, but the idea of using caching seems |
| 7333 | unappealing to you (and it is, really), you can help the situation some |
| 7334 | by switching on the @dfn{backlog}. This is where Gnus will buffer |
| 7335 | already read articles so that it doesn't have to re-fetch articles |
| 7336 | you've already read. This only helps if you are in the habit of |
| 7337 | re-selecting articles you've recently read, of course. If you never do |
| 7338 | that, turning the backlog on will slow Gnus down a little bit, and |
| 7339 | increase memory usage some. |
| 7340 | |
| 7341 | @vindex gnus-keep-backlog |
| 7342 | If you set @code{gnus-keep-backlog} to a number @var{n}, Gnus will store |
| 7343 | at most @var{n} old articles in a buffer for later re-fetching. If this |
| 7344 | variable is non-@code{nil} and is not a number, Gnus will store |
| 7345 | @emph{all} read articles, which means that your Emacs will grow without |
| 7346 | bound before exploding and taking your machine down with you. I put |
| 7347 | that in there just to keep y'all on your toes. |
| 7348 | |
| 7349 | The default value is 20. |
| 7350 | |
| 7351 | |
| 7352 | @node Saving Articles |
| 7353 | @section Saving Articles |
| 7354 | @cindex saving articles |
| 7355 | |
| 7356 | Gnus can save articles in a number of ways. Below is the documentation |
| 7357 | for saving articles in a fairly straight-forward fashion (i.e., little |
| 7358 | processing of the article is done before it is saved). For a different |
| 7359 | approach (uudecoding, unsharing) you should use @code{gnus-uu} |
| 7360 | (@pxref{Decoding Articles}). |
| 7361 | |
| 7362 | For the commands listed here, the target is a file. If you want to |
| 7363 | save to a group, see the @kbd{B c} (@code{gnus-summary-copy-article}) |
| 7364 | command (@pxref{Mail Group Commands}). |
| 7365 | |
| 7366 | @vindex gnus-save-all-headers |
| 7367 | If @code{gnus-save-all-headers} is non-@code{nil}, Gnus will not delete |
| 7368 | unwanted headers before saving the article. |
| 7369 | |
| 7370 | @vindex gnus-saved-headers |
| 7371 | If the preceding variable is @code{nil}, all headers that match the |
| 7372 | @code{gnus-saved-headers} regexp will be kept, while the rest will be |
| 7373 | deleted before saving. |
| 7374 | |
| 7375 | @table @kbd |
| 7376 | |
| 7377 | @item O o |
| 7378 | @itemx o |
| 7379 | @kindex O o (Summary) |
| 7380 | @kindex o (Summary) |
| 7381 | @findex gnus-summary-save-article |
| 7382 | @c @icon{gnus-summary-save-article} |
| 7383 | Save the current article using the default article saver |
| 7384 | (@code{gnus-summary-save-article}). |
| 7385 | |
| 7386 | @item O m |
| 7387 | @kindex O m (Summary) |
| 7388 | @findex gnus-summary-save-article-mail |
| 7389 | Save the current article in a Unix mail box (mbox) file |
| 7390 | (@code{gnus-summary-save-article-mail}). |
| 7391 | |
| 7392 | @item O r |
| 7393 | @kindex O r (Summary) |
| 7394 | @findex gnus-summary-save-article-rmail |
| 7395 | Save the current article in Rmail format |
| 7396 | (@code{gnus-summary-save-article-rmail}). |
| 7397 | |
| 7398 | @item O f |
| 7399 | @kindex O f (Summary) |
| 7400 | @findex gnus-summary-save-article-file |
| 7401 | @c @icon{gnus-summary-save-article-file} |
| 7402 | Save the current article in plain file format |
| 7403 | (@code{gnus-summary-save-article-file}). |
| 7404 | |
| 7405 | @item O F |
| 7406 | @kindex O F (Summary) |
| 7407 | @findex gnus-summary-write-article-file |
| 7408 | Write the current article in plain file format, overwriting any previous |
| 7409 | file contents (@code{gnus-summary-write-article-file}). |
| 7410 | |
| 7411 | @item O b |
| 7412 | @kindex O b (Summary) |
| 7413 | @findex gnus-summary-save-article-body-file |
| 7414 | Save the current article body in plain file format |
| 7415 | (@code{gnus-summary-save-article-body-file}). |
| 7416 | |
| 7417 | @item O h |
| 7418 | @kindex O h (Summary) |
| 7419 | @findex gnus-summary-save-article-folder |
| 7420 | Save the current article in mh folder format |
| 7421 | (@code{gnus-summary-save-article-folder}). |
| 7422 | |
| 7423 | @item O v |
| 7424 | @kindex O v (Summary) |
| 7425 | @findex gnus-summary-save-article-vm |
| 7426 | Save the current article in a VM folder |
| 7427 | (@code{gnus-summary-save-article-vm}). |
| 7428 | |
| 7429 | @item O p |
| 7430 | @itemx | |
| 7431 | @kindex O p (Summary) |
| 7432 | @kindex | (Summary) |
| 7433 | @findex gnus-summary-pipe-output |
| 7434 | Save the current article in a pipe. Uhm, like, what I mean is---Pipe |
| 7435 | the current article to a process (@code{gnus-summary-pipe-output}). |
| 7436 | If given a symbolic prefix (@pxref{Symbolic Prefixes}), include the |
| 7437 | complete headers in the piped output. |
| 7438 | |
| 7439 | @item O P |
| 7440 | @kindex O P (Summary) |
| 7441 | @findex gnus-summary-muttprint |
| 7442 | @vindex gnus-summary-muttprint-program |
| 7443 | Save the current article into muttprint. That is, print it using the |
| 7444 | external program @uref{http://muttprint.sourceforge.net/, |
| 7445 | Muttprint}. The program name and options to use is controlled by the |
| 7446 | variable @code{gnus-summary-muttprint-program}. |
| 7447 | (@code{gnus-summary-muttprint}). |
| 7448 | |
| 7449 | @end table |
| 7450 | |
| 7451 | @vindex gnus-prompt-before-saving |
| 7452 | All these commands use the process/prefix convention |
| 7453 | (@pxref{Process/Prefix}). If you save bunches of articles using these |
| 7454 | functions, you might get tired of being prompted for files to save each |
| 7455 | and every article in. The prompting action is controlled by |
| 7456 | the @code{gnus-prompt-before-saving} variable, which is @code{always} by |
| 7457 | default, giving you that excessive prompting action you know and |
| 7458 | loathe. If you set this variable to @code{t} instead, you'll be prompted |
| 7459 | just once for each series of articles you save. If you like to really |
| 7460 | have Gnus do all your thinking for you, you can even set this variable |
| 7461 | to @code{nil}, which means that you will never be prompted for files to |
| 7462 | save articles in. Gnus will simply save all the articles in the default |
| 7463 | files. |
| 7464 | |
| 7465 | |
| 7466 | @vindex gnus-default-article-saver |
| 7467 | You can customize the @code{gnus-default-article-saver} variable to make |
| 7468 | Gnus do what you want it to. You can use any of the eight ready-made |
| 7469 | functions below, or you can create your own. |
| 7470 | |
| 7471 | @table @code |
| 7472 | |
| 7473 | @item gnus-summary-save-in-rmail |
| 7474 | @findex gnus-summary-save-in-rmail |
| 7475 | @vindex gnus-rmail-save-name |
| 7476 | @findex gnus-plain-save-name |
| 7477 | This is the default format, @dfn{Babyl}. Uses the function in the |
| 7478 | @code{gnus-rmail-save-name} variable to get a file name to save the |
| 7479 | article in. The default is @code{gnus-plain-save-name}. |
| 7480 | |
| 7481 | @item gnus-summary-save-in-mail |
| 7482 | @findex gnus-summary-save-in-mail |
| 7483 | @vindex gnus-mail-save-name |
| 7484 | Save in a Unix mail (mbox) file. Uses the function in the |
| 7485 | @code{gnus-mail-save-name} variable to get a file name to save the |
| 7486 | article in. The default is @code{gnus-plain-save-name}. |
| 7487 | |
| 7488 | @item gnus-summary-save-in-file |
| 7489 | @findex gnus-summary-save-in-file |
| 7490 | @vindex gnus-file-save-name |
| 7491 | @findex gnus-numeric-save-name |
| 7492 | Append the article straight to an ordinary file. Uses the function in |
| 7493 | the @code{gnus-file-save-name} variable to get a file name to save the |
| 7494 | article in. The default is @code{gnus-numeric-save-name}. |
| 7495 | |
| 7496 | @item gnus-summary-write-to-file |
| 7497 | @findex gnus-summary-write-to-file |
| 7498 | Write the article straight to an ordinary file. The file is |
| 7499 | overwritten if it exists. Uses the function in the |
| 7500 | @code{gnus-file-save-name} variable to get a file name to save the |
| 7501 | article in. The default is @code{gnus-numeric-save-name}. |
| 7502 | |
| 7503 | @item gnus-summary-save-body-in-file |
| 7504 | @findex gnus-summary-save-body-in-file |
| 7505 | Append the article body to an ordinary file. Uses the function in the |
| 7506 | @code{gnus-file-save-name} variable to get a file name to save the |
| 7507 | article in. The default is @code{gnus-numeric-save-name}. |
| 7508 | |
| 7509 | @item gnus-summary-write-body-to-file |
| 7510 | @findex gnus-summary-write-body-to-file |
| 7511 | Write the article body straight to an ordinary file. The file is |
| 7512 | overwritten if it exists. Uses the function in the |
| 7513 | @code{gnus-file-save-name} variable to get a file name to save the |
| 7514 | article in. The default is @code{gnus-numeric-save-name}. |
| 7515 | |
| 7516 | @item gnus-summary-save-in-folder |
| 7517 | @findex gnus-summary-save-in-folder |
| 7518 | @findex gnus-folder-save-name |
| 7519 | @findex gnus-Folder-save-name |
| 7520 | @vindex gnus-folder-save-name |
| 7521 | @cindex rcvstore |
| 7522 | @cindex MH folders |
| 7523 | Save the article to an MH folder using @code{rcvstore} from the MH |
| 7524 | library. Uses the function in the @code{gnus-folder-save-name} variable |
| 7525 | to get a file name to save the article in. The default is |
| 7526 | @code{gnus-folder-save-name}, but you can also use |
| 7527 | @code{gnus-Folder-save-name}, which creates capitalized names. |
| 7528 | |
| 7529 | @item gnus-summary-save-in-vm |
| 7530 | @findex gnus-summary-save-in-vm |
| 7531 | Save the article in a VM folder. You have to have the VM mail |
| 7532 | reader to use this setting. |
| 7533 | @end table |
| 7534 | |
| 7535 | The symbol of each function may have the following properties: |
| 7536 | |
| 7537 | @table @code |
| 7538 | @item :decode |
| 7539 | The value non-@code{nil} means save decoded articles. This is |
| 7540 | meaningful only with @code{gnus-summary-save-in-file}, |
| 7541 | @code{gnus-summary-save-body-in-file}, |
| 7542 | @code{gnus-summary-write-to-file}, and |
| 7543 | @code{gnus-summary-write-body-to-file}. |
| 7544 | |
| 7545 | @item :function |
| 7546 | The value specifies an alternative function which appends, not |
| 7547 | overwrites, articles to a file. This implies that when saving many |
| 7548 | articles at a time, @code{gnus-prompt-before-saving} is bound to |
| 7549 | @code{t} and all articles are saved in a single file. This is |
| 7550 | meaningful only with @code{gnus-summary-write-to-file} and |
| 7551 | @code{gnus-summary-write-body-to-file}. |
| 7552 | |
| 7553 | @item :headers |
| 7554 | The value specifies the symbol of a variable of which the value |
| 7555 | specifies headers to be saved. If it is omitted, |
| 7556 | @code{gnus-save-all-headers} and @code{gnus-saved-headers} control what |
| 7557 | headers should be saved. |
| 7558 | @end table |
| 7559 | |
| 7560 | @vindex gnus-article-save-directory |
| 7561 | All of these functions, except for the last one, will save the article |
| 7562 | in the @code{gnus-article-save-directory}, which is initialized from the |
| 7563 | @env{SAVEDIR} environment variable. This is @file{~/News/} by |
| 7564 | default. |
| 7565 | |
| 7566 | As you can see above, the functions use different functions to find a |
| 7567 | suitable name of a file to save the article in. Below is a list of |
| 7568 | available functions that generate names: |
| 7569 | |
| 7570 | @table @code |
| 7571 | |
| 7572 | @item gnus-Numeric-save-name |
| 7573 | @findex gnus-Numeric-save-name |
| 7574 | File names like @file{~/News/Alt.andrea-dworkin/45}. |
| 7575 | |
| 7576 | @item gnus-numeric-save-name |
| 7577 | @findex gnus-numeric-save-name |
| 7578 | File names like @file{~/News/alt.andrea-dworkin/45}. |
| 7579 | |
| 7580 | @item gnus-Plain-save-name |
| 7581 | @findex gnus-Plain-save-name |
| 7582 | File names like @file{~/News/Alt.andrea-dworkin}. |
| 7583 | |
| 7584 | @item gnus-plain-save-name |
| 7585 | @findex gnus-plain-save-name |
| 7586 | File names like @file{~/News/alt.andrea-dworkin}. |
| 7587 | |
| 7588 | @item gnus-sender-save-name |
| 7589 | @findex gnus-sender-save-name |
| 7590 | File names like @file{~/News/larsi}. |
| 7591 | @end table |
| 7592 | |
| 7593 | @vindex gnus-split-methods |
| 7594 | You can have Gnus suggest where to save articles by plonking a regexp into |
| 7595 | the @code{gnus-split-methods} alist. For instance, if you would like to |
| 7596 | save articles related to Gnus in the file @file{gnus-stuff}, and articles |
| 7597 | related to VM in @file{vm-stuff}, you could set this variable to something |
| 7598 | like: |
| 7599 | |
| 7600 | @lisp |
| 7601 | (("^Subject:.*gnus\\|^Newsgroups:.*gnus" "gnus-stuff") |
| 7602 | ("^Subject:.*vm\\|^Xref:.*vm" "vm-stuff") |
| 7603 | (my-choosing-function "../other-dir/my-stuff") |
| 7604 | ((equal gnus-newsgroup-name "mail.misc") "mail-stuff")) |
| 7605 | @end lisp |
| 7606 | |
| 7607 | We see that this is a list where each element is a list that has two |
| 7608 | elements---the @dfn{match} and the @dfn{file}. The match can either be |
| 7609 | a string (in which case it is used as a regexp to match on the article |
| 7610 | head); it can be a symbol (which will be called as a function with the |
| 7611 | group name as a parameter); or it can be a list (which will be |
| 7612 | @code{eval}ed). If any of these actions have a non-@code{nil} result, |
| 7613 | the @dfn{file} will be used as a default prompt. In addition, the |
| 7614 | result of the operation itself will be used if the function or form |
| 7615 | called returns a string or a list of strings. |
| 7616 | |
| 7617 | You basically end up with a list of file names that might be used when |
| 7618 | saving the current article. (All ``matches'' will be used.) You will |
| 7619 | then be prompted for what you really want to use as a name, with file |
| 7620 | name completion over the results from applying this variable. |
| 7621 | |
| 7622 | This variable is @code{((gnus-article-archive-name))} by default, which |
| 7623 | means that Gnus will look at the articles it saves for an |
| 7624 | @code{Archive-name} line and use that as a suggestion for the file |
| 7625 | name. |
| 7626 | |
| 7627 | Here's an example function to clean up file names somewhat. If you have |
| 7628 | lots of mail groups called things like |
| 7629 | @samp{nnml:mail.whatever}, you may want to chop off the beginning of |
| 7630 | these group names before creating the file name to save to. The |
| 7631 | following will do just that: |
| 7632 | |
| 7633 | @lisp |
| 7634 | (defun my-save-name (group) |
| 7635 | (when (string-match "^nnml:mail." group) |
| 7636 | (substring group (match-end 0)))) |
| 7637 | |
| 7638 | (setq gnus-split-methods |
| 7639 | '((gnus-article-archive-name) |
| 7640 | (my-save-name))) |
| 7641 | @end lisp |
| 7642 | |
| 7643 | |
| 7644 | @vindex gnus-use-long-file-name |
| 7645 | Finally, you have the @code{gnus-use-long-file-name} variable. If it is |
| 7646 | @code{nil}, all the preceding functions will replace all periods |
| 7647 | (@samp{.}) in the group names with slashes (@samp{/})---which means that |
| 7648 | the functions will generate hierarchies of directories instead of having |
| 7649 | all the files in the top level directory |
| 7650 | (@file{~/News/alt/andrea-dworkin} instead of |
| 7651 | @file{~/News/alt.andrea-dworkin}.) This variable is @code{t} by default |
| 7652 | on most systems. However, for historical reasons, this is @code{nil} on |
| 7653 | Xenix and usg-unix-v machines by default. |
| 7654 | |
| 7655 | This function also affects kill and score file names. If this variable |
| 7656 | is a list, and the list contains the element @code{not-score}, long file |
| 7657 | names will not be used for score files, if it contains the element |
| 7658 | @code{not-save}, long file names will not be used for saving, and if it |
| 7659 | contains the element @code{not-kill}, long file names will not be used |
| 7660 | for kill files. |
| 7661 | |
| 7662 | If you'd like to save articles in a hierarchy that looks something like |
| 7663 | a spool, you could |
| 7664 | |
| 7665 | @lisp |
| 7666 | (setq gnus-use-long-file-name '(not-save)) ; @r{to get a hierarchy} |
| 7667 | (setq gnus-default-article-saver |
| 7668 | 'gnus-summary-save-in-file) ; @r{no encoding} |
| 7669 | @end lisp |
| 7670 | |
| 7671 | Then just save with @kbd{o}. You'd then read this hierarchy with |
| 7672 | ephemeral @code{nneething} groups---@kbd{G D} in the group buffer, and |
| 7673 | the top level directory as the argument (@file{~/News/}). Then just walk |
| 7674 | around to the groups/directories with @code{nneething}. |
| 7675 | |
| 7676 | |
| 7677 | @node Decoding Articles |
| 7678 | @section Decoding Articles |
| 7679 | @cindex decoding articles |
| 7680 | |
| 7681 | Sometime users post articles (or series of articles) that have been |
| 7682 | encoded in some way or other. Gnus can decode them for you. |
| 7683 | |
| 7684 | @menu |
| 7685 | * Uuencoded Articles:: Uudecode articles. |
| 7686 | * Shell Archives:: Unshar articles. |
| 7687 | * PostScript Files:: Split PostScript. |
| 7688 | * Other Files:: Plain save and binhex. |
| 7689 | * Decoding Variables:: Variables for a happy decoding. |
| 7690 | * Viewing Files:: You want to look at the result of the decoding? |
| 7691 | @end menu |
| 7692 | |
| 7693 | @cindex series |
| 7694 | @cindex article series |
| 7695 | All these functions use the process/prefix convention |
| 7696 | (@pxref{Process/Prefix}) for finding out what articles to work on, with |
| 7697 | the extension that a ``single article'' means ``a single series''. Gnus |
| 7698 | can find out by itself what articles belong to a series, decode all the |
| 7699 | articles and unpack/view/save the resulting file(s). |
| 7700 | |
| 7701 | Gnus guesses what articles are in the series according to the following |
| 7702 | simplish rule: The subjects must be (nearly) identical, except for the |
| 7703 | last two numbers of the line. (Spaces are largely ignored, however.) |
| 7704 | |
| 7705 | For example: If you choose a subject called @samp{cat.gif (2/3)}, Gnus |
| 7706 | will find all the articles that match the regexp @samp{^cat.gif |
| 7707 | ([0-9]+/[0-9]+).*$}. |
| 7708 | |
| 7709 | Subjects that are non-standard, like @samp{cat.gif (2/3) Part 6 of a |
| 7710 | series}, will not be properly recognized by any of the automatic viewing |
| 7711 | commands, and you have to mark the articles manually with @kbd{#}. |
| 7712 | |
| 7713 | |
| 7714 | @node Uuencoded Articles |
| 7715 | @subsection Uuencoded Articles |
| 7716 | @cindex uudecode |
| 7717 | @cindex uuencoded articles |
| 7718 | |
| 7719 | @table @kbd |
| 7720 | |
| 7721 | @item X u |
| 7722 | @kindex X u (Summary) |
| 7723 | @findex gnus-uu-decode-uu |
| 7724 | @c @icon{gnus-uu-decode-uu} |
| 7725 | Uudecodes the current series (@code{gnus-uu-decode-uu}). |
| 7726 | |
| 7727 | @item X U |
| 7728 | @kindex X U (Summary) |
| 7729 | @findex gnus-uu-decode-uu-and-save |
| 7730 | Uudecodes and saves the current series |
| 7731 | (@code{gnus-uu-decode-uu-and-save}). |
| 7732 | |
| 7733 | @item X v u |
| 7734 | @kindex X v u (Summary) |
| 7735 | @findex gnus-uu-decode-uu-view |
| 7736 | Uudecodes and views the current series (@code{gnus-uu-decode-uu-view}). |
| 7737 | |
| 7738 | @item X v U |
| 7739 | @kindex X v U (Summary) |
| 7740 | @findex gnus-uu-decode-uu-and-save-view |
| 7741 | Uudecodes, views and saves the current series |
| 7742 | (@code{gnus-uu-decode-uu-and-save-view}). |
| 7743 | |
| 7744 | @end table |
| 7745 | |
| 7746 | Remember that these all react to the presence of articles marked with |
| 7747 | the process mark. If, for instance, you'd like to decode and save an |
| 7748 | entire newsgroup, you'd typically do @kbd{M P a} |
| 7749 | (@code{gnus-uu-mark-all}) and then @kbd{X U} |
| 7750 | (@code{gnus-uu-decode-uu-and-save}). |
| 7751 | |
| 7752 | All this is very much different from how @code{gnus-uu} worked with |
| 7753 | @sc{gnus 4.1}, where you had explicit keystrokes for everything under |
| 7754 | the sun. This version of @code{gnus-uu} generally assumes that you mark |
| 7755 | articles in some way (@pxref{Setting Process Marks}) and then press |
| 7756 | @kbd{X u}. |
| 7757 | |
| 7758 | @vindex gnus-uu-notify-files |
| 7759 | Note: When trying to decode articles that have names matching |
| 7760 | @code{gnus-uu-notify-files}, which is hard-coded to |
| 7761 | @samp{[Cc][Ii][Nn][Dd][Yy][0-9]+.\\(gif\\|jpg\\)}, @code{gnus-uu} will |
| 7762 | automatically post an article on @samp{comp.unix.wizards} saying that |
| 7763 | you have just viewed the file in question. This feature can't be turned |
| 7764 | off. |
| 7765 | |
| 7766 | |
| 7767 | @node Shell Archives |
| 7768 | @subsection Shell Archives |
| 7769 | @cindex unshar |
| 7770 | @cindex shell archives |
| 7771 | @cindex shared articles |
| 7772 | |
| 7773 | Shell archives (``shar files'') used to be a popular way to distribute |
| 7774 | sources, but it isn't used all that much today. In any case, we have |
| 7775 | some commands to deal with these: |
| 7776 | |
| 7777 | @table @kbd |
| 7778 | |
| 7779 | @item X s |
| 7780 | @kindex X s (Summary) |
| 7781 | @findex gnus-uu-decode-unshar |
| 7782 | Unshars the current series (@code{gnus-uu-decode-unshar}). |
| 7783 | |
| 7784 | @item X S |
| 7785 | @kindex X S (Summary) |
| 7786 | @findex gnus-uu-decode-unshar-and-save |
| 7787 | Unshars and saves the current series (@code{gnus-uu-decode-unshar-and-save}). |
| 7788 | |
| 7789 | @item X v s |
| 7790 | @kindex X v s (Summary) |
| 7791 | @findex gnus-uu-decode-unshar-view |
| 7792 | Unshars and views the current series (@code{gnus-uu-decode-unshar-view}). |
| 7793 | |
| 7794 | @item X v S |
| 7795 | @kindex X v S (Summary) |
| 7796 | @findex gnus-uu-decode-unshar-and-save-view |
| 7797 | Unshars, views and saves the current series |
| 7798 | (@code{gnus-uu-decode-unshar-and-save-view}). |
| 7799 | @end table |
| 7800 | |
| 7801 | |
| 7802 | @node PostScript Files |
| 7803 | @subsection PostScript Files |
| 7804 | @cindex PostScript |
| 7805 | |
| 7806 | @table @kbd |
| 7807 | |
| 7808 | @item X p |
| 7809 | @kindex X p (Summary) |
| 7810 | @findex gnus-uu-decode-postscript |
| 7811 | Unpack the current PostScript series (@code{gnus-uu-decode-postscript}). |
| 7812 | |
| 7813 | @item X P |
| 7814 | @kindex X P (Summary) |
| 7815 | @findex gnus-uu-decode-postscript-and-save |
| 7816 | Unpack and save the current PostScript series |
| 7817 | (@code{gnus-uu-decode-postscript-and-save}). |
| 7818 | |
| 7819 | @item X v p |
| 7820 | @kindex X v p (Summary) |
| 7821 | @findex gnus-uu-decode-postscript-view |
| 7822 | View the current PostScript series |
| 7823 | (@code{gnus-uu-decode-postscript-view}). |
| 7824 | |
| 7825 | @item X v P |
| 7826 | @kindex X v P (Summary) |
| 7827 | @findex gnus-uu-decode-postscript-and-save-view |
| 7828 | View and save the current PostScript series |
| 7829 | (@code{gnus-uu-decode-postscript-and-save-view}). |
| 7830 | @end table |
| 7831 | |
| 7832 | |
| 7833 | @node Other Files |
| 7834 | @subsection Other Files |
| 7835 | |
| 7836 | @table @kbd |
| 7837 | @item X o |
| 7838 | @kindex X o (Summary) |
| 7839 | @findex gnus-uu-decode-save |
| 7840 | Save the current series |
| 7841 | (@code{gnus-uu-decode-save}). |
| 7842 | |
| 7843 | @item X b |
| 7844 | @kindex X b (Summary) |
| 7845 | @findex gnus-uu-decode-binhex |
| 7846 | Unbinhex the current series (@code{gnus-uu-decode-binhex}). This |
| 7847 | doesn't really work yet. |
| 7848 | @end table |
| 7849 | |
| 7850 | |
| 7851 | @node Decoding Variables |
| 7852 | @subsection Decoding Variables |
| 7853 | |
| 7854 | Adjective, not verb. |
| 7855 | |
| 7856 | @menu |
| 7857 | * Rule Variables:: Variables that say how a file is to be viewed. |
| 7858 | * Other Decode Variables:: Other decode variables. |
| 7859 | * Uuencoding and Posting:: Variables for customizing uuencoding. |
| 7860 | @end menu |
| 7861 | |
| 7862 | |
| 7863 | @node Rule Variables |
| 7864 | @subsubsection Rule Variables |
| 7865 | @cindex rule variables |
| 7866 | |
| 7867 | Gnus uses @dfn{rule variables} to decide how to view a file. All these |
| 7868 | variables are of the form |
| 7869 | |
| 7870 | @lisp |
| 7871 | (list '(regexp1 command2) |
| 7872 | '(regexp2 command2) |
| 7873 | ...) |
| 7874 | @end lisp |
| 7875 | |
| 7876 | @table @code |
| 7877 | |
| 7878 | @item gnus-uu-user-view-rules |
| 7879 | @vindex gnus-uu-user-view-rules |
| 7880 | @cindex sox |
| 7881 | This variable is consulted first when viewing files. If you wish to use, |
| 7882 | for instance, @code{sox} to convert an @file{.au} sound file, you could |
| 7883 | say something like: |
| 7884 | @lisp |
| 7885 | (setq gnus-uu-user-view-rules |
| 7886 | (list '("\\\\.au$" "sox %s -t .aiff > /dev/audio"))) |
| 7887 | @end lisp |
| 7888 | |
| 7889 | @item gnus-uu-user-view-rules-end |
| 7890 | @vindex gnus-uu-user-view-rules-end |
| 7891 | This variable is consulted if Gnus couldn't make any matches from the |
| 7892 | user and default view rules. |
| 7893 | |
| 7894 | @item gnus-uu-user-archive-rules |
| 7895 | @vindex gnus-uu-user-archive-rules |
| 7896 | This variable can be used to say what commands should be used to unpack |
| 7897 | archives. |
| 7898 | @end table |
| 7899 | |
| 7900 | |
| 7901 | @node Other Decode Variables |
| 7902 | @subsubsection Other Decode Variables |
| 7903 | |
| 7904 | @table @code |
| 7905 | @vindex gnus-uu-grabbed-file-functions |
| 7906 | |
| 7907 | @item gnus-uu-grabbed-file-functions |
| 7908 | All functions in this list will be called right after each file has been |
| 7909 | successfully decoded---so that you can move or view files right away, |
| 7910 | and don't have to wait for all files to be decoded before you can do |
| 7911 | anything. Ready-made functions you can put in this list are: |
| 7912 | |
| 7913 | @table @code |
| 7914 | |
| 7915 | @item gnus-uu-grab-view |
| 7916 | @findex gnus-uu-grab-view |
| 7917 | View the file. |
| 7918 | |
| 7919 | @item gnus-uu-grab-move |
| 7920 | @findex gnus-uu-grab-move |
| 7921 | Move the file (if you're using a saving function.) |
| 7922 | @end table |
| 7923 | |
| 7924 | @item gnus-uu-be-dangerous |
| 7925 | @vindex gnus-uu-be-dangerous |
| 7926 | Specifies what to do if unusual situations arise during decoding. If |
| 7927 | @code{nil}, be as conservative as possible. If @code{t}, ignore things |
| 7928 | that didn't work, and overwrite existing files. Otherwise, ask each |
| 7929 | time. |
| 7930 | |
| 7931 | @item gnus-uu-ignore-files-by-name |
| 7932 | @vindex gnus-uu-ignore-files-by-name |
| 7933 | Files with name matching this regular expression won't be viewed. |
| 7934 | |
| 7935 | @item gnus-uu-ignore-files-by-type |
| 7936 | @vindex gnus-uu-ignore-files-by-type |
| 7937 | Files with a @acronym{MIME} type matching this variable won't be viewed. |
| 7938 | Note that Gnus tries to guess what type the file is based on the name. |
| 7939 | @code{gnus-uu} is not a @acronym{MIME} package (yet), so this is slightly |
| 7940 | kludgey. |
| 7941 | |
| 7942 | @item gnus-uu-tmp-dir |
| 7943 | @vindex gnus-uu-tmp-dir |
| 7944 | Where @code{gnus-uu} does its work. |
| 7945 | |
| 7946 | @item gnus-uu-do-not-unpack-archives |
| 7947 | @vindex gnus-uu-do-not-unpack-archives |
| 7948 | Non-@code{nil} means that @code{gnus-uu} won't peek inside archives |
| 7949 | looking for files to display. |
| 7950 | |
| 7951 | @item gnus-uu-view-and-save |
| 7952 | @vindex gnus-uu-view-and-save |
| 7953 | Non-@code{nil} means that the user will always be asked to save a file |
| 7954 | after viewing it. |
| 7955 | |
| 7956 | @item gnus-uu-ignore-default-view-rules |
| 7957 | @vindex gnus-uu-ignore-default-view-rules |
| 7958 | Non-@code{nil} means that @code{gnus-uu} will ignore the default viewing |
| 7959 | rules. |
| 7960 | |
| 7961 | @item gnus-uu-ignore-default-archive-rules |
| 7962 | @vindex gnus-uu-ignore-default-archive-rules |
| 7963 | Non-@code{nil} means that @code{gnus-uu} will ignore the default archive |
| 7964 | unpacking commands. |
| 7965 | |
| 7966 | @item gnus-uu-kill-carriage-return |
| 7967 | @vindex gnus-uu-kill-carriage-return |
| 7968 | Non-@code{nil} means that @code{gnus-uu} will strip all carriage returns |
| 7969 | from articles. |
| 7970 | |
| 7971 | @item gnus-uu-unmark-articles-not-decoded |
| 7972 | @vindex gnus-uu-unmark-articles-not-decoded |
| 7973 | Non-@code{nil} means that @code{gnus-uu} will mark unsuccessfully |
| 7974 | decoded articles as unread. |
| 7975 | |
| 7976 | @item gnus-uu-correct-stripped-uucode |
| 7977 | @vindex gnus-uu-correct-stripped-uucode |
| 7978 | Non-@code{nil} means that @code{gnus-uu} will @emph{try} to fix |
| 7979 | uuencoded files that have had trailing spaces deleted. |
| 7980 | |
| 7981 | @item gnus-uu-pre-uudecode-hook |
| 7982 | @vindex gnus-uu-pre-uudecode-hook |
| 7983 | Hook run before sending a message to @code{uudecode}. |
| 7984 | |
| 7985 | @item gnus-uu-view-with-metamail |
| 7986 | @vindex gnus-uu-view-with-metamail |
| 7987 | @cindex metamail |
| 7988 | Non-@code{nil} means that @code{gnus-uu} will ignore the viewing |
| 7989 | commands defined by the rule variables and just fudge a @acronym{MIME} |
| 7990 | content type based on the file name. The result will be fed to |
| 7991 | @code{metamail} for viewing. |
| 7992 | |
| 7993 | @item gnus-uu-save-in-digest |
| 7994 | @vindex gnus-uu-save-in-digest |
| 7995 | Non-@code{nil} means that @code{gnus-uu}, when asked to save without |
| 7996 | decoding, will save in digests. If this variable is @code{nil}, |
| 7997 | @code{gnus-uu} will just save everything in a file without any |
| 7998 | embellishments. The digesting almost conforms to RFC 1153---no easy way |
| 7999 | to specify any meaningful volume and issue numbers were found, so I |
| 8000 | simply dropped them. |
| 8001 | |
| 8002 | @end table |
| 8003 | |
| 8004 | |
| 8005 | @node Uuencoding and Posting |
| 8006 | @subsubsection Uuencoding and Posting |
| 8007 | |
| 8008 | @table @code |
| 8009 | |
| 8010 | @item gnus-uu-post-include-before-composing |
| 8011 | @vindex gnus-uu-post-include-before-composing |
| 8012 | Non-@code{nil} means that @code{gnus-uu} will ask for a file to encode |
| 8013 | before you compose the article. If this variable is @code{t}, you can |
| 8014 | either include an encoded file with @kbd{C-c C-i} or have one included |
| 8015 | for you when you post the article. |
| 8016 | |
| 8017 | @item gnus-uu-post-length |
| 8018 | @vindex gnus-uu-post-length |
| 8019 | Maximum length of an article. The encoded file will be split into how |
| 8020 | many articles it takes to post the entire file. |
| 8021 | |
| 8022 | @item gnus-uu-post-threaded |
| 8023 | @vindex gnus-uu-post-threaded |
| 8024 | Non-@code{nil} means that @code{gnus-uu} will post the encoded file in a |
| 8025 | thread. This may not be smart, as no other decoder I have seen is able |
| 8026 | to follow threads when collecting uuencoded articles. (Well, I have |
| 8027 | seen one package that does that---@code{gnus-uu}, but somehow, I don't |
| 8028 | think that counts@dots{}) Default is @code{nil}. |
| 8029 | |
| 8030 | @item gnus-uu-post-separate-description |
| 8031 | @vindex gnus-uu-post-separate-description |
| 8032 | Non-@code{nil} means that the description will be posted in a separate |
| 8033 | article. The first article will typically be numbered (0/x). If this |
| 8034 | variable is @code{nil}, the description the user enters will be included |
| 8035 | at the beginning of the first article, which will be numbered (1/x). |
| 8036 | Default is @code{t}. |
| 8037 | |
| 8038 | @end table |
| 8039 | |
| 8040 | |
| 8041 | @node Viewing Files |
| 8042 | @subsection Viewing Files |
| 8043 | @cindex viewing files |
| 8044 | @cindex pseudo-articles |
| 8045 | |
| 8046 | After decoding, if the file is some sort of archive, Gnus will attempt |
| 8047 | to unpack the archive and see if any of the files in the archive can be |
| 8048 | viewed. For instance, if you have a gzipped tar file @file{pics.tar.gz} |
| 8049 | containing the files @file{pic1.jpg} and @file{pic2.gif}, Gnus will |
| 8050 | uncompress and de-tar the main file, and then view the two pictures. |
| 8051 | This unpacking process is recursive, so if the archive contains archives |
| 8052 | of archives, it'll all be unpacked. |
| 8053 | |
| 8054 | Finally, Gnus will normally insert a @dfn{pseudo-article} for each |
| 8055 | extracted file into the summary buffer. If you go to these |
| 8056 | ``articles'', you will be prompted for a command to run (usually Gnus |
| 8057 | will make a suggestion), and then the command will be run. |
| 8058 | |
| 8059 | @vindex gnus-view-pseudo-asynchronously |
| 8060 | If @code{gnus-view-pseudo-asynchronously} is @code{nil}, Emacs will wait |
| 8061 | until the viewing is done before proceeding. |
| 8062 | |
| 8063 | @vindex gnus-view-pseudos |
| 8064 | If @code{gnus-view-pseudos} is @code{automatic}, Gnus will not insert |
| 8065 | the pseudo-articles into the summary buffer, but view them |
| 8066 | immediately. If this variable is @code{not-confirm}, the user won't even |
| 8067 | be asked for a confirmation before viewing is done. |
| 8068 | |
| 8069 | @vindex gnus-view-pseudos-separately |
| 8070 | If @code{gnus-view-pseudos-separately} is non-@code{nil}, one |
| 8071 | pseudo-article will be created for each file to be viewed. If |
| 8072 | @code{nil}, all files that use the same viewing command will be given as |
| 8073 | a list of parameters to that command. |
| 8074 | |
| 8075 | @vindex gnus-insert-pseudo-articles |
| 8076 | If @code{gnus-insert-pseudo-articles} is non-@code{nil}, insert |
| 8077 | pseudo-articles when decoding. It is @code{t} by default. |
| 8078 | |
| 8079 | So; there you are, reading your @emph{pseudo-articles} in your |
| 8080 | @emph{virtual newsgroup} from the @emph{virtual server}; and you think: |
| 8081 | Why isn't anything real anymore? How did we get here? |
| 8082 | |
| 8083 | |
| 8084 | @node Article Treatment |
| 8085 | @section Article Treatment |
| 8086 | |
| 8087 | Reading through this huge manual, you may have quite forgotten that the |
| 8088 | object of newsreaders is to actually, like, read what people have |
| 8089 | written. Reading articles. Unfortunately, people are quite bad at |
| 8090 | writing, so there are tons of functions and variables to make reading |
| 8091 | these articles easier. |
| 8092 | |
| 8093 | @menu |
| 8094 | * Article Highlighting:: You want to make the article look like fruit salad. |
| 8095 | * Article Fontisizing:: Making emphasized text look nice. |
| 8096 | * Article Hiding:: You also want to make certain info go away. |
| 8097 | * Article Washing:: Lots of way-neat functions to make life better. |
| 8098 | * Article Header:: Doing various header transformations. |
| 8099 | * Article Buttons:: Click on URLs, Message-IDs, addresses and the like. |
| 8100 | * Article Button Levels:: Controlling appearance of buttons. |
| 8101 | * Article Date:: Grumble, UT! |
| 8102 | * Article Display:: Display various stuff---X-Face, Picons, Smileys |
| 8103 | * Article Signature:: What is a signature? |
| 8104 | * Article Miscellanea:: Various other stuff. |
| 8105 | @end menu |
| 8106 | |
| 8107 | |
| 8108 | @node Article Highlighting |
| 8109 | @subsection Article Highlighting |
| 8110 | @cindex highlighting |
| 8111 | |
| 8112 | Not only do you want your article buffer to look like fruit salad, but |
| 8113 | you want it to look like technicolor fruit salad. |
| 8114 | |
| 8115 | @table @kbd |
| 8116 | |
| 8117 | @item W H a |
| 8118 | @kindex W H a (Summary) |
| 8119 | @findex gnus-article-highlight |
| 8120 | @findex gnus-article-maybe-highlight |
| 8121 | Do much highlighting of the current article |
| 8122 | (@code{gnus-article-highlight}). This function highlights header, cited |
| 8123 | text, the signature, and adds buttons to the body and the head. |
| 8124 | |
| 8125 | @item W H h |
| 8126 | @kindex W H h (Summary) |
| 8127 | @findex gnus-article-highlight-headers |
| 8128 | @vindex gnus-header-face-alist |
| 8129 | Highlight the headers (@code{gnus-article-highlight-headers}). The |
| 8130 | highlighting will be done according to the @code{gnus-header-face-alist} |
| 8131 | variable, which is a list where each element has the form |
| 8132 | @code{(@var{regexp} @var{name} @var{content})}. |
| 8133 | @var{regexp} is a regular expression for matching the |
| 8134 | header, @var{name} is the face used for highlighting the header name |
| 8135 | (@pxref{Faces and Fonts}) and @var{content} is the face for highlighting |
| 8136 | the header value. The first match made will be used. Note that |
| 8137 | @var{regexp} shouldn't have @samp{^} prepended---Gnus will add one. |
| 8138 | |
| 8139 | @item W H c |
| 8140 | @kindex W H c (Summary) |
| 8141 | @findex gnus-article-highlight-citation |
| 8142 | Highlight cited text (@code{gnus-article-highlight-citation}). |
| 8143 | |
| 8144 | Some variables to customize the citation highlights: |
| 8145 | |
| 8146 | @table @code |
| 8147 | @vindex gnus-cite-parse-max-size |
| 8148 | |
| 8149 | @item gnus-cite-parse-max-size |
| 8150 | If the article size if bigger than this variable (which is 25000 by |
| 8151 | default), no citation highlighting will be performed. |
| 8152 | |
| 8153 | @item gnus-cite-max-prefix |
| 8154 | @vindex gnus-cite-max-prefix |
| 8155 | Maximum possible length for a citation prefix (default 20). |
| 8156 | |
| 8157 | @item gnus-cite-face-list |
| 8158 | @vindex gnus-cite-face-list |
| 8159 | List of faces used for highlighting citations (@pxref{Faces and Fonts}). |
| 8160 | When there are citations from multiple articles in the same message, |
| 8161 | Gnus will try to give each citation from each article its own face. |
| 8162 | This should make it easier to see who wrote what. |
| 8163 | |
| 8164 | @item gnus-supercite-regexp |
| 8165 | @vindex gnus-supercite-regexp |
| 8166 | Regexp matching normal Supercite attribution lines. |
| 8167 | |
| 8168 | @item gnus-supercite-secondary-regexp |
| 8169 | @vindex gnus-supercite-secondary-regexp |
| 8170 | Regexp matching mangled Supercite attribution lines. |
| 8171 | |
| 8172 | @item gnus-cite-minimum-match-count |
| 8173 | @vindex gnus-cite-minimum-match-count |
| 8174 | Minimum number of identical prefixes we have to see before we believe |
| 8175 | that it's a citation. |
| 8176 | |
| 8177 | @item gnus-cite-attribution-prefix |
| 8178 | @vindex gnus-cite-attribution-prefix |
| 8179 | Regexp matching the beginning of an attribution line. |
| 8180 | |
| 8181 | @item gnus-cite-attribution-suffix |
| 8182 | @vindex gnus-cite-attribution-suffix |
| 8183 | Regexp matching the end of an attribution line. |
| 8184 | |
| 8185 | @item gnus-cite-attribution-face |
| 8186 | @vindex gnus-cite-attribution-face |
| 8187 | Face used for attribution lines. It is merged with the face for the |
| 8188 | cited text belonging to the attribution. |
| 8189 | |
| 8190 | @item gnus-cite-ignore-quoted-from |
| 8191 | @vindex gnus-cite-ignore-quoted-from |
| 8192 | If non-@code{nil}, no citation highlighting will be performed on lines |
| 8193 | beginning with @samp{>From }. Those lines may have been quoted by MTAs |
| 8194 | in order not to mix up with the envelope From line. The default value |
| 8195 | is @code{t}. |
| 8196 | |
| 8197 | @end table |
| 8198 | |
| 8199 | |
| 8200 | @item W H s |
| 8201 | @kindex W H s (Summary) |
| 8202 | @vindex gnus-signature-separator |
| 8203 | @vindex gnus-signature-face |
| 8204 | @findex gnus-article-highlight-signature |
| 8205 | Highlight the signature (@code{gnus-article-highlight-signature}). |
| 8206 | Everything after @code{gnus-signature-separator} (@pxref{Article |
| 8207 | Signature}) in an article will be considered a signature and will be |
| 8208 | highlighted with @code{gnus-signature-face}, which is @code{italic} by |
| 8209 | default. |
| 8210 | |
| 8211 | @end table |
| 8212 | |
| 8213 | @xref{Customizing Articles}, for how to highlight articles automatically. |
| 8214 | |
| 8215 | |
| 8216 | @node Article Fontisizing |
| 8217 | @subsection Article Fontisizing |
| 8218 | @cindex emphasis |
| 8219 | @cindex article emphasis |
| 8220 | |
| 8221 | @findex gnus-article-emphasize |
| 8222 | @kindex W e (Summary) |
| 8223 | People commonly add emphasis to words in news articles by writing things |
| 8224 | like @samp{_this_} or @samp{*this*} or @samp{/this/}. Gnus can make |
| 8225 | this look nicer by running the article through the @kbd{W e} |
| 8226 | (@code{gnus-article-emphasize}) command. |
| 8227 | |
| 8228 | @vindex gnus-emphasis-alist |
| 8229 | How the emphasis is computed is controlled by the |
| 8230 | @code{gnus-emphasis-alist} variable. This is an alist where the first |
| 8231 | element is a regular expression to be matched. The second is a number |
| 8232 | that says what regular expression grouping is used to find the entire |
| 8233 | emphasized word. The third is a number that says what regexp grouping |
| 8234 | should be displayed and highlighted. (The text between these two |
| 8235 | groupings will be hidden.) The fourth is the face used for |
| 8236 | highlighting. |
| 8237 | |
| 8238 | @lisp |
| 8239 | (setq gnus-emphasis-alist |
| 8240 | '(("_\\(\\w+\\)_" 0 1 gnus-emphasis-underline) |
| 8241 | ("\\*\\(\\w+\\)\\*" 0 1 gnus-emphasis-bold))) |
| 8242 | @end lisp |
| 8243 | |
| 8244 | @cindex slash |
| 8245 | @cindex asterisk |
| 8246 | @cindex underline |
| 8247 | @cindex / |
| 8248 | @cindex * |
| 8249 | |
| 8250 | @vindex gnus-emphasis-underline |
| 8251 | @vindex gnus-emphasis-bold |
| 8252 | @vindex gnus-emphasis-italic |
| 8253 | @vindex gnus-emphasis-underline-bold |
| 8254 | @vindex gnus-emphasis-underline-italic |
| 8255 | @vindex gnus-emphasis-bold-italic |
| 8256 | @vindex gnus-emphasis-underline-bold-italic |
| 8257 | By default, there are seven rules, and they use the following faces: |
| 8258 | @code{gnus-emphasis-bold}, @code{gnus-emphasis-italic}, |
| 8259 | @code{gnus-emphasis-underline}, @code{gnus-emphasis-bold-italic}, |
| 8260 | @code{gnus-emphasis-underline-italic}, |
| 8261 | @code{gnus-emphasis-underline-bold}, and |
| 8262 | @code{gnus-emphasis-underline-bold-italic}. |
| 8263 | |
| 8264 | If you want to change these faces, you can either use @kbd{M-x |
| 8265 | customize}, or you can use @code{copy-face}. For instance, if you want |
| 8266 | to make @code{gnus-emphasis-italic} use a red face instead, you could |
| 8267 | say something like: |
| 8268 | |
| 8269 | @lisp |
| 8270 | (copy-face 'red 'gnus-emphasis-italic) |
| 8271 | @end lisp |
| 8272 | |
| 8273 | @vindex gnus-group-highlight-words-alist |
| 8274 | |
| 8275 | If you want to highlight arbitrary words, you can use the |
| 8276 | @code{gnus-group-highlight-words-alist} variable, which uses the same |
| 8277 | syntax as @code{gnus-emphasis-alist}. The @code{highlight-words} group |
| 8278 | parameter (@pxref{Group Parameters}) can also be used. |
| 8279 | |
| 8280 | @xref{Customizing Articles}, for how to fontize articles automatically. |
| 8281 | |
| 8282 | |
| 8283 | @node Article Hiding |
| 8284 | @subsection Article Hiding |
| 8285 | @cindex article hiding |
| 8286 | |
| 8287 | Or rather, hiding certain things in each article. There usually is much |
| 8288 | too much cruft in most articles. |
| 8289 | |
| 8290 | @table @kbd |
| 8291 | |
| 8292 | @item W W a |
| 8293 | @kindex W W a (Summary) |
| 8294 | @findex gnus-article-hide |
| 8295 | Do quite a lot of hiding on the article buffer |
| 8296 | (@kbd{gnus-article-hide}). In particular, this function will hide |
| 8297 | headers, @acronym{PGP}, cited text and the signature. |
| 8298 | |
| 8299 | @item W W h |
| 8300 | @kindex W W h (Summary) |
| 8301 | @findex gnus-article-hide-headers |
| 8302 | Hide headers (@code{gnus-article-hide-headers}). @xref{Hiding |
| 8303 | Headers}. |
| 8304 | |
| 8305 | @item W W b |
| 8306 | @kindex W W b (Summary) |
| 8307 | @findex gnus-article-hide-boring-headers |
| 8308 | Hide headers that aren't particularly interesting |
| 8309 | (@code{gnus-article-hide-boring-headers}). @xref{Hiding Headers}. |
| 8310 | |
| 8311 | @item W W s |
| 8312 | @kindex W W s (Summary) |
| 8313 | @findex gnus-article-hide-signature |
| 8314 | Hide signature (@code{gnus-article-hide-signature}). @xref{Article |
| 8315 | Signature}. |
| 8316 | |
| 8317 | @item W W l |
| 8318 | @kindex W W l (Summary) |
| 8319 | @findex gnus-article-hide-list-identifiers |
| 8320 | @vindex gnus-list-identifiers |
| 8321 | Strip list identifiers specified in @code{gnus-list-identifiers}. These |
| 8322 | are strings some mailing list servers add to the beginning of all |
| 8323 | @code{Subject} headers---for example, @samp{[zebra 4711]}. Any leading |
| 8324 | @samp{Re: } is skipped before stripping. @code{gnus-list-identifiers} |
| 8325 | may not contain @code{\\(..\\)}. |
| 8326 | |
| 8327 | @table @code |
| 8328 | |
| 8329 | @item gnus-list-identifiers |
| 8330 | @vindex gnus-list-identifiers |
| 8331 | A regular expression that matches list identifiers to be removed from |
| 8332 | subject. This can also be a list of regular expressions. |
| 8333 | |
| 8334 | @end table |
| 8335 | |
| 8336 | @item W W P |
| 8337 | @kindex W W P (Summary) |
| 8338 | @findex gnus-article-hide-pem |
| 8339 | Hide @acronym{PEM} (privacy enhanced messages) cruft |
| 8340 | (@code{gnus-article-hide-pem}). |
| 8341 | |
| 8342 | @item W W B |
| 8343 | @kindex W W B (Summary) |
| 8344 | @findex gnus-article-strip-banner |
| 8345 | @vindex gnus-article-banner-alist |
| 8346 | @vindex gnus-article-address-banner-alist |
| 8347 | @cindex banner |
| 8348 | @cindex OneList |
| 8349 | @cindex stripping advertisements |
| 8350 | @cindex advertisements |
| 8351 | Strip the banner specified by the @code{banner} group parameter |
| 8352 | (@code{gnus-article-strip-banner}). This is mainly used to hide those |
| 8353 | annoying banners and/or signatures that some mailing lists and moderated |
| 8354 | groups adds to all the messages. The way to use this function is to add |
| 8355 | the @code{banner} group parameter (@pxref{Group Parameters}) to the |
| 8356 | group you want banners stripped from. The parameter either be a string, |
| 8357 | which will be interpreted as a regular expression matching text to be |
| 8358 | removed, or the symbol @code{signature}, meaning that the (last) |
| 8359 | signature should be removed, or other symbol, meaning that the |
| 8360 | corresponding regular expression in @code{gnus-article-banner-alist} is |
| 8361 | used. |
| 8362 | |
| 8363 | Regardless of a group, you can hide things like advertisements only when |
| 8364 | the sender of an article has a certain mail address specified in |
| 8365 | @code{gnus-article-address-banner-alist}. |
| 8366 | |
| 8367 | @table @code |
| 8368 | |
| 8369 | @item gnus-article-address-banner-alist |
| 8370 | @vindex gnus-article-address-banner-alist |
| 8371 | Alist of mail addresses and banners. Each element has the form |
| 8372 | @code{(@var{address} . @var{banner})}, where @var{address} is a regexp |
| 8373 | matching a mail address in the From header, @var{banner} is one of a |
| 8374 | symbol @code{signature}, an item in @code{gnus-article-banner-alist}, |
| 8375 | a regexp and @code{nil}. If @var{address} matches author's mail |
| 8376 | address, it will remove things like advertisements. For example, if a |
| 8377 | sender has the mail address @samp{hail@@yoo-hoo.co.jp} and there is a |
| 8378 | banner something like @samp{Do You Yoo-hoo!?} in all articles he |
| 8379 | sends, you can use the following element to remove them: |
| 8380 | |
| 8381 | @lisp |
| 8382 | ("@@yoo-hoo\\.co\\.jp\\'" . |
| 8383 | "\n_+\nDo You Yoo-hoo!\\?\n.*\n.*\n") |
| 8384 | @end lisp |
| 8385 | |
| 8386 | @end table |
| 8387 | |
| 8388 | @item W W c |
| 8389 | @kindex W W c (Summary) |
| 8390 | @findex gnus-article-hide-citation |
| 8391 | Hide citation (@code{gnus-article-hide-citation}). Some variables for |
| 8392 | customizing the hiding: |
| 8393 | |
| 8394 | @table @code |
| 8395 | |
| 8396 | @item gnus-cited-opened-text-button-line-format |
| 8397 | @itemx gnus-cited-closed-text-button-line-format |
| 8398 | @vindex gnus-cited-closed-text-button-line-format |
| 8399 | @vindex gnus-cited-opened-text-button-line-format |
| 8400 | Gnus adds buttons to show where the cited text has been hidden, and to |
| 8401 | allow toggle hiding the text. The format of the variable is specified |
| 8402 | by these format-like variable (@pxref{Formatting Variables}). These |
| 8403 | specs are valid: |
| 8404 | |
| 8405 | @table @samp |
| 8406 | @item b |
| 8407 | Starting point of the hidden text. |
| 8408 | @item e |
| 8409 | Ending point of the hidden text. |
| 8410 | @item l |
| 8411 | Number of characters in the hidden region. |
| 8412 | @item n |
| 8413 | Number of lines of hidden text. |
| 8414 | @end table |
| 8415 | |
| 8416 | @item gnus-cited-lines-visible |
| 8417 | @vindex gnus-cited-lines-visible |
| 8418 | The number of lines at the beginning of the cited text to leave |
| 8419 | shown. This can also be a cons cell with the number of lines at the top |
| 8420 | and bottom of the text, respectively, to remain visible. |
| 8421 | |
| 8422 | @end table |
| 8423 | |
| 8424 | @item W W C-c |
| 8425 | @kindex W W C-c (Summary) |
| 8426 | @findex gnus-article-hide-citation-maybe |
| 8427 | |
| 8428 | Hide citation (@code{gnus-article-hide-citation-maybe}) depending on the |
| 8429 | following two variables: |
| 8430 | |
| 8431 | @table @code |
| 8432 | @item gnus-cite-hide-percentage |
| 8433 | @vindex gnus-cite-hide-percentage |
| 8434 | If the cited text is of a bigger percentage than this variable (default |
| 8435 | 50), hide the cited text. |
| 8436 | |
| 8437 | @item gnus-cite-hide-absolute |
| 8438 | @vindex gnus-cite-hide-absolute |
| 8439 | The cited text must have at least this length (default 10) before it |
| 8440 | is hidden. |
| 8441 | @end table |
| 8442 | |
| 8443 | @item W W C |
| 8444 | @kindex W W C (Summary) |
| 8445 | @findex gnus-article-hide-citation-in-followups |
| 8446 | Hide cited text in articles that aren't roots |
| 8447 | (@code{gnus-article-hide-citation-in-followups}). This isn't very |
| 8448 | useful as an interactive command, but might be a handy function to stick |
| 8449 | have happen automatically (@pxref{Customizing Articles}). |
| 8450 | |
| 8451 | @end table |
| 8452 | |
| 8453 | All these ``hiding'' commands are toggles, but if you give a negative |
| 8454 | prefix to these commands, they will show what they have previously |
| 8455 | hidden. If you give a positive prefix, they will always hide. |
| 8456 | |
| 8457 | Also @pxref{Article Highlighting} for further variables for |
| 8458 | citation customization. |
| 8459 | |
| 8460 | @xref{Customizing Articles}, for how to hide article elements |
| 8461 | automatically. |
| 8462 | |
| 8463 | |
| 8464 | @node Article Washing |
| 8465 | @subsection Article Washing |
| 8466 | @cindex washing |
| 8467 | @cindex article washing |
| 8468 | |
| 8469 | We call this ``article washing'' for a really good reason. Namely, the |
| 8470 | @kbd{A} key was taken, so we had to use the @kbd{W} key instead. |
| 8471 | |
| 8472 | @dfn{Washing} is defined by us as ``changing something from something to |
| 8473 | something else'', but normally results in something looking better. |
| 8474 | Cleaner, perhaps. |
| 8475 | |
| 8476 | @xref{Customizing Articles}, if you want to change how Gnus displays |
| 8477 | articles by default. |
| 8478 | |
| 8479 | @table @kbd |
| 8480 | |
| 8481 | @item C-u g |
| 8482 | This is not really washing, it's sort of the opposite of washing. If |
| 8483 | you type this, you see the article exactly as it exists on disk or on |
| 8484 | the server. |
| 8485 | |
| 8486 | @item g |
| 8487 | Force redisplaying of the current article |
| 8488 | (@code{gnus-summary-show-article}). This is also not really washing. |
| 8489 | If you type this, you see the article without any previously applied |
| 8490 | interactive Washing functions but with all default treatments |
| 8491 | (@pxref{Customizing Articles}). |
| 8492 | |
| 8493 | @item W l |
| 8494 | @kindex W l (Summary) |
| 8495 | @findex gnus-summary-stop-page-breaking |
| 8496 | Remove page breaks from the current article |
| 8497 | (@code{gnus-summary-stop-page-breaking}). @xref{Misc Article}, for page |
| 8498 | delimiters. |
| 8499 | |
| 8500 | @item W r |
| 8501 | @kindex W r (Summary) |
| 8502 | @findex gnus-summary-caesar-message |
| 8503 | @c @icon{gnus-summary-caesar-message} |
| 8504 | Do a Caesar rotate (rot13) on the article buffer |
| 8505 | (@code{gnus-summary-caesar-message}). |
| 8506 | Unreadable articles that tell you to read them with Caesar rotate or rot13. |
| 8507 | (Typically offensive jokes and such.) |
| 8508 | |
| 8509 | It's commonly called ``rot13'' because each letter is rotated 13 |
| 8510 | positions in the alphabet, e. g. @samp{B} (letter #2) -> @samp{O} (letter |
| 8511 | #15). It is sometimes referred to as ``Caesar rotate'' because Caesar |
| 8512 | is rumored to have employed this form of, uh, somewhat weak encryption. |
| 8513 | |
| 8514 | @item W m |
| 8515 | @kindex W m (Summary) |
| 8516 | @findex gnus-summary-morse-message |
| 8517 | Morse decode the article buffer (@code{gnus-summary-morse-message}). |
| 8518 | |
| 8519 | @item W t |
| 8520 | @item t |
| 8521 | @kindex W t (Summary) |
| 8522 | @kindex t (Summary) |
| 8523 | @findex gnus-summary-toggle-header |
| 8524 | Toggle whether to display all headers in the article buffer |
| 8525 | (@code{gnus-summary-toggle-header}). |
| 8526 | |
| 8527 | @item W v |
| 8528 | @kindex W v (Summary) |
| 8529 | @findex gnus-summary-verbose-headers |
| 8530 | Toggle whether to display all headers in the article buffer permanently |
| 8531 | (@code{gnus-summary-verbose-headers}). |
| 8532 | |
| 8533 | @item W o |
| 8534 | @kindex W o (Summary) |
| 8535 | @findex gnus-article-treat-overstrike |
| 8536 | Treat overstrike (@code{gnus-article-treat-overstrike}). |
| 8537 | |
| 8538 | @item W d |
| 8539 | @kindex W d (Summary) |
| 8540 | @findex gnus-article-treat-dumbquotes |
| 8541 | @vindex gnus-article-dumbquotes-map |
| 8542 | @cindex Smartquotes |
| 8543 | @cindex M****s*** sm*rtq**t*s |
| 8544 | @cindex Latin 1 |
| 8545 | Treat M****s*** sm*rtq**t*s according to |
| 8546 | @code{gnus-article-dumbquotes-map} |
| 8547 | (@code{gnus-article-treat-dumbquotes}). Note that this function guesses |
| 8548 | whether a character is a sm*rtq**t* or not, so it should only be used |
| 8549 | interactively. |
| 8550 | |
| 8551 | Sm*rtq**t*s are M****s***'s unilateral extension to the character map in |
| 8552 | an attempt to provide more quoting characters. If you see something |
| 8553 | like @code{\222} or @code{\264} where you're expecting some kind of |
| 8554 | apostrophe or quotation mark, then try this wash. |
| 8555 | |
| 8556 | @item W Y f |
| 8557 | @kindex W Y f (Summary) |
| 8558 | @findex gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article |
| 8559 | @cindex Outlook Express |
| 8560 | Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles: Treat dumbquotes, |
| 8561 | unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. |
| 8562 | (@code{gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article}). |
| 8563 | |
| 8564 | @item W Y u |
| 8565 | @kindex W Y u (Summary) |
| 8566 | @findex gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines |
| 8567 | @vindex gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min |
| 8568 | @vindex gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max |
| 8569 | Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines. You can control |
| 8570 | what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing |
| 8571 | @code{gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min} and |
| 8572 | @code{gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max}, indicating the minimum and |
| 8573 | maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. |
| 8574 | (@code{gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines}). |
| 8575 | |
| 8576 | @item W Y a |
| 8577 | @kindex W Y a (Summary) |
| 8578 | @findex gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution |
| 8579 | Repair a broken attribution line.@* |
| 8580 | (@code{gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution}). |
| 8581 | |
| 8582 | @item W Y c |
| 8583 | @kindex W Y c (Summary) |
| 8584 | @findex gnus-article-outlook-rearrange-citation |
| 8585 | Repair broken citations by rearranging the text. |
| 8586 | (@code{gnus-article-outlook-rearrange-citation}). |
| 8587 | |
| 8588 | @item W w |
| 8589 | @kindex W w (Summary) |
| 8590 | @findex gnus-article-fill-cited-article |
| 8591 | Do word wrap (@code{gnus-article-fill-cited-article}). |
| 8592 | |
| 8593 | You can give the command a numerical prefix to specify the width to use |
| 8594 | when filling. |
| 8595 | |
| 8596 | @item W Q |
| 8597 | @kindex W Q (Summary) |
| 8598 | @findex gnus-article-fill-long-lines |
| 8599 | Fill long lines (@code{gnus-article-fill-long-lines}). |
| 8600 | |
| 8601 | @item W C |
| 8602 | @kindex W C (Summary) |
| 8603 | @findex gnus-article-capitalize-sentences |
| 8604 | Capitalize the first word in each sentence |
| 8605 | (@code{gnus-article-capitalize-sentences}). |
| 8606 | |
| 8607 | @item W c |
| 8608 | @kindex W c (Summary) |
| 8609 | @findex gnus-article-remove-cr |
| 8610 | Translate CRLF pairs (i. e., @samp{^M}s on the end of the lines) into LF |
| 8611 | (this takes care of DOS line endings), and then translate any remaining |
| 8612 | CRs into LF (this takes care of Mac line endings) |
| 8613 | (@code{gnus-article-remove-cr}). |
| 8614 | |
| 8615 | @item W q |
| 8616 | @kindex W q (Summary) |
| 8617 | @findex gnus-article-de-quoted-unreadable |
| 8618 | Treat quoted-printable (@code{gnus-article-de-quoted-unreadable}). |
| 8619 | Quoted-Printable is one common @acronym{MIME} encoding employed when |
| 8620 | sending non-@acronym{ASCII} (i.e., 8-bit) articles. It typically |
| 8621 |